Import am-utils 6.2,vendor/amd/6.2vendor/amd

Suggested by:	pfg@
Obtained from:	ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/

13 files changed, 43189 insertions, 1369 deletions

diff --git a/doc/Makefile.am b/doc/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e1e6b66a008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+
+# Package: am-utils
+# Level: Makefile for doc/ directory
+# Author: Erez Zadok
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+info_TEXINFOS = am-utils.texi
+
+EXTRA_DIST = hlfsd.ps
+
+# force generation of 'letter' format PS and embed Type-3 fonts
+# (our European allies may object...)
+DVIPS = dvips -t letter -Pcmz
+
+# Force version.texi to be rebuilt regardless of maintainer mode
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: am-utils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/am-utils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
+	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+
+# include dvi/ps in distribution
+dist-hook: $(distdir)/am-utils.dvi $(distdir)/am-utils.ps
+
+$(distdir)/am-utils.dvi: am-utils.dvi
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+$(distdir)/am-utils.ps: am-utils.ps
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+# a special target for making Postscript files
+ps: am-utils.dvi am-utils.ps
+
+am-utils-clean: clean maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-vti
+
+# personal rule for Erez Zadok to generate and install html docs
+alldocs: ps install-NEWS install-INSTALL install-ChangeLog install-AUTHORS install-tasks install-autofs install-y2k install-ldap install-osx install-BUGS install-FAQ install-html install-ps install-MIRRORS install-attrcache install-sun2amd
+
+AMU_HTML_TOP=$(HOME)/proj/www/docs/am-utils
+install-html: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils-all.html
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils-all.html: am-utils.texi
+	texi2html -Verbose -expand info -number -out_file am-utils-all.html $<
+	texi2html -frames -Verbose -expand info -number -split chapter $<
+	mv am-utils-all.html am-utils/*.html $(AMU_HTML_TOP)
+	chmod -R a+r $(AMU_HTML_TOP)
+
+install-ps: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils.ps
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils.ps: am-utils.ps
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-NEWS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/NEWS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/NEWS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/NEWS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-INSTALL: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/INSTALL.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/INSTALL.txt: $(top_srcdir)/INSTALL
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-ChangeLog: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ChangeLog.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ChangeLog.txt: $(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog
+	sed 's/@.*>$$/@...>/g' < $< > $@
+	chmod 644 $@
+
+install-AUTHORS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/AUTHORS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/AUTHORS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/AUTHORS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-tasks: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/tasks.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/tasks.txt: $(top_srcdir)/tasks
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-autofs: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/autofs.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/autofs.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.autofs
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-y2k: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/y2k.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/y2k.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.y2k
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-attrcache: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/attrcache.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/attrcache.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.attrcache
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-sun2amd: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/sun2amd.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/sun2amd.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.sun2amd
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-ldap: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ldap.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ldap.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.ldap
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-osx: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/osx.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/osx.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.osx
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-BUGS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/BUGS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/BUGS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/BUGS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-FAQ: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/FAQ.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/FAQ.txt: $(top_srcdir)/FAQ
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-MIRRORS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.txt $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.html
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/MIRRORS.txt
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.html: $(top_srcdir)/MIRRORS.html
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
diff --git a/doc/Makefile.in b/doc/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e875fffba271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,875 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.14.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# Package: am-utils
+# Level: Makefile for doc/ directory
+# Author: Erez Zadok
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+am__is_gnu_make = test -n '$(MAKEFILE_LIST)' && test -n '$(MAKELEVEL)'
+am__make_running_with_option = \
+  case $${target_option-} in \
+      ?) ;; \
+      *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
+              "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
+         exit 1;; \
+  esac; \
+  has_opt=no; \
+  sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
+  if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
+    sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
+  else \
+    case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
+      *\\[\ \	]*) \
+        bs=\\; \
+        sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
+          | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs	]*//g"`;; \
+    esac; \
+  fi; \
+  skip_next=no; \
+  strip_trailopt () \
+  { \
+    flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
+  }; \
+  for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
+    test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *=*|--*) continue;; \
+        -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
+        -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
+        -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
+      -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
+      -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
+      -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
+    esac; \
+    case $$flg in \
+      *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
+    esac; \
+  done; \
+  test $$has_opt = yes
+am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = doc
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
+	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs mdate-sh $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	$(srcdir)/stamp-vti texinfo.tex
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 $(top_srcdir)/vers.m4 \
+	$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+	$(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
+am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_P_0 = false
+am__v_P_1 = :
+AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
+am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_GEN_0 = @echo "  GEN     " $@;
+am__v_GEN_1 = 
+AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
+am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_at_0 = @
+am__v_at_1 = 
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+AM_V_DVIPS = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_V@)
+am__v_DVIPS_ = $(am__v_DVIPS_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_DVIPS_0 = @echo "  DVIPS   " $@;
+am__v_DVIPS_1 = 
+AM_V_MAKEINFO = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_V@)
+am__v_MAKEINFO_ = $(am__v_MAKEINFO_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_MAKEINFO_0 = @echo "  MAKEINFO" $@;
+am__v_MAKEINFO_1 = 
+AM_V_INFOHTML = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_V@)
+am__v_INFOHTML_ = $(am__v_INFOHTML_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_INFOHTML_0 = @echo "  INFOHTML" $@;
+am__v_INFOHTML_1 = 
+AM_V_TEXI2DVI = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_V@)
+am__v_TEXI2DVI_ = $(am__v_TEXI2DVI_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_TEXI2DVI_0 = @echo "  TEXI2DVI" $@;
+am__v_TEXI2DVI_1 = 
+AM_V_TEXI2PDF = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_V@)
+am__v_TEXI2PDF_ = $(am__v_TEXI2PDF_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_TEXI2PDF_0 = @echo "  TEXI2PDF" $@;
+am__v_TEXI2PDF_1 = 
+AM_V_texinfo = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_V@)
+am__v_texinfo_ = $(am__v_texinfo_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_texinfo_0 = -q
+am__v_texinfo_1 = 
+AM_V_texidevnull = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_V@)
+am__v_texidevnull_ = $(am__v_texidevnull_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
+am__v_texidevnull_0 = > /dev/null
+am__v_texidevnull_1 = 
+INFO_DEPS = $(srcdir)/am-utils.info
+am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(srcdir)
+DVIS = am-utils.dvi
+PDFS = am-utils.pdf
+PSS = am-utils.ps
+HTMLS = am-utils.html
+TEXINFOS = am-utils.texi
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch
+MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html
+AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
+am__can_run_installinfo = \
+  case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
+    n|no|NO) false;; \
+    *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
+  esac
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+    $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+    *) f=$$p;; \
+  esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+  srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+  for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+  sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+  $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+    if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+      { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+    END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+  sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+am__uninstall_files_from_dir = { \
+  test -z "$$files" \
+    || { test ! -d "$$dir" && test ! -f "$$dir" && test ! -r "$$dir"; } \
+    || { echo " ( cd '$$dir' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+         $(am__cd) "$$dir" && rm -f $$files; }; \
+  }
+am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMD_FS_OBJS = @AMD_FS_OBJS@
+AMD_INFO_OBJS = @AMD_INFO_OBJS@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AMU_AUTOFS_PROT_HEADER = @AMU_AUTOFS_PROT_HEADER@
+AMU_CFLAGS = @AMU_CFLAGS@
+AMU_LIB_OBJS = @AMU_LIB_OBJS@
+AMU_NFS_PROT_HEADER = @AMU_NFS_PROT_HEADER@
+AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LEX = @LEX@
+LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
+LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIBTOOL_DEPS = @LIBTOOL_DEPS@
+LIBTOOL_LDFLAGS = @LIBTOOL_LDFLAGS@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PERL = @PERL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+UNMOUNT_PROGRAM = @UNMOUNT_PROGRAM@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+WRAPLIB = @WRAPLIB@
+YACC = @YACC@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+am_utils_unmount_args = @am_utils_unmount_args@
+am_utils_unmount_call = @am_utils_unmount_call@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+info_TEXINFOS = am-utils.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = hlfsd.ps
+
+# force generation of 'letter' format PS and embed Type-3 fonts
+# (our European allies may object...)
+DVIPS = dvips -t letter -Pcmz
+AMU_HTML_TOP = $(HOME)/proj/www/docs/am-utils
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .html .info .pdf .ps .texi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am  $(am__configure_deps)
+	@for dep in $?; do \
+	  case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+	    *$$dep*) \
+	      ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+	        && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+	      exit 1;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \
+	$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@case '$?' in \
+	  *config.status*) \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+	  *) \
+	    echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+	    cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+	esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+	-rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+	-rm -rf .libs _libs
+
+.texi.info:
+	$(AM_V_MAKEINFO)restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \
+	am__cwd=`pwd` && $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \
+	rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \
+	if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \
+	    if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi && \
+	cd "$$am__cwd"; \
+	if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+	 -o $@ $<; \
+	then \
+	  rc=0; \
+	  $(am__cd) $(srcdir); \
+	else \
+	  rc=$$?; \
+	  $(am__cd) $(srcdir) && \
+	  $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \
+	fi; \
+	rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc
+
+.texi.dvi:
+	$(AM_V_TEXI2DVI)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+	MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.dvi=.t2d) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \
+	$<
+
+.texi.pdf:
+	$(AM_V_TEXI2PDF)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+	MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2PDF) $(AM_V_texinfo) --build-dir=$(@:.pdf=.t2p) -o $@ $(AM_V_texidevnull) \
+	$<
+
+.texi.html:
+	$(AM_V_MAKEINFO)rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp)
+	$(AM_V_at)if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
+	 -o $(@:.html=.htp) $<; \
+	then \
+	  rm -rf $@ && mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; \
+	else \
+	  rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp); exit 1; \
+	fi
+$(srcdir)/am-utils.info: am-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+am-utils.dvi: am-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+am-utils.pdf: am-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+am-utils.html: am-utils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: am-utils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure
+	@(dir=.; test -f ./am-utils.texi || dir=$(srcdir); \
+	set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $$dir/am-utils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
+	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
+
+mostlyclean-vti:
+	-rm -f vti.tmp
+
+maintainer-clean-vti:
+@MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(AM_V_DVIPS)TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+	$(DVIPS) $(AM_V_texinfo) -o $@ $<
+
+uninstall-dvi-am:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-html-am:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-info-am:
+	@$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
+	    if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+	    then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	  relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+	  (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \
+	     echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
+	     rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
+	done
+
+uninstall-pdf-am:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-ps-am:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \
+	  rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \
+	done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
+	  case $$base in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+	  for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then \
+	      relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
+	      test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \
+		cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \
+	    else :; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -rf am-utils.t2d am-utils.t2p
+
+clean-aminfo:
+	-test -z "am-utils.dvi am-utils.pdf am-utils.ps am-utils.html" \
+	|| rm -rf am-utils.dvi am-utils.pdf am-utils.ps am-utils.html
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \
+	  i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+	  echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
+	  rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \
+	done
+tags TAGS:
+
+ctags CTAGS:
+
+cscope cscopelist:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+	list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+	  dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+	  sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+	      -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+	case $$dist_files in \
+	  */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+			   sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+			   sort -u` ;; \
+	esac; \
+	for file in $$dist_files; do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	    if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+	      cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	      find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+	    fi; \
+	    cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-info dist-hook
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+installdirs:
+	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; do \
+	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+	done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	      install; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	    install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	    "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
+	fi
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+	-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am: $(HTMLS)
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html-am: $(HTMLS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  $(am__strip_dir) \
+	  d2=$$d$$p; \
+	  if test -d "$$d2"; then \
+	    echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
+	    $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d2'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d2"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \
+	  else \
+	    list2="$$list2 $$d2"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \
+	done; }
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  case $$file in \
+	    $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+	  esac; \
+	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
+	  for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \
+	               $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \
+	    if test -f $$ifile; then \
+	      echo "$$ifile"; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(am__can_run_installinfo); then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\
+	    install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+install-man:
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am: $(PDFS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done
+install-ps-am: $(PSS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \
+	if test -n "$$list"; then \
+	  echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \
+	  $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+	  echo "$$d$$p"; \
+	done | $(am__base_list) | \
+	while read files; do \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+	-rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic \
+	mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-vti
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am: $(PDFS)
+
+ps-am: $(PSS)
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-aminfo clean-generic \
+	clean-libtool cscopelist-am ctags-am dist-hook dist-info \
+	distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+	install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+	install-info install-info-am install-man install-pdf \
+	install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
+	installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
+	maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean mostlyclean-aminfo \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool mostlyclean-vti pdf \
+	pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \
+	uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
+
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+# Force version.texi to be rebuilt regardless of maintainer mode
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: am-utils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/am-utils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
+	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+
+# include dvi/ps in distribution
+dist-hook: $(distdir)/am-utils.dvi $(distdir)/am-utils.ps
+
+$(distdir)/am-utils.dvi: am-utils.dvi
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+$(distdir)/am-utils.ps: am-utils.ps
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+# a special target for making Postscript files
+ps: am-utils.dvi am-utils.ps
+
+am-utils-clean: clean maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-vti
+
+# personal rule for Erez Zadok to generate and install html docs
+alldocs: ps install-NEWS install-INSTALL install-ChangeLog install-AUTHORS install-tasks install-autofs install-y2k install-ldap install-osx install-BUGS install-FAQ install-html install-ps install-MIRRORS install-attrcache install-sun2amd
+install-html: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils-all.html
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils-all.html: am-utils.texi
+	texi2html -Verbose -expand info -number -out_file am-utils-all.html $<
+	texi2html -frames -Verbose -expand info -number -split chapter $<
+	mv am-utils-all.html am-utils/*.html $(AMU_HTML_TOP)
+	chmod -R a+r $(AMU_HTML_TOP)
+
+install-ps: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils.ps
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/am-utils.ps: am-utils.ps
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-NEWS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/NEWS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/NEWS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/NEWS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-INSTALL: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/INSTALL.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/INSTALL.txt: $(top_srcdir)/INSTALL
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-ChangeLog: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ChangeLog.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ChangeLog.txt: $(top_srcdir)/ChangeLog
+	sed 's/@.*>$$/@...>/g' < $< > $@
+	chmod 644 $@
+
+install-AUTHORS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/AUTHORS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/AUTHORS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/AUTHORS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-tasks: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/tasks.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/tasks.txt: $(top_srcdir)/tasks
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-autofs: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/autofs.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/autofs.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.autofs
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-y2k: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/y2k.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/y2k.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.y2k
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-attrcache: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/attrcache.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/attrcache.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.attrcache
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-sun2amd: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/sun2amd.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/sun2amd.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.sun2amd
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-ldap: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ldap.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/ldap.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.ldap
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-osx: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/osx.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/osx.txt: $(top_srcdir)/README.osx
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-BUGS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/BUGS.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/BUGS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/BUGS
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-FAQ: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/FAQ.txt
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/FAQ.txt: $(top_srcdir)/FAQ
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+install-MIRRORS: $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.txt $(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.html
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.txt: $(top_srcdir)/MIRRORS.txt
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+$(AMU_HTML_TOP)/MIRRORS.html: $(top_srcdir)/MIRRORS.html
+	install -c -m 644 $< $@
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/doc/am-utils.dvi b/doc/am-utils.dvi
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9fe4ff7e4dde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/am-utils.dvi
diff --git a/doc/am-utils.info b/doc/am-utils.info
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3a01684f240c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/am-utils.info
@@ -0,0 +1,8897 @@
+This is am-utils.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from
+am-utils.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Administration
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Am-utils: (am-utils).          The Amd automounter suite of utilities
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top,  Next: License,  Up: (DIR)
+
+Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) User Manual
+For version 6.2, 28 October 2014
+
+   Erez Zadok
+(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Erez Zadok
+Copyright (C) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
+Copyright (C) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
+Copyright (C) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+All Rights Reserved.
+
+   Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as necessary
+for use of this software is granted provided this copyright notice and
+statement of permission are included.
+
+   Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd
+automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and
+other tools.  This Info file describes how to use and understand the
+tools within Am-utils.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* License::                  Explains the terms and conditions for using
+                             and distributing Am-utils.
+* Distrib::                  How to get the latest Am-utils distribution.
+* AddInfo::                  How to get additional information.
+* Intro::                    An introduction to Automounting concepts.
+* History::                  History of am-utils' development.
+* Overview::                 An overview of Amd.
+* Supported Platforms::      Machines and Systems supported by Amd.
+* Mount Maps::               Details of mount maps.
+* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained.
+* Filesystem Types::         The different mount types supported by Amd.
+* Amd Configuration File::   The amd.conf file syntax and meaning.
+* Run-time Administration::  How to start, stop and control Amd.
+* FSinfo::                   The FSinfo filesystem management tool.
+* Hlfsd::                    The Home-Link Filesystem server.
+* Assorted Tools::           Other tools which come with am-utils.
+* Examples::                 Some examples showing how Amd might be used.
+* Internals::                Implementation details.
+* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes.
+
+Indexes
+* Index::                    An item for each concept.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: License,  Next: Distrib,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+License
+*******
+
+Am-utils is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are
+restrictions on its distribution.
+
+   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+     documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+     distribution.
+
+  3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
+     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+   THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
+THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Distrib,  Next: AddInfo,  Prev: License,  Up: Top
+
+Source Distribution
+*******************
+
+The Am-utils home page is located in
+     <http://www.am-utils.org/>
+
+   You can get the latest distribution version of Am-utils from
+     <ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz>
+
+   Additional alpha, beta, and release distributions are available in
+     <ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/>.
+
+   Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution.
+
+   Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part of the BSD
+network version 2 distribution
+
+   Revision 6.0 was made independently by Erez Zadok at the Computer
+Science Department of Columbia University (http://www.cs.columbia.edu/),
+as part of his PhD thesis work
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/zadok-thesis-proposal/).  Am-utils
+(especially version 6.1) continues to be developed and maintained at the
+Computer Science Department (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/) of Stony Brook
+University (http://www.stonybrook.edu/), as a service to the user
+community.
+
+   *Note History::, for more details.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: AddInfo,  Next: Intro,  Prev: Distrib,  Up: Top
+
+Getting Additional Information
+******************************
+
+Bug Reports
+===========
+
+Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the bugs
+(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/BUGS.txt) file.
+
+   If you find a problem and hopefully you can reproduce it, please
+describe it in detail and submit a bug report
+(https://bugzilla.filesystems.org/) via Bugzilla
+(http://www.bugzilla.org/).  Alternatively, you can send your bug report
+to the "am-utils" list (see <http://www.am-utils.org/> under "Mailing
+Lists") quoting the details of the release and your configuration.
+These details can be obtained by running the command 'amd -v'.  It would
+greatly help if you could provide a reproducible procedure for detecting
+the bug you are reporting.
+
+   Providing working patches is highly encouraged.  Every patch
+incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in
+the authors file (http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt).
+
+Mailing Lists
+=============
+
+There are several mailing lists for people interested in keeping
+up-to-date with developments.
+
+  1. The users mailing list, 'am-utils' is for
+
+        - announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils
+        - reporting of bugs and patches
+        - discussions of new features for am-utils
+        - implementation and porting issues
+
+     To subscribe, visit <http://www.am-utils.org/> under "Mailing
+     Lists."  After subscribing, you can post a message to this list.
+     To avoid as much spam as possible, only subscribers to this list
+     may post to it.
+
+     Subscribers of 'am-utils' are most helpful if they have the time
+     and resources to test new and development versions of amd, on as
+     many different platforms as possible.  They should also be prepared
+     to learn and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool packages,
+     as needed; and of course, become familiar with the complex code in
+     the am-utils package.  In other words, subscribers on this list
+     should hopefully be able to contribute meaningfully to the
+     development of amd.
+
+     Note that this 'am-utils' list used to be called 'amd-dev' before
+     January 1st, 2004.  Please use the new name, 'am-utils'.
+
+  2. The announcements mailing list, 'am-utils-announce' is for
+     announcements only (mostly new releases).  To subscribe, visit
+     <http://www.am-utils.org/> under "Mailing Lists."  This list is
+     read-only: only am-utils developers may post to it.
+
+  3. We distribute nightly CVS snapshots in
+     <ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/snapshots/daily/>.  If you
+     like to get email notices of commits to the am-utils CVS
+     repository, subscribe to the CVS logs mailing list, 'am-utils-cvs'
+     at <http://www.am-utils.org/> under "Mailing Lists."
+
+  4. The older list which was used to user discussions, 'amd-workers',
+     is defunct as of January 2004.  (Its last address was <amd-workers
+     AT majordomo.glue.umd.edu>.)  Don't use 'amd-workers': use the
+     newer, more active 'am-utils' list.
+
+  5. For completeness, there's a developers-only closed list called
+     'am-utils-developers' (see <http://www.am-utils.org/> under
+     "Mailing Lists").
+
+Am-utils Book
+=============
+
+Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) wrote a book
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/amd-book/), titled Linux NFS and
+Automounter Administration, ISBN 0-7821-2739-8, (Sybex, 2001).  The book
+is full of details and examples that go beyond what this manual has.
+The book also covers NFS in great detail.  Although the book is geared
+toward Linux users, it is general enough for any Unix administrator and
+contains specific sections for non-Linux systems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Intro,  Next: History,  Prev: AddInfo,  Up: Top
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+An "automounter" maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems
+are mounted on demand when they are first referenced, and unmounted
+after a period of inactivity.
+
+   Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter.  The choice
+of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with
+"selectors".  Selectors allow decisions of the form "hostname is THIS,"
+or "architecture is not THAT."  Selectors may be combined arbitrarily.
+Amd also supports a variety of filesystem types, including NFS, UFS and
+the novel "program" filesystem.  The combination of selectors and
+multiple filesystem types allows identical configuration files to be
+used on all machines thus reducing the administrative overhead.
+
+   Amd ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down.
+Moreover, Amd can determine when a remote server has become inaccessible
+and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they become
+available.
+
+   Amd contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to
+numerous flavors of Unix.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: History,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Intro,  Up: Top
+
+History
+*******
+
+The Amd package has been without an official maintainer since 1992.
+Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially.  Most
+notable were the 'upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of Amd, created
+by me (Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk)), and available from
+<ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/amd/>.  The last such unofficial release was
+'upl102'.
+
+   Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and
+more apparent that Amd was in much need of revitalizing.  Maintaining
+Amd had become a difficult task.  I took it upon myself to cleanup the
+code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new
+features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the
+never ending stream of bug reports.
+
+   I have been working on such a release of Amd on and off since January
+of 1996.  The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils"
+(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting
+the contents of the package.  In October of 1996 I had received enough
+offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list
+for this group of people.  Around the same time, Amd had become a
+necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed
+on am-utils.
+
+   Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to
+distinguish it from the last official release of Amd (5.x).  Many new
+features have been added such as a GNU 'configure' system, NFS Version
+3, a run-time configuration file ('amd.conf'), many new ports, more
+scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug fixes.  Another reason for
+the new major release number was to alert users of am-utils that
+user-visible interfaces may have changed.  In order to make Amd work
+well for the next 10 years, and be easier to maintain, it was necessary
+to remove old or unused features, change various syntax files, etc.
+However, great care was taken to ensure the maximum possible backwards
+compatibility.
+
+   Am-utils version 6.1 has autofs support for Linux and Solaris 2.5+ as
+the major new feature, in addition to several other minor new features.
+The autofs support is completely transparent to the end-user, aside from
+the fact that '/bin/pwd' now always returns the correct amd-ified path.
+The administrator can easily switch between NFS and autofs mounts by
+changing one parameter in 'amd.conf'.  Autofs support and maintenance
+was developed in conjunction with Ion Badulescu <ionut AT badula.org>.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Supported Platforms,  Prev: History,  Up: Top
+
+1 Overview
+**********
+
+Amd maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems are
+"demand-mounted" when they are first referenced, and unmounted after a
+period of inactivity.  Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's
+automount(8) program.  It contains no proprietary source code and has
+been ported to numerous flavors of Unix.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+   Amd was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem
+layout and management.  Although Amd has many direct applications it is
+loaded with additional features which have little practical use.  At
+some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline
+the production system.
+
+   Amd supports the notion of "replicated" filesystems by evaluating
+each member of a list of possible filesystem locations one by one.  Amd
+checks that each cached mapping remains valid.  Should a mapping be lost
+- such as happens when a fileserver goes down - Amd automatically
+selects a replacement should one be available.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fundamentals::
+* Filesystems and Volumes::
+* Volume Naming::
+* Volume Binding::
+* Operational Principles::
+* Mounting a Volume::
+* Automatic Unmounting::
+* Keep-alives::
+* Non-blocking Operation::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Fundamentals,  Next: Filesystems and Volumes,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Overview
+
+1.1 Fundamentals
+================
+
+The fundamental concept behind Amd is the ability to separate the name
+used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical
+storage location.  This allows the same files to be accessed with the
+same name regardless of where in the network the name is used.  This is
+very different from placing '/n/hostname' in front of the pathname since
+that includes location dependent information which may change if files
+are moved to another machine.
+
+   By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered
+database, filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to
+configuration files, shell scripts and so on.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystems and Volumes,  Next: Volume Naming,  Prev: Fundamentals,  Up: Overview
+
+1.2 Filesystems and Volumes
+===========================
+
+Amd views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or more
+filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more "volumes".  Here
+the term "volume" is used to refer to a coherent set of files such as a
+user's home directory or a TeX distribution.
+
+   In order to access the contents of a volume, Amd must be told in
+which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem.
+By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to
+be the entire filesystem.  If a filesystem contains more than one
+volume, then a "sublink" is used to refer to the sub-directory within
+the filesystem where the volume can be found.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Naming,  Next: Volume Binding,  Prev: Filesystems and Volumes,  Up: Overview
+
+1.3 Volume Naming
+=================
+
+Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network.  A
+volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users
+of that volume.  Since this name uniquely identifies the volume
+contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject
+to administrative controls.
+
+   Volumes may be replicated or duplicated.  Replicated volumes contain
+identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in
+the network.  Each of the replicated volumes can be used
+interchangeably.  Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain
+different, though functionally identical, data.  For example, '/vol/tex'
+might be the name of a TeX distribution which varied for each machine
+architecture.
+
+   Amd provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and
+duplicated volumes.  Configuration options allow a single set of
+configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking
+advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes.
+
+   Amd can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as
+required should an active fileserver become unavailable.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Binding,  Next: Operational Principles,  Prev: Volume Naming,  Up: Overview
+
+1.4 Volume Binding
+==================
+
+Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems.  Two
+forms of binding between names and files are provided.  A "hard link"
+completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem.  A "soft
+link" delays the binding until the name is accessed.  An "automounter"
+adds a further form in which the binding of name to filesystem is
+delayed until the name is accessed.
+
+   The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem,
+sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume
+in the network.
+
+   When a target is referenced, Amd ignores the sublink element and
+determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted.  This is
+done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking
+for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place.  If such a
+filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally
+identical to the target filesystem.  By default there is a one-to-one
+mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so
+this assumption is valid.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Operational Principles,  Next: Mounting a Volume,  Prev: Volume Binding,  Up: Overview
+
+1.5 Operational Principles
+==========================
+
+Amd operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace.  These
+are called "automount" points.  The kernel sees these automount points
+as NFS filesystems being served by Amd.  Having attached itself to the
+namespace, Amd is now able to control the view the rest of the system
+has of those mount points.  RPC calls are received from the kernel one
+at a time.
+
+   When a "lookup" call is received Amd checks whether the name is
+already known.  If it is not, the required volume is mounted.  A
+symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned.  Once the
+symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests
+direct to the mounted filesystem.
+
+   If a volume is not yet mounted, Amd consults a configuration
+"mount-map" corresponding to the automount point.  Amd then makes a
+runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based on the
+information obtained from the map.
+
+   Amd does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant to
+name binding such as "lookup", "readlink" and "readdir".  Some other
+calls are also implemented but most simply return an error code; for
+example "mkdir" always returns "read-only filesystem".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mounting a Volume,  Next: Automatic Unmounting,  Prev: Operational Principles,  Up: Overview
+
+1.6 Mounting a Volume
+=====================
+
+Each automount point has a corresponding mount map.  The mount map
+contains a list of key-value pairs.  The key is the name of the volume
+to be mounted.  The value is a list of locations describing where the
+filesystem is stored in the network.  In the source for the map the
+value would look like
+
+     location1  location2  ...  locationN
+
+   Amd examines each location in turn.  Each location may contain
+"selectors" which control whether Amd can use that location.  For
+example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts.  Those
+locations which cannot be used are ignored.
+
+   Amd attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining
+location until a mount succeeds or Amd can no longer proceed.  The
+latter can occur in three ways:
+
+   * If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations
+     caused an error, then the last error is returned.
+
+   * If a location could be used but was being mounted in the background
+     then Amd marks that mount as being "in progress" and continues with
+     the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel.
+
+   * Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been "deferred".  A
+     mount is deferred if extra information is required before the mount
+     can proceed.  When the information becomes available the mount will
+     take place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to the kernel.
+     If the mount is deferred, Amd continues to try any remaining
+     locations.
+
+   Once a volume has been mounted, Amd establishes a "volume mapping"
+which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automatic Unmounting,  Next: Keep-alives,  Prev: Mounting a Volume,  Up: Overview
+
+1.7 Automatic Unmounting
+========================
+
+To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, Amd removes
+volume mappings which have not been used recently.  A time-to-live
+interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the
+mapping is removed.  When the last reference to a filesystem is removed,
+that filesystem is unmounted.  If the unmount fails, for example the
+filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its
+time-to-live interval is extended.  The global default for this grace
+period is controlled by the '-w' command-line option (*note -w: -w
+Option.) or the amd.conf parameter 'dismount_interval' (*note
+dismount_interval Parameter::).  It is also possible to set this value
+on a per-mount basis (*note opts: opts Option.).
+
+   Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the Amq command.  *Note
+Run-time Administration::.  Note that on new enough systems that support
+forced unmounts, such as Linux, Amd can try to use the umount2(2) system
+call to force the unmount, if the regular umount(2) system call failed
+in a way that indicates that the mount point is hung or stale.  *Note
+forced_unmounts Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Keep-alives,  Next: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Automatic Unmounting,  Up: Overview
+
+1.8 Keep-alives
+===============
+
+Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on
+another machine.  If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to
+processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable.  However,
+to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this
+event is important.  This situation is most widely recognized when an
+NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that
+more and more processes hang.  In order to provide the possibility of
+recovery, Amd implements a "keep-alive" interval timer for some
+filesystem types.  Currently only NFS makes use of this service.
+
+   The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation
+that most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as
+manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on.  If
+one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of
+the others as a replacement.
+
+   The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers
+are up and which are down.  Amd does this by sending RPC requests to the
+servers' NFS 'NullProc' and checking whether a reply is returned.  While
+the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at three
+second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts the
+server is marked down.  If a reply is received the fileserver is marked
+up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another NFS ping
+is sent.  This interval is configurable and can even be turned off using
+the ping option.  *Note opts Option::.
+
+   Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every
+30 seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up.
+During this time any reference through Amd to the filesystems on that
+server fail with the error "Operation would block".  If a replacement
+volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is
+returned to the user.
+
+   Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on
+the network, or processes which do not access files via Amd or already
+have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new
+processes from hanging.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Keep-alives,  Up: Overview
+
+1.9 Non-blocking Operation
+==========================
+
+Since there is only one instance of Amd for each automount point, and
+usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it is
+always available to service kernel calls.  Amd goes to great lengths to
+ensure that it does not block in a system call.  As a last resort Amd
+will fork before it attempts a system call that may block indefinitely,
+such as mounting an NFS filesystem.  Other tasks such as obtaining
+filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a purpose
+built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with Amd's task
+scheduler.  This library is also used to implement NFS keep-alives
+(*note Keep-alives::).
+
+   Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, Amd must wait for it to
+complete before replying to the kernel.  However, this would cause Amd
+to block waiting for a reply to be constructed.  Rather than do this,
+Amd simply "drops" the call under the assumption that the kernel RPC
+mechanism will automatically retry the request.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Supported Platforms,  Next: Mount Maps,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top
+
+2 Supported Platforms
+*********************
+
+Am-utils has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating
+systems.  Am-utils's code works for little-endian and big-endian
+machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures.  Furthermore, when
+Am-utils ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is
+generally readily portable to the same Operating System on all platforms
+on which it is available.
+
+   See the 'INSTALL' in the distribution for more specific details on
+building and/or configuring for some systems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mount Maps,  Next: Amd Command Line Options,  Prev: Supported Platforms,  Up: Top
+
+3 Mount Maps
+************
+
+Amd has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems.  External
+"mount-maps" are used to provide the required information.
+Specifically, Amd needs to know when and under what conditions it should
+mount filesystems.
+
+   The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of
+possible locations from which to resolve the request.  Each location
+specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for
+example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some
+information describing where to mount the filesystem (*note fs
+Option::).  A location may also contain "selectors" (*note Selectors::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Map Types::
+* Key Lookup::
+* Location Format::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Types,  Next: Key Lookup,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.1 Map Types
+=============
+
+A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to Amd.
+Maps can be implemented in many ways.  Some of the forms supported by
+Amd are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the "Hesiod" name
+server, and even the password file.
+
+   A mount-map "name" is a sequence of characters.  When an automount
+point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained.  For each map
+type configured, Amd attempts to reference the map of the appropriate
+type.  If a map is found, Amd notes the type for future use and deletes
+the reference, for example closing any open file descriptors.  The
+available maps are configured when Amd is built and can be displayed by
+running the command 'amd -v'.
+
+   When using an Amd configuration file (*note Amd Configuration File::)
+and the keyword 'map_type' (*note map_type Parameter::), you may force
+the map used to any type.
+
+   By default, Amd caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map.
+This is the same as specifying 'cache:=mapdefault' and selects a
+suitable default cache mode depending on the map type.  The individual
+defaults are described below.  The CACHE option can be specified on
+automount points to alter the caching behavior (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following map types have been implemented, though some are not
+available on all machines.  Run the command 'amd -v' to obtain a list of
+map types configured on your machine.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* File maps::
+* ndbm maps::
+* NIS maps::
+* NIS+ maps::
+* Hesiod maps::
+* Password maps::
+* Union maps::
+* LDAP maps::
+* Executable maps::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: File maps,  Next: ndbm maps,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.1 File maps
+---------------
+
+When Amd searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of the
+file and supports both comments and continuation lines.
+
+   Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character ('\') as
+the last character of a line in the file.  The backslash, newline
+character _and any leading white space on the following line_ are
+discarded.  A maximum line length of 2047 characters is enforced after
+continuation lines are read but before comments are stripped.  Each line
+must end with a newline character; that is newlines are terminators, not
+separators.  The following examples illustrate this:
+
+     key     valA   valB;   \
+               valC
+
+   specifies _three_ locations, and is identical to
+
+     key     valA   valB;   valC
+
+   However,
+
+     key     valA   valB;\
+               valC
+
+   specifies only _two_ locations, and is identical to
+
+     key     valA   valB;valC
+
+   After a complete line has been read from the file, including
+continuations, Amd determines whether there is a comment on the line.  A
+comment begins with a hash ("'#'") character and continues to the end of
+the line.  There is no way to escape or change the comment lead-in
+character.
+
+   Note that continuation lines and comment support "only" apply to file
+maps, or ndbm maps built with the 'mk-amd-map' program.
+
+   When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of 'all'
+(*note Automount Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ndbm maps,  Next: NIS maps,  Prev: File maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.2 ndbm maps
+---------------
+
+An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map.  The
+program, 'mk-amd-map', converts a normal map file into an ndbm database.
+This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that
+are provided for file maps.  Note that ndbm format files may _not_ be
+sharable across machine architectures.  The notion of speed generally
+only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block,
+is almost certainly better implemented as a file map.
+
+   ndbm maps have a default cache mode of 'all' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS maps,  Next: NIS+ maps,  Prev: ndbm maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.3 NIS maps
+--------------
+
+When using NIS (formerly YP), an Amd map is implemented directly by the
+underlying NIS map.  Comments and continuation lines are _not_ supported
+in the automounter and must be stripped when constructing the NIS
+server's database.
+
+   NIS maps have a default cache mode of 'all' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS
+'Makefile', in this case causing the 'amd.home' map to be rebuilt:
+     $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home
+         -@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \
+           awk '{  \
+              for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \
+                  if (i == NF) { \
+                  if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \
+                      printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \
+                  else \
+                      printf("%s\n", $$i); \
+                  } \
+                  else \
+                  printf("%s ", $$i); \
+              }' | \
+         $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \
+         touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \
+         echo "updated amd.home"; \
+         if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \
+             $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \
+             echo "pushed amd.home"; \
+         else \
+             : ; \
+         fi
+
+   Here '$(YPTSDIR)' contains the time stamp files, and '$(YPDBDIR)'
+contains the dbm format NIS files.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS+ maps,  Next: Hesiod maps,  Prev: NIS maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.4 NIS+ maps
+---------------
+
+NIS+ maps do not support cache mode 'all' and, when caching is enabled,
+have a default cache mode of 'inc'.
+
+   XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hesiod maps,  Next: Password maps,  Prev: NIS+ maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.5 Hesiod maps
+-----------------
+
+When the map name begins with the string 'hesiod.' lookups are made
+using the "Hesiod" name server.  The string following the dot is used as
+a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located.  The
+entire string is then resolved in the 'automount' context, or the
+amd.conf parameter 'hesiod_base' (*note hesiod_base Parameter::).  For
+example, if the key is 'jsp' and map name is 'hesiod.homes' then
+"Hesiod" is asked to resolve 'jsp.homes.automount'.
+
+   Hesiod maps do not support cache mode 'all' and, when caching is
+enabled, have a default cache mode of 'inc' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following is an example of a "Hesiod" map entry:
+
+     jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp"
+     njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw"
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Password maps,  Next: Union maps,  Prev: Hesiod maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.6 Password maps
+-------------------
+
+The password map support is unlike the four previous map types.  When
+the map name is the string '/etc/passwd' Amd can lookup a user name in
+the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to produce a
+usable map entry.
+
+   Amd assumes the home directory has the format
+'/anydir/dom1/../domN/login'.  It breaks this string into a map entry
+where '${rfs}' has the value '/anydir/domN', '${rhost}' has the value
+'domN.....dom1', and '${sublink}' has the value login.
+
+   Thus if the password file entry was
+
+     /home/achilles/jsp
+
+   the map entry used by Amd would be
+
+     rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp
+
+   Similarly, if the password file entry was
+
+     /home/cc/sugar/mjh
+
+   the map entry used by Amd would be
+
+     rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=mhj
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union maps,  Next: LDAP maps,  Prev: Password maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.7 Union maps
+----------------
+
+The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union
+filesystem, *note Union Filesystem::.
+
+   It is identified by the string 'union:' which is followed by a colon
+separated list of directories.  The directories are read in order, and
+the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache.  Later
+directories take precedence over earlier ones.  The union filesystem
+type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all
+the directories.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: LDAP maps,  Next: Executable maps,  Prev: Union maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.8 LDAP maps
+---------------
+
+LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache
+mode 'all' and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode of
+'inc'.
+
+   For example, an Amd map 'amd.home' that looks as follows:
+
+     /defaults    opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
+
+     zing         -rhost:=shekel \
+                  host==shekel \
+                  host!=shekel;type:=nfs
+when converted to LDAP (*note amd2ldif::), will result in the following
+LDAP database:
+     $ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home
+     dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS
+     cn             : amdmap timestamp
+     objectClass    : amdmapTimestamp
+     amdmapTimestamp: 873071363
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[/defaults]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   : /defaults
+     amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   :
+     amdmapValue :
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[zing]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   : zing
+     amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Executable maps,  Prev: LDAP maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.9 Executable maps
+---------------------
+
+An executable map is a dynamic map in which the keys and values for the
+maps are generated on the fly by a program or script.  The program is
+expected to take a single parameter argument which is the key to lookup.
+If the key is found, the program should print on stdout the key-value
+pair that were found; if the key was not found, nothing should be
+printed out.  Below is an sample of such a map script:
+
+     #!/bin/sh
+     # executable map example
+     case "$1" in
+         "/defaults" )
+     	echo "/defaults   type:=nfs;rfs:=filer"
+     	;;
+         "a" )
+     	echo "a   type:=nfs;fs:=/tmp"
+     	;;
+         "b" )
+     	echo "b   type:=link;fs:=/usr/local"
+     	;;
+         * )  # no match, echo nothing
+     	;;
+     esac
+
+   *Note exec_map_timeout Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Key Lookup,  Next: Location Format,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.2 How keys are looked up
+==========================
+
+The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the
+automount point was first created.  In general the key is a pathname
+component.  In some circumstances this may be modified by variable
+expansion (*note Variable Expansion::) and prefixing.  If the automount
+point has a prefix, specified by the PREF option, then that is prepended
+to the search key before the map is searched.
+
+   If the map cache is a 'regexp' cache then the key is treated as an
+egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is
+made.
+
+   If the key cannot be found then a "wildcard" match is attempted.  Amd
+repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends '/*' and attempts a
+lookup.  Finally, Amd attempts to locate the special key '*'.
+
+   For example, the following sequence would be checked if
+'home/dylan/dk2' was being located:
+
+        home/dylan/dk2
+        home/dylan/*
+        home/*
+        *
+
+   At any point when a wildcard is found, Amd proceeds as if an exact
+match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the
+mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel.
+(*note Filesystem Types::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Location Format,  Prev: Key Lookup,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.3 Location Format
+===================
+
+The value field from the lookup provides the information required to
+mount a filesystem.  The information is parsed according to the syntax
+shown below.
+
+     location-list:
+                       location-selection
+                       location-list white-space || white-space location-selection
+     location-selection:
+                       location
+                       location-selection white-space location
+     location:
+                       location-info
+                       -location-info
+                       -
+     location-info:
+                       sel-or-opt
+                       location-info;sel-or-opt
+                       ;
+     sel-or-opt:
+                       selection
+                       opt-ass
+     selection:
+                       selector==value
+                       selector!=value
+     opt-ass:
+                       option:=value
+     white-space:
+                       space
+                       tab
+
+   Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location
+description.  White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where shown
+with non-terminal white-space.
+
+   A "location-selection" is a list of possible volumes with which to
+satisfy the request.  Each "location-selection" is tried sequentially,
+until either one succeeds or all fail.  This, by the way, is different
+from the historically documented behavior, which claimed (falsely, at
+least for last 3 years) that Amd would attempt to mount all
+"location-selection"s in parallel and the first one to succeed would be
+used.
+
+   "location-selection"s are optionally separated by the '||' operator.
+The effect of this operator is to prevent use of location-selections to
+its right if any of the location-selections on its left were selected,
+whether or not any of them were successfully mounted (*note
+Selectors::).
+
+   The location-selection, and singleton "location-list",
+'type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g' would inform Amd to mount a UFS filesystem
+from the block special device '/dev/xd1g'.
+
+   The "sel-or-opt" component is either the name of an option required
+by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined
+selector such as the architecture type.  The value may be quoted with
+double quotes '"', for example 'type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"'.  These
+quotes are stripped when the value is parsed and there is no way to get
+a double quote into a value field.  Double quotes are used to get white
+space into a value field, which is needed for the program filesystem
+(*note Program Filesystem::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Map Defaults::
+* Variable Expansion::
+* Selectors::
+* Map Options::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Defaults,  Next: Variable Expansion,  Prev: Location Format,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.1 Map Defaults
+------------------
+
+A location beginning with a dash '-' is used to specify default values
+for subsequent locations.  Any previously specified defaults in the
+location-list are discarded.  The default string can be empty in which
+case no defaults apply.
+
+   The location '-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro' would set the local mount point to
+'/mnt' and cause mounts to be read-only by default.  Defaults specified
+this way are appended to, and so override, any global map defaults given
+with '/defaults').
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Variable Expansion,  Next: Selectors,  Prev: Map Defaults,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.2 Variable Expansion
+------------------------
+
+To allow generic location specifications Amd does variable expansion on
+each location and also on some of the option strings.  Any option or
+selector appearing in the form '$"var"' is replaced by the current value
+of that option or selector.  For example, if the value of '${key}' was
+'bin', '${autodir}' was '/a' and '${fs}' was '${autodir}/local/${key}'
+then after expansion '${fs}' would have the value '/a/local/bin'.  Any
+environment variable can be accessed in a similar way.
+
+   Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable.  If
+the variable name begins with '/' then only the last component of the
+pathname is substituted.  For example, if '${path}' was '/foo/bar' then
+'${/path}' would be expanded to 'bar'.  Similarly, if the variable name
+ends with '/' then all but the last component of the pathname is
+substituted.  In the previous example, '${path/}' would be expanded to
+'/foo'.
+
+   Two domain name operators are also provided.  If the variable name
+begins with '.' then only the domain part of the name is substituted.
+For example, if '${rhost}' was 'swan.doc.ic.ac.uk' then '${.rhost}'
+would be expanded to 'doc.ic.ac.uk'.  Similarly, if the variable name
+ends with '.' then only the host component is substituted.  In the
+previous example, '${rhost.}' would be expanded to 'swan'.
+
+   Variable expansion is a two phase process.  Before a location is
+parsed, all references to selectors, eg '${path}', are expanded.  The
+location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments
+recorded.  If there were no selections or they all succeeded the
+location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in
+the order given: SUBLINK, RFS, FS, OPTS, REMOPTS, MOUNT and UNMOUNT.
+
+   Note that expansion of option values is done after "all" assignments
+have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done
+by the shell.  This generally has the desired effect but care must be
+taken if one of the options references another, in which case the
+ordering can become significant.
+
+   There are two special cases concerning variable expansion:
+
+  1. before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received from
+     the kernel are expanded.  For example, if the request from the
+     kernel was for '${arch}.bin' and the machine architecture was
+     'vax', the value given to '${key}' would be 'vax.bin'.
+
+  2. the value of '${rhost}' is expanded and normalized before the other
+     options are expanded.  The normalization process strips any local
+     sub-domain components.  For example, if '${domain}' was
+     'Berkeley.EDU' and '${rhost}' was initially 'snow.Berkeley.EDU',
+     after the normalization it would simply be 'snow'.  Hostname
+     normalization is currently done in a _case-dependent_ manner.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Selectors,  Next: Map Options,  Prev: Variable Expansion,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.3 Selectors
+---------------
+
+Selectors are used to control the use of a location.  It is possible to
+share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem
+location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from
+the users.  A selector of the form 'arch==sun3;os==sunos4' would only
+apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x.
+
+   Selectors can be negated by using '!=' instead of '=='.  For example
+to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector 'arch!=vax'
+would be used.
+
+   Selectors are evaluated left to right.  If a selector fails then that
+location is ignored.  Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the
+locations form a disjunction.  If all the locations are ignored or
+otherwise fail then Amd uses the "error" filesystem (*note Error
+Filesystem::).  This is equivalent to having a location 'type:=error' at
+the end of each mount-map entry.
+
+   The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be
+overridden by an Amd command line switch or in an Amd configuration
+file.  *Note Amd Configuration File::.
+
+   The following selectors are currently implemented.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* arch Selector Variable::
+* autodir Selector Variable::
+* byte Selector Variable::
+* cluster Selector Variable::
+* domain Selector Variable::
+* dollar Selector Variable::
+* host Selector Variable::
+* hostd Selector Variable::
+* karch Selector Variable::
+* os Selector Variable::
+* osver Selector Variable::
+* full_os Selector Variable::
+* vendor Selector Variable::
+
+* key Selector Variable::
+* map Selector Variable::
+* netnumber Selector Variable::
+* network Selector Variable::
+* path Selector Variable::
+* wire Selector Variable::
+* uid Selector Variable::
+* gid Selector Variable::
+
+* exists Selector Function::
+* false Selector Function::
+* netgrp Selector Function::
+* netgrpd Selector Function::
+* in_network Selector Function::
+* true Selector Function::
+* xhost Selector Function::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Selector Variable,  Next: autodir Selector Variable,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.1 arch Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile
+time.  The architecture type can be displayed by running the command
+'amd -v'.  You can override this value also using the '-A' command line
+option.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: autodir Selector Variable,  Next: byte Selector Variable,  Prev: arch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.2 autodir Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+The default directory under which to mount filesystems.  This may be
+changed by the '-a' command line option.  *Note fs Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: byte Selector Variable,  Next: cluster Selector Variable,  Prev: autodir Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.3 byte Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The machine's byte ordering.  This is either 'little', indicating
+little-endian, or 'big', indicating big-endian.  One possible use is to
+share 'rwho' databases (*note rwho servers::).  Another is to share ndbm
+databases, however this use can be considered a courageous juggling act.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Selector Variable,  Next: domain Selector Variable,  Prev: byte Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.4 cluster Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster.  This can
+be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated
+filesystems.  '${cluster}' defaults to the value of '${domain}' unless a
+different value is set with the '-C' command line option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain Selector Variable,  Next: dollar Selector Variable,  Prev: cluster Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.5 domain Selector Variable
+................................
+
+The local domain name as specified by the '-d' command line option.
+*Note host Selector Variable::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: dollar Selector Variable,  Next: host Selector Variable,  Prev: domain Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.6 dollar Selector Variable
+................................
+
+This is a special variable, whose sole purpose is to produce a literal
+dollar sign in the value of another variable.  For example, if you have
+a remote file system whose name is '/disk$s', you can mount it by
+setting the remote file system variable as follows:
+
+     rfs:=/disk${dollar}s
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: host Selector Variable,  Next: hostd Selector Variable,  Prev: dollar Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.7 host Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The local hostname as determined by gethostname(2).  If no domain name
+was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a period '.'
+then the string before the period is used as the host name, and the
+string after the period is assigned to '${domain}'.  For example, if the
+hostname is 'styx.doc.ic.ac.uk' then 'host' would be 'styx' and 'domain'
+would be 'doc.ic.ac.uk'.  'hostd' would be 'styx.doc.ic.ac.uk'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: hostd Selector Variable,  Next: karch Selector Variable,  Prev: host Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.8 hostd Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This resolves to the '${host}' and '${domain}' concatenated with a '.'
+inserted between them if required.  If '${domain}' is an empty string
+then '${host}' and '${hostd}' will be identical.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Selector Variable,  Next: os Selector Variable,  Prev: hostd Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.9 karch Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture.  This is used on
+SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different
+'/usr/kvm' volumes.  '${karch}' defaults to the "machine" value gotten
+from uname(2).  If the uname(2) system call is not available, the value
+of '${karch}' defaults to that of '${arch}'.  Finally, a different value
+can be set with the '-k' command line option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Selector Variable,  Next: osver Selector Variable,  Prev: karch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.10 os Selector Variable
+.............................
+
+The operating system.  Like the machine architecture, this is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
+be displayed by running the command 'amd -v'.  *Note Supported
+Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Selector Variable,  Next: full_os Selector Variable,  Prev: os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.11 osver Selector Variable
+................................
+
+The operating system version.  Like the machine architecture, this is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
+be displayed by running the command 'amd -v'.  *Note Supported
+Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Selector Variable,  Next: vendor Selector Variable,  Prev: osver Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.12 full_os Selector Variable
+..................................
+
+The full name of the operating system, including its version.  This
+value is automatically determined at compile time.  The full operating
+system name and version can be displayed by running the command 'amd
+-v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Selector Variable,  Next: key Selector Variable,  Prev: full_os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.13 vendor Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+The name of the vendor of the operating system.  This value is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The name of the vendor can be
+displayed by running the command 'amd -v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+
+
+   The following selectors are also provided.  Unlike the other
+selectors, they vary for each lookup.  Note that when the name from the
+kernel is expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all
+defined as empty strings.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: key Selector Variable,  Next: map Selector Variable,  Prev: vendor Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.14 key Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The name being resolved.  For example, if '/home' is an automount point,
+then accessing '/home/foo' would set '${key}' to the string 'foo'.  The
+key is prefixed by the PREF option set in the parent mount point.  The
+default prefix is an empty string.  If the prefix was 'blah/' then
+'${key}' would be set to 'blah/foo'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map Selector Variable,  Next: netnumber Selector Variable,  Prev: key Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.15 map Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The name of the mount map being used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netnumber Selector Variable,  Next: network Selector Variable,  Prev: map Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.16 netnumber Selector Variable
+....................................
+
+This selector is identical to the 'in_network' selector function, see
+*note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.  The
+names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of 'amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: network Selector Variable,  Next: path Selector Variable,  Prev: netnumber Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.17 network Selector Variable
+..................................
+
+This selector is identical to the 'in_network' selector function, see
+*note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.  The
+names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of 'amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: path Selector Variable,  Next: wire Selector Variable,  Prev: network Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.18 path Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+The full pathname of the name being resolved.  For example '/home/foo'
+in the example above.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: wire Selector Variable,  Next: uid Selector Variable,  Prev: path Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.19 wire Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This selector is identical to the 'in_network' selector function, see
+*note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.  The
+names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of 'amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: uid Selector Variable,  Next: gid Selector Variable,  Prev: wire Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.20 uid Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+This selector provides the numeric effective user ID (UID) of the user
+which last accessed an automounted path name.  This simple example shows
+how floppy mounting can be assigned only to machine owners:
+
+     floppy  -type:=pcfs \
+             uid==2301;host==shekel;dev:=/dev/floppy \
+             uid==6712;host==titan;dev=/dev/fd0 \
+             uid==0;dev:=/dev/fd0c \
+             type:=error
+
+   The example allows two machine owners to mount floppies on their
+designated workstations, allows the root user to mount on any host, and
+otherwise forces an error.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: gid Selector Variable,  Next: exists Selector Function,  Prev: uid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.21 gid Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+This selector provides the numeric effective group ID (GID) of the user
+which last accessed an automounted path name.
+
+
+
+   The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument
+ARG. They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to be
+compared with a value.  Each of these may be negated by prepending '!'
+to their name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: exists Selector Function,  Next: false Selector Function,  Prev: gid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.22 exists Selector Function
+.................................
+
+If the file listed by ARG exists (via lstat(2)), this function evaluates
+to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: false Selector Function,  Next: netgrp Selector Function,  Prev: exists Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.23 false Selector Function
+................................
+
+Always evaluates to false.  ARG is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrp Selector Function,  Next: netgrpd Selector Function,  Prev: false Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.24 netgrp Selector Function
+.................................
+
+The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed optionally
+by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not specified, it
+defaults to '${host}'.  If the host name (short name) is a member of the
+netgroup, this selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to
+false.
+
+   For example, suppose you have a netgroup 'ppp-hosts', and for reasons
+of performance, these have a local '/home' partition, while all other
+clients on the faster network can access a shared home directory.  A
+common map to use for both might look like the following:
+
+     home/*  netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/${key} \
+             !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/remote/${key}
+
+   A more complex example that takes advantage of the two argument
+netgrp mount selector is given in the following scenario.  Suppose one
+wants to mount the local scratch space from a each host under
+'scratch/<hostname>' and some hosts have their scratch space in a
+different path than others.  Hosts in the netgroup 'apple-hosts' have
+their scratch space in the '/apple' path, where hosts in the netgroup
+'cherry-hosts' have their scratch space in the '/cherry' path.  For
+hosts that are neither in the 'apple-hosts' or 'cherry-hosts' netgroups
+we want to make a symlink pointing to nowhere but provide a descriptive
+error message in the link destination:
+
+     scratch/*	netgrp(apple-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
+     		    rfs:="/apple" \
+     		netgrp(cherry-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
+     		    rfs:="/cherry" \
+     		type:=link;rfs:="no local partition for ${/key}"
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrpd Selector Function,  Next: in_network Selector Function,  Prev: netgrp Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.25 netgrpd Selector Function
+..................................
+
+The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed optionally
+by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not specified, it
+defaults to '${hostd}'.  If the host name (fully-qualified name) is a
+member of the netgroup, this selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise it
+evaluates to false.
+
+   The 'netgrpd' function uses fully-qualified host names to match
+netgroup names, while the 'netgrp' function (*note netgrp Selector
+Function::) uses short host names.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: in_network Selector Function,  Next: true Selector Function,  Prev: netgrpd Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.26 in_network Selector Function
+.....................................
+
+This selector matches against any network name or number with an
+optional netmask.  First, if the current host has any network interface
+that is locally attached to the network specified in ARG (either via
+name or number), this selector evaluates to true.
+
+   Second, 'in_network' supports a network/netmask syntax such as
+'128.59.16.0/255.255.255.0', '128.59.16.0/24', '128.59.16.0/0xffffff00',
+or '128.59.16.0/'.  Using the last form, Amd will match the specified
+network number against the default netmasks of each of the locally
+attached interfaces.
+
+   If the selector does not match, it evaluates to false.
+
+   For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable
+'/opt' that smaller clients can NFS mount.  The two servers are say,
+'serv1' on network 'foo-net.site.com' and 'serv2' on network
+'123.4.5.0'.  You can write a map to be used by all clients that will
+attempt to mount the closest one as follows:
+
+     opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \
+         in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \
+         rhost:=fallback-server
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: true Selector Function,  Next: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: in_network Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.27 true Selector Function
+...............................
+
+Always evaluates to true.  ARG is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: true Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.28 xhost Selector Function
+................................
+
+This function compares ARG against the current hostname, similarly to
+the *note host Selector Variable::.  However, this function will also
+match if ARG is a CNAME (DNS Canonical Name, or alias) for the current
+host's name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Options,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.4 Map Options
+-----------------
+
+Options are parsed concurrently with selectors.  The difference is that
+when an option is seen the string following the ':=' is recorded for
+later use.  As a minimum the TYPE option must be specified.  Each
+filesystem type has other options which must also be specified.  *Note
+Filesystem Types::, for details on the filesystem specific options.
+
+   Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported as
+errors.
+
+   The following options apply to more than one filesystem type.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* addopts Option::
+* delay Option::
+* fs Option::
+* opts Option::
+* remopts Option::
+* sublink Option::
+* type Option::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: addopts Option,  Next: delay Option,  Prev: Map Options,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.1 addopts Option
+......................
+
+This option adds additional options to default options normally
+specified in the '/defaults' entry or the defaults of the key entry
+being processed (*note opts Option::).  Normally when you specify 'opts'
+in both the '/defaults' and the map entry, the latter overrides the
+former completely.  But with 'addopts' it will append the options and
+override any conflicting ones.
+
+   'addopts' also overrides the value of the 'remopts' option (*note
+remopts Option::), which unless specified defaults to the value of
+'opts'.
+
+   Options which start with 'no' will override those with the same name
+that do not start with 'no' and vice verse.  Special handling is given
+to inverted options such as 'soft' and 'hard', 'bg' and 'fg', 'ro' and
+'rw', etc.
+
+   For example, if the default options specified were
+     opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix
+
+   and the ones specified in a map entry were
+
+     addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
+
+   then the actual options used would be
+
+     wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: delay Option,  Next: fs Option,  Prev: addopts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.2 delay Option
+....................
+
+The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the
+current location.  Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles
+and so on are computed regardless of this value.
+
+   A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary
+file servers.  The secondary servers would have a delay of a few
+seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fs Option,  Next: opts Option,  Prev: delay Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.3 fs Option
+.................
+
+The local mount point.  The semantics of this option vary between
+filesystems.
+
+   For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of '${fs}' is used as the local
+mount point.  For other filesystem types it has other meanings which are
+described in the section describing the respective filesystem type.  It
+is important that this string uniquely identifies the filesystem being
+mounted.  To satisfy this requirement, it should contain the name of the
+host on which the filesystem is resident and the pathname of the
+filesystem on the local or remote host.
+
+   The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated
+filesystems are considered.  If a fileserver goes down and a replacement
+filesystem is mounted then the "local" mount point "must" be different
+from that of the filesystem which is hung.  Some encoding of the
+filesystem name is required if more than one filesystem is to be mounted
+from any given host.
+
+   If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a
+particular host will be gathered below a single directory.  If that
+server goes down then the hung mount points are less likely to be
+accidentally referenced, for example when getcwd(3) traverses the
+namespace to find the pathname of the current directory.
+
+   The 'fs' option defaults to '${autodir}/${rhost}${rfs}'.  In
+addition, 'rhost' defaults to the local host name ('${host}') and 'rfs'
+defaults to the value of '${path}', which is the full path of the
+requested file; '/home/foo' in the example above (*note Selectors::).
+'${autodir}' defaults to '/a' but may be changed with the '-a' command
+line option.  Sun's automounter defaults to '/tmp_mnt'.  Note that there
+is no '/' between the '${rhost}' and '${rfs}' since '${rfs}' begins with
+a '/'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: opts Option,  Next: remopts Option,  Prev: fs Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.4 opts Option
+...................
+
+The options to pass to the mount system call.  A leading '-' is silently
+ignored.  The mount options supported generally correspond to those used
+by mount(8) and are listed below.  Some additional pseudo-options are
+interpreted by Amd and are also listed.
+
+   Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount
+options applies.  Any options not recognized are ignored.  If no options
+list is supplied the string 'rw,defaults' is used and all the system
+default mount options apply.  Options which are not applicable for a
+particular operating system are silently ignored.  For example, only
+4.4BSD is known to implement the 'compress' and 'spongy' options.
+
+'acdirmax=N'
+     Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+'acdirmin=N'
+     Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+'acregmax=N'
+     Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+'acregmin=N'
+     Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+'actimeo=N'
+     Set the overall attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+'auto'
+'ignore'
+     Ignore this mount by df(1).
+
+'cache'
+     Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
+
+'closesession'
+     For UDF mounts, close the session when unmounting.
+
+'compress'
+     Use NFS compression protocol.
+
+'defperm'
+     Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to
+     0555, UID 0, and GID 0.  Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+'dev'
+     Allow local special devices on this filesystem.
+
+'dirmask=N'
+     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for
+     directories in the file system.  See the 'mask' option's
+     description for more details.  The mask value of N can be specified
+     in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.
+
+'dumbtimr'
+     Turn off the dynamic retransmit timeout estimator.  This may be
+     useful for UDP mounts that exhibit high retry rates, since it is
+     possible that the dynamically estimated timeout interval is too
+     short.
+
+'extatt'
+     Enable extended attributes in ISO-9660 file systems.
+
+'fsid'
+     Set ID of filesystem.
+
+'gens'
+     Enable generations in ISO-9660 file systems.  Generations allow you
+     to see all versions of a given file.
+
+'gmtoff=N'
+     For UDF mounts, set the time zone offset from UTC to N seconds,
+     with positive values indicating east of the Prime Meridian.  If not
+     set, the user's current time zone will be used.
+
+'group=N'
+     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the group of the files in the file
+     system to N (which can either be a group name or a GID number).
+     The default group is the group of the directory on which the file
+     system is being mounted.
+
+'grpid'
+     Use BSD directory group-id semantics.
+
+'int'
+'intr'
+     Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts.
+
+'lock'
+     Use the NFS locking protocol (default)
+
+'longname'
+     For PCFS mounts, force Win95 long names.
+
+'mask=N'
+     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for files in
+     the file system.  For example, a mask of 755 specifies that, by
+     default, the owner should have read, write, and execute permissions
+     for files, but others should only have read and execute
+     permissions.  Only the nine low-order bits of mask are used.  The
+     default mask is taken from the directory on which the file system
+     is being mounted.  The mask value of N can be specified in decimal,
+     octal, or hexadecimal.
+
+'multi'
+     Perform multi-component lookup on files.
+
+'maxgroups'
+     Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount.
+
+'nfsv3'
+     Use NFS Version 3 for this mount.
+
+'noac'
+     Turn off the attribute cache.
+
+'noauto'
+     This option is used by the mount command in '/etc/fstab' or
+     '/etc/vfstab' and means not to mount this file system when mount -a
+     is used.
+
+'nocache'
+     Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
+
+'nocasetrans'
+     Don't do case translation.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
+     ISO-9660.
+
+'noconn'
+     Don't make a connection on datagram transports.
+
+'nocto'
+     No close-to-open consistency.
+
+'nodefperm'
+     Do not ignore the permission mode bits.  Useful for CD-ROMS
+     formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+'nodev'
+'nodevs'
+     Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem.
+
+'noexec'
+     Don't allow program execution.
+
+'noint'
+     Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount
+
+'nojoliet'
+     Turn off the Joliet extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
+     ISO-9660.
+
+'nolock'
+     Do not use the NFS locking protocol
+
+'nomnttab'
+     This option is used internally to tell Amd that a Solaris 8 system
+     using mntfs is in use.
+
+'norrip'
+     Turn off using of the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP)
+     extensions to ISO-9660.
+
+'nosub'
+     Disallow mounts beneath this mount.
+
+'nosuid'
+     Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem.
+
+'noversion'
+     Strip the extension ';#' from the version string of files recorded
+     on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM.
+
+'nowin95'
+     For PCFS mounts, completely ignore Win95 entries.
+
+'optionstr'
+     Under Solaris 8, provide the kernel a string of options to parse
+     and show as part of the special in-kernel mount file system.
+
+'overlay'
+     Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any.
+
+'pgthresh=N'
+     Set the paging threshold to N kilobytes.
+
+'port=N'
+     Set the NFS port to N.
+
+'posix'
+     Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts.
+
+'private'
+     Use local locking instead of the NLM protocol, useful for IRIX 6
+     only.
+
+'proplist'
+     Support property lists (ACLs) for this mount, useful primarily for
+     Tru64 UNIX.
+
+'proto=S'
+     Use transport protocol S for NFS (can be '"tcp"' or '"udp"').
+
+'quota'
+     Enable quota checking on this mount.
+
+'rdonly'
+'ro'
+     Mount this filesystem readonly.
+
+'resvport'
+     Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts.
+     Most systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on
+     non-reserved ports.  This causes problems when such a system tries
+     to NFS mount one that requires reserved ports.  It is recommended
+     that this option always be on.
+
+'retrans=n'
+     The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is generated
+     by a 'soft' mounted filesystem, and before a 'hard' mounted
+     filesystem reports 'NFS server "yoyo" not responding still trying'.
+
+'retry'
+     Set the NFS retry counter.
+
+'rrcaseins'
+     Enable the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) case insensitive
+     extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+'rrip'
+     Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to
+     ISO-9660.
+
+'rsize=N'
+     The NFS read packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
+     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
+
+'rw'
+     Allow reads and writes on this filesystem.
+
+'sessionnr=N'
+     For multisession UDF mounts, use session number N when mounting.
+
+'shortname'
+     For PCFS mounts, force old DOS short names only.
+
+'soft'
+     Give up after "retrans" retransmissions.
+
+'spongy'
+     Like 'soft' for status requests, and 'hard' for data transfers.
+
+'suid'
+     Allow set-uid programs on this mount.
+
+'symttl'
+     Turn off the symbolic link cache time-to-live.
+
+'sync'
+     Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount.
+
+'tcp'
+     Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation
+     does not support TCP/IP mounts.
+
+'timeo=N'
+     The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is
+     retransmitted.
+
+'user=N'
+     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the owner of the files in the file
+     system to N (which can either be a user name or a UID number).  The
+     default owner is the owner of the directory on which the file
+     system is being mounted.
+
+'vers=N'
+     Use NFS protocol version number N (can be 2 or 3).
+
+'wsize=N'
+     The NFS write packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
+     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
+
+   The following options are implemented by Amd, rather than being
+passed to the kernel.
+
+'nounmount'
+     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will never expire.
+     This is the default for non-network based filesystem types (such as
+     mounting local disks, floppies, and CD-ROMs).  See also the related
+     unmount option.
+
+'ping=N'
+     The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings.  When four
+     consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung.
+     This interval defaults to 30 seconds; if the ping interval is set
+     to zero, Amd will use the default 30-second interval.  If the
+     interval is set to -1 (or any other negative value), no pings are
+     sent and the host is assumed to be always up, which can cause
+     unmounts to hang See the softlookup option for a better
+     alternative.  Turning pings off can be useful in NFS-HA
+     (High-Availability) sites where the NFS service rarely goes down.
+     Setting the ping value to a large value can reduce the amount of
+     NFS_NULL chatter on your network considerably, especially in large
+     sites.
+
+     Note that if you have multiple Amd entries using the same file
+     server, and each entry sets a different value of N, then each time
+     Amd mounts a new entry, the ping value will be re-evaluated (and
+     updated, turned off, or turned back on as needed).  Finally, note
+     that NFS_NULL pings are sent for both UDP and TCP mounts, because
+     even a hung TCP mount can cause user processes to hang.
+
+'public'
+     Use WebNFS multi-component lookup on the public file handle instead
+     of the mount protocol to obtain NFS file handles, as documented in
+     the WebNFS Client Specification, RFC 2054.  This means that Amd
+     will not attempt to contact the remote portmapper or remote mountd
+     daemon, and will only connect to the well-known NFS port 2049 or
+     the port specified with the port mount option, thus making it
+     easier to use NFS through a firewall.
+
+'retry=N'
+     The number of times to retry the mount system call.
+
+'softlookup'
+     Configures Amd's behavior with respect to already-mounted shares
+     from NFS fileservers that are unreachable.  If softlookup is
+     specified, trying to access such a share will result in an error
+     (EIO, which is changed from the ENOENT 6.0 used to return).  If it
+     is not specified, a regular symlink is provided and the access will
+     probably hang in the NFS filesystem.
+
+     The default behavior depends on whether the mount is 'soft' or
+     'hard'; softlookup can be used to change this default.  This is
+     changed from 6.0 which always behaved as if softlookup was
+     specified.
+
+'unmount'
+     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will indeed expire
+     (and thus may be automatically unmounted).  This is also the
+     default for network-based filesystem types (e.g., NFS). This option
+     is useful for removable local media such as CD-ROMs, USB drives,
+     etc.  so they can expire when not in use, and get unmounted (such
+     drives can get work out when they keep spinning).  See also the
+     related nounmount option.
+
+'utimeout=N'
+     The interval, in seconds, that looked up and mounted map entries
+     are cached.  After that period of time, Amd will attempt to unmount
+     the entries.  If, however, the unmount fails (with EBUSY), then Amd
+     will extend the mount's time-to-live by the utimeout value before
+     the next unmount attempt is made.  In fact the interval is extended
+     before the unmount is attempted, to avoid thrashing.  The default
+     value is 120 seconds (two minutes) or as set by the '-w' command
+     line option.
+
+'xlatecookie'
+     Translate directory cookies between 32-long and 64-long lengths.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: remopts Option,  Next: sublink Option,  Prev: opts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.5 remopts Option
+......................
+
+This option has the same use as '${opts}' but applies only when the
+remote host is on a non-local network.  For example, when using NFS
+across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the
+data read and write sizes.  This can simply be done by specifying the
+small values in REMOPTS.  When a non-local host is accessed, the smaller
+sizes will automatically be used.
+
+   Amd determines whether a host is local by examining the network
+interface configuration at startup.  Any interface changes made after
+Amd has been started will not be noticed.  The likely effect will be
+that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local.
+
+   Unless otherwise set, the value of '${remopts}' is the same as the
+value of '${opts}'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: sublink Option,  Next: type Option,  Prev: remopts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.6 sublink Option
+......................
+
+The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference
+should point.  This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases
+where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: type Option,  Prev: sublink Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.7 type Option
+...................
+
+The filesystem type to be used.  *Note Filesystem Types::, for a full
+description of each type.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Command Line Options,  Next: Filesystem Types,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Top
+
+4 Amd Command Line Options
+**************************
+
+Many of Amd's parameters can be set from the command line.  The command
+line is also used to specify automount points and maps.
+
+   The general format of a command line is
+
+     amd [options] [{ directory map-name [-map-options] } ...]
+
+   For each directory and map-name given or specified in the 'amd.conf'
+file, Amd establishes an automount point.  The "map-options" may be any
+sequence of options or selectors--*note Location Format::.  The
+"map-options" apply only to Amd's mount point.
+
+   'type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=${map}' is the default value for
+the map options.  Default options for a map are read from a special
+entry in the map whose key is the string '/defaults'.  When default
+options are given they are prepended to any options specified in the
+mount-map locations as explained in *note Map Defaults::.
+
+   The "options" are any combination of those listed below.
+
+   Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are
+mounted.  The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in
+which case they will be removed when Amd exits.  Finally, Amd
+disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and forks into the
+background.
+
+   Note: Even if Amd has been built with '-DDEBUG' (via 'configure
+--enable-debug'), it will still background itself and disassociate
+itself from the controlling terminal.  To use a debugger it is necessary
+to specify '-D daemon' on the command line.  However, even with all of
+this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the background, and Amd will
+always fork before doing them.  Therefore, debugging what happens
+closely during un/mounts is more challenging.
+
+   _All_ of Amd's command options (save '-F' and '-T') can be specified
+in the 'amd.conf' file.  *Note Amd Configuration File::.  If Amd is
+invoked without any command line options, it will default to using the
+configuration file '/etc/amd.conf', if one exists.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* -a Option::   Automount directory.
+* -c Option::   Cache timeout interval.
+* -d Option::   Domain name.
+* -k Option::   Kernel architecture.
+* -l Option::   Log file.
+* -n Option::   Hostname normalization.
+* -o Option::   Operating system version.
+* -p Option::   Output process id.
+* -r Option::   Restart existing mounts.
+* -t Option::   Kernel RPC timeout.
+* -v Option::   Version information.
+* -w Option::   Wait interval after failed unmount.
+* -x Option::   Log options.
+* -y Option::   NIS domain.
+* -A Option::   Operating system Architecture.
+* -C Option::   Cluster name.
+* -D Option::   Debug flags.
+* -F Option::   Amd configuration file.
+* -H Option::   Show brief help.
+* -O Option::   Operating system name.
+* -S Option::   Lock executable pages in memory.
+* -T Option::   Set tag for configuration file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a Option,  Next: -c Option,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.1 '-a' DIRECTORY
+==================
+
+Specifies the default mount directory.  This option changes the variable
+'${autodir}' which otherwise defaults to '/a'.  For example, some sites
+prefer '/amd' or '/n'.
+
+     amd -a /amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -c Option,  Next: -d Option,  Prev: -a Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.2 '-c' CACHE-INTERVAL
+=======================
+
+Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by Amd.  If
+no reference is made to the volume in this period, Amd discards the
+volume name to filesystem mapping.
+
+   Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, Amd
+attempts to unmount the filesystem.  If the unmount fails the interval
+is extended by a further period as specified by the '-w' command line
+option or by the 'utimeout' mount option.
+
+   The default "cache-interval" is 300 seconds (five minutes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d Option,  Next: -k Option,  Prev: -c Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.3 '-d' DOMAIN
+===============
+
+Specifies the host's domain.  This sets the internal variable
+'${domain}' and affects the '${hostd}' variable.
+
+   If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the
+local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of
+'${domain}' is 'unknown.domain'.
+
+   For example, if the local domain was 'doc.ic.ac.uk', Amd could be
+started as follows:
+
+     amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -k Option,  Next: -l Option,  Prev: -d Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.4 '-k' KERNEL-ARCHITECTURE
+============================
+
+Specifies the kernel architecture of the system.  This is usually the
+output of 'uname -m' (the "machine" value gotten from uname(2)).  If the
+uname(2) system call is not available, the value of '${karch}' defaults
+to that of '${arch}'.
+
+   The only effect of this option is to set the variable '${karch}'.
+
+   This option would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -k `arch -k` ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -l Option,  Next: -n Option,  Prev: -k Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.5 '-l' LOG-OPTION
+===================
+
+Selects the form of logging to be made.  Several special "log-options"
+are recognized.
+
+  1. If "log-option" is the string 'syslog', Amd will use the syslog(3)
+     mechanism.  If your system supports syslog facilities, then the
+     default facility used is 'LOG_DAEMON'.
+
+  2. When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
+     name to the log option name, delimited by a single colon.  For
+     example, if "log-options" is the string 'syslog:local7' then Amd
+     will log messages via syslog(3) using the 'LOG_LOCAL7' facility.
+     If the facility name specified is not recognized, Amd will default
+     to 'LOG_DAEMON'.  Note: while you can use any syslog facility
+     available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those
+     reserved for other services such as 'kern', 'lpr', 'cron', etc.
+
+  3. If "log-option" is the string '/dev/stderr', Amd will use standard
+     error, which is also the default target for log messages.  To
+     implement this, Amd simulates the effect of the '/dev/fd' driver.
+
+   Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging.  Log
+messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new
+file is created.  The file is opened once and then held open, rather
+than being re-opened for each message.
+
+   Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a
+log file, it is impossible to "rotate" the log file and compress older
+logs on a daily basis.  The daemon needs to be told to discard (via
+close(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file.  This is done using
+'amq -l' log-option.  *Note Amq -l option::.
+
+   If the 'syslog' option is specified but the system does not support
+syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, Amd will use
+standard error.  Error messages generated before Amd has finished
+parsing the command line are printed on standard error.
+
+   Since Amd tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially
+if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program
+running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk
+file.  In that case Amd would be started as follows:
+
+     amd -l /var/log/amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -n Option,  Next: -o Option,  Prev: -l Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.6 '-n'
+========
+
+Normalizes the remote hostname before using it.  Normalization is done
+by replacing the value of '${rhost}' with the (generally fully
+qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup.
+
+   This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a
+single host in a mount map.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -o Option,  Next: -p Option,  Prev: -n Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.7 '-o' OP-SYS-VER
+===================
+
+Overrides the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with
+OP-SYS-VER.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
+backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in version is
+'2.5.1', you can override it to '5.5.1', and use older maps that were
+written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -p Option,  Next: -r Option,  Prev: -o Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.8 '-p'
+========
+
+Causes Amd's process id to be printed on standard output.  This can be
+redirected to a suitable file for use with kill:
+
+     amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ...
+
+   This option only has an affect if Amd is running in daemon mode.  If
+Amd is started with the '-D daemon' debug flag, this option is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -r Option,  Next: -t Option,  Prev: -p Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.9 '-r'
+========
+
+Tells Amd to restart existing mounts (*note Inheritance Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -t Option,  Next: -v Option,  Prev: -r Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.10 '-t' TIMEOUT.RETRANSMIT
+============================
+
+Specifies the RPC "timeout" interval and the "retransmit" counter used
+by the kernel to communicate to Amd.  These are used to set the 'timeo'
+and 'retrans' mount options, respectively.  The default timeout is 0.8
+seconds, and the default number of retransmissions is 11.
+
+   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
+retries.  The values of these parameters change the overall retry
+interval.  Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too
+short an interval causes excessive retries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v Option,  Next: -w Option,  Prev: -t Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.11 '-v'
+=========
+
+Print version information on standard error and then exit.  The output
+is of the form:
+
+     Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Erez Zadok
+     Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry
+     Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
+     Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+     am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61).
+     Built by ezk@example.com on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997.
+     cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u.
+     full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun.
+     Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error.
+     AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit,
+           ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error.
+     FS: autofs, cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, udf, ufs.
+     Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13).
+     Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14).
+     Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16).
+
+   The information includes the version number, number of times Amd was
+compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release.
+Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and
+kernel architecture as '${arch}' and '${karch}', respectively.  The next
+line lists the operating system full name, short name, version, and
+vendor.  These four values correspond to the variables '${full_os}',
+'${os}', '${osver}', and '${vendor}', respectively.  *Note Supported
+Platforms::.
+
+   Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally
+supported by Amd (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS). Finally
+all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name and number.
+They are available via the variables '${wire}' or '${network}', and
+'${netnumber}' (*note Selectors::) or the 'in_network' selector function
+(*note in_network Selector Function::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -w Option,  Next: -x Option,  Prev: -v Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.12 '-w' WAIT-TIMEOUT
+======================
+
+Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the
+initial time-to-live has expired.
+
+   This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -x Option,  Next: -y Option,  Prev: -w Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.13 '-x' OPTS
+==============
+
+Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages.  "opts" is a comma
+separated list selected from the following options:
+
+'fatal'
+     Fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+'error'
+     Non-fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+'user'
+     Non-fatal user errors
+'warn'
+     Recoverable errors
+'warning'
+     Alias for 'warn'
+'info'
+     Information messages
+'map'
+     Mount map usage
+'stats'
+     Additional statistics
+'all'
+     All of the above
+'defaults'
+     An alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info".
+
+   Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled.  This is as if
+'-x defaults' or '-x fatal,error,user,warning,info' had been selected.
+The command line is parsed and logging is controlled by the '-x' option.
+The very first set of logging flags is saved and can not be subsequently
+disabled using Amq.  This default set of options is useful for general
+production use.
+
+   The 'info' messages include details of what is mounted and unmounted
+and when filesystems have timed out.  If you want to have the default
+set of messages without the 'info' messages then you simply need '-x
+noinfo'.  The messages given by 'user' relate to errors in the mount
+maps, so these are useful when new maps are installed.  The following
+table lists the syslog priorities used for each of the message types.
+
+'fatal'
+     'LOG_CRIT'
+'error'
+     'LOG_ERR'
+'user'
+     'LOG_WARNING'
+'warning'
+     'LOG_WARNING'
+'info'
+     'LOG_INFO'
+'debug'
+     'LOG_DEBUG'
+'map'
+     'LOG_DEBUG'
+'stats'
+     'LOG_INFO'
+
+   The options can be prefixed by the string 'no' to indicate that this
+option should be turned off.  For example, to obtain all but 'info'
+messages the option '-x all,noinfo' would be used.
+
+   If Amd was built with debugging enabled the 'debug' option is
+automatically enabled regardless of the command line options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -y Option,  Next: -A Option,  Prev: -x Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.14 '-y' NIS-DOMAIN
+====================
+
+Selects an alternate NIS domain.  This is useful for debugging and
+cross-domain shared mounting.  If this flag is specified, Amd
+immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -A Option,  Next: -C Option,  Prev: -y Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.15 '-A' ARCHITECTURE
+======================
+
+Specifies the OS architecture of the system.  The only effect of this
+option is to set the variable '${arch}'.
+
+   This option would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -A i386 ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -C Option,  Next: -D Option,  Prev: -A Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.16 '-C' CLUSTER-NAME
+======================
+
+Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a
+member.  The only effect is to set the variable '${cluster}'.  The
+"cluster-name" is will usually obtained by running another command which
+uses a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name.
+'${cluster}' can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of
+replicated data.  If this option is not given, '${cluster}' has the same
+value as '${domain}'.  This would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -C `clustername` ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D Option,  Next: -F Option,  Prev: -C Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.17 '-D' OPTS
+==============
+
+Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; "opts" is a
+comma separated list of debugging options.  The '-D' option is only
+available if Amd was compiled with '-DDEBUG', or configured with
+'configure --enable-debug'.  The memory debugging facilities ('mem') are
+only available if Amd was compiled with '-DDEBUG_MEM' (in addition to
+'-DDEBUG'), or configured with 'configure --enable-debug=mem'.
+
+   The most common options to use are '-D trace' and '-D test' (which
+turns on all the useful debug options).  As usual, every option can be
+prefixed with 'no' to turn it off.
+
+'all'
+     all options (excluding hrtime and mtab)
+'defaults'
+     "sensible" default options (all-excluding hrtime, mtab, and
+     xdrtrace)
+'test'
+     full debug options plus mtab,nodaemon,nofork,noamq
+'amq'
+     register Amd with the RPC portmapper, for Amq
+'daemon'
+     enter daemon mode
+'fork'
+     fork child worker (hlfsd only)
+'full'
+     program trace
+'hrtime'
+     print high resolution time stamps (only if syslog(3) is not used)
+'info'
+     info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.)  In the case of
+     hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging
+     option.
+'mem'
+     trace memory allocations.  Needs to be explicitly enabled at
+     compile time with -enable-debug=mem.
+'mtab'
+     use local mount-table file (defaults to '/tmp/mtab', *note
+     debug_mtab_file Parameter::)
+'readdir'
+     show readdir progress
+'str'
+     debug string munging
+'trace'
+     trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments
+'xdrtrace'
+     trace XDR routines
+
+   You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed
+explanation of the available options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -F Option,  Next: -H Option,  Prev: -D Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.18 '-F' CONF-FILE
+===================
+
+Specify an Amd configuration file CONF-FILE to use.  For a description
+of the format and syntax, *note Amd Configuration File::.  This
+configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing many
+of them on the command line.  The 'amd.conf' file includes directives
+for every command line option Amd has, and many more that are only
+available via the configuration file facility.  The configuration file
+specified by this option is processed after all other options had been
+processed, regardless of the actual location of this option on the
+command line.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -H Option,  Next: -O Option,  Prev: -F Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.19 '-H'
+=========
+
+Print a brief help and usage string.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -O Option,  Next: -S Option,  Prev: -H Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.20 '-O' OP-SYS-NAME
+=====================
+
+Overrides the compiled-in name of the operating system, with
+OP-SYS-NAME.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
+compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in name is 'sunos5',
+you can override it to the old name 'sos5', and use older maps which
+were written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -S Option,  Next: -T Option,  Prev: -O Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.21 '-S'
+=========
+
+Do _not_ lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To
+improve Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or
+mlockall(2) call lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there is
+less chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
+Amd process as needed.  This tends to improve Amd's performance, at the
+cost of reserving the memory used by the Amd process (making it
+unavailable for other processes).  If this behavior is not desired, use
+the '-S' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -T Option,  Prev: -S Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.22 '-T' TAG
+=============
+
+Specify a tag to use with 'amd.conf'.  All map entries tagged with TAG
+will be processed.  Map entries that are not tagged are always
+processed.  Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than TAG will
+not be processed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystem Types,  Next: Amd Configuration File,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Top
+
+5 Filesystem Types
+******************
+
+To mount a volume, Amd must be told the type of filesystem to be used.
+Each filesystem type typically requires additional information such as
+the fileserver name for NFS.
+
+   From the point of view of Amd, a "filesystem" is anything that can
+resolve an incoming name lookup.  An important feature is support for
+multiple filesystem types.  Some of these filesystems are implemented in
+the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst the others are
+implemented internally by Amd.
+
+   The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS. Four other user
+accessible filesystems ('link', 'program', 'auto' and 'direct') are also
+implemented internally by Amd and these are described below.  There are
+two additional filesystem types internal to Amd which are not directly
+accessible to the user ('inherit' and 'error').  Their use is described
+since they may still have an effect visible to the user.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Network Filesystem::          A single NFS filesystem.
+* Network Host Filesystem::     NFS mount a host's entire export tree.
+* Network Filesystem Group::    An atomic group of NFS filesystems.
+* Unix Filesystem::             Native disk filesystem.
+* Caching Filesystem::          Caching from remote server filesystem.
+* CD-ROM Filesystem::           ISO9660 CD ROM.
+* UDF Filesystem::              Universal Disk Format filesystem.
+* Loopback Filesystem::         Local loopback-mount filesystem.
+* Memory/RAM Filesystem::       A memory or RAM-based filesystem.
+* Null Filesystem::             4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem.
+* Floppy Filesystem::           MS-DOS Floppy filesystem.
+* Translucent Filesystem::      The directory merging filesystem.
+* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem.
+* User ID Mapping Filesystem::  4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem.
+* Program Filesystem::          Generic Program mounts.
+* Symbolic Link Filesystem::    Local link.
+* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem.
+* NFS-Link Filesystem::         Link if path exists, NFS otherwise.
+* Automount Filesystem::
+* Direct Automount Filesystem::
+* Union Filesystem::
+* Error Filesystem::
+* Top-level Filesystem::
+* Root Filesystem::
+* Inheritance Filesystem::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem,  Next: Network Host Filesystem,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.1 Network Filesystem ('nfs')
+==============================
+
+The "nfs" ('type:=nfs') filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS.
+
+The following options must be specified:
+
+'rhost'
+     the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts
+     database.  IP addresses are not accepted.  The default value is
+     taken from the local host name ('${host}') if no other value is
+     specified.
+
+'rfs'
+     the remote filesystem.  If no value is specified for this option,
+     an internal default of '${path}' is used.
+
+   NFS mounts require a two stage process.  First, the "file handle" of
+the remote file system must be obtained from the server.  Then a mount
+system call must be done on the local system.  Amd keeps a cache of file
+handles for remote file systems.  The cache entries have a lifetime of a
+few minutes.
+
+   If a required file handle is not in the cache, Amd sends a request to
+the remote server to obtain it.
+
+   Historically, this documentation has maintained that Amd will try all
+the locations in parallel and use the first one which responds with a
+valid file handle.  This has not been the case for quite some time,
+however.  Instead, Amd will go through each location, one by one, and
+will only skip to the next one if the previous one either fails or times
+out.
+
+An NFS entry might be:
+
+     jsp  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
+
+   The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done in a
+new task to avoid the possibility of blocking Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Host Filesystem,  Next: Network Filesystem Group,  Prev: Network Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.2 Network Host Filesystem ('host')
+====================================
+
+The "host" ('type:=host') filesystem allows access to the entire export
+tree of an NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the 'nfs'
+implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.  The only option
+which needs to be specified is 'rhost' which is the name of the
+fileserver to mount.
+
+   The 'host' filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on the
+given fileserver to obtain its export list.  Amd then obtains
+filehandles for each of the exported filesystems.  Any errors at this
+stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored.  Finally each
+filesystem is mounted.  Again, errors are logged but ignored.  One
+common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist.
+Although Amd attempts to automatically create the mount point, it may be
+on a remote filesystem to which Amd does not have write permission.
+
+   When an attempt to unmount a 'host' filesystem mount fails, Amd
+remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted.  To do
+this Amd queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of the
+export list.  Amd then tries to mount any exported filesystems which are
+not currently mounted.
+
+   Sun's automounter provides a special '-hosts' map.  To achieve the
+same effect with Amd requires two steps.  First a mount map must be
+created as follows:
+
+     *       type:=host;rhost:=${key};fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root
+
+and then start Amd with the following command
+
+     amd /net net.map
+
+where 'net.map' is the name of map described above.  Note that the value
+of '${fs}' is overridden in the map.  This is done to avoid a clash
+between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted from the
+same fileserver.
+
+   If different mount options are needed for different hosts then
+additional entries can be added to the map, for example
+
+     host2       opts:=ro,nosuid,soft
+
+would soft mount 'host2' read-only.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem Group,  Next: Unix Filesystem,  Prev: Network Host Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.3 Network Filesystem Group ('nfsx')
+=====================================
+
+The "nfsx" ('type:=nfsx') filesystem allows a group of filesystems to be
+mounted from a single NFS server.  The implementation is layered above
+the 'nfs' implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.
+
+   _WARNING_: 'nfsx' is meant to be a "last resort" kind of solution.
+It is racy and poorly supported.  The authors _highly_ recommend that
+other solutions be considered before relying on it.
+
+   The options are the same as for the 'nfs' filesystem with one
+difference for 'rfs', as explained below.
+
+The following options should be specified:
+
+'rhost'
+     the remote fileserver.  The default value is taken from the local
+     host name ('${host}') if no other value is specified.
+
+'rfs'
+     is a list of filesystems to mount, and must be specified.  The list
+     is in the form of a comma separated strings.
+
+For example:
+
+     pub  type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\
+          rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root
+
+   The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a
+prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual
+filesystems.  The first string is _not_ used as a filesystem name.  A
+serial operation is used to determine the local mount points to ensure a
+consistent layout of a tree of mounts.
+
+   Here, the _three_ filesystems, '/public', '/public/graphics' and
+'/public/usenet', would be mounted.
+
+   A local mount point, '${fs}', _must_ be specified.  The default local
+mount point will not work correctly in the general case.  A suggestion
+is to use 'fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Unix Filesystem,  Next: Caching Filesystem,  Prev: Network Filesystem Group,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.4 Unix Filesystem ('ufs', 'xfs', or 'efs')
+============================================
+
+The "ufs" ('type:=ufs') filesystem type provides access to the system's
+standard disk filesystem--usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast
+Filesystem.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+'dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   A UFS entry might be:
+
+     jsp   host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp
+
+   UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks
+up during the autoconfiguration phase.  Some systems have more than one
+type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS
+(Extended File System).  In those cases, you may explicitly set the file
+system type, by using entries such:
+
+     ez1   type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a
+     ez2   type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c
+
+   The UFS/XFS/EFS filesystems are never timed out by default, i.e.
+they will never be unmounted by Amd.  If automatic unmounting is
+desired, the "unmount" option should be added to the mount options for
+the entry.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Caching Filesystem,  Next: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Prev: Unix Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.5 Caching Filesystem ('cachefs')
+==================================
+
+The "cachefs" ('type:=cachefs') filesystem caches files from one
+location onto another, presumably providing faster access.  It is
+particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS
+partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory.
+
+The following options must be specified:
+
+'cachedir'
+     the directory where the cache is stored.
+'rfs'
+     the path name to the "back file system" to be cached from.
+'fs'
+     the "front file system" mount point to the cached files, where Amd
+     will set a symbolic link pointing to.
+
+   A CacheFS entry for, say, the '/import' Amd mount point, might be:
+
+     copt  type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt
+
+   Access to the pathname '/import/copt' will follow a symbolic link to
+'/n/import/copt'.  The latter is the mount point for a caching file
+system, that caches from '/import/opt' to '/cache'.
+
+   The cachefs filesystem is never timed out by default, i.e.  it will
+never be unmounted by Amd.  If automatic unmounting is desired, the
+"unmount" option should be added to the mount options for the entry.
+
+   Caveats:
+  1. This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x!
+  2. Before being used for the first time, the cache directory must be
+     initialized with 'cfsadmin -c CACHEDIR'.  See the manual page for
+     cfsadmin(1M) for more information.
+  3. The "back file system" mounted must be a complete file system, not
+     a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error "Invalid
+     Argument".
+  4. If Amd aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be
+     inconsistent, requiring running the command 'fsck -F cachefs
+     CACHEDIR'.  Otherwise you will get the error "No Space Left on
+     Device".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Next: UDF Filesystem,  Prev: Caching Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.6 CD-ROM Filesystem ('cdfs')
+==============================
+
+The "cdfs" ('type:=cdfs') filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an ISO9660
+format filesystem on it.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+'dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only CDs unless the
+'ro' option is specified.  A cdfs entry might be:
+
+     cdfs      os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
+               os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: UDF Filesystem,  Next: Loopback Filesystem,  Prev: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.7 CD-ROM Filesystem ('udf')
+=============================
+
+The "udf" ('type:=udf') filesystem mounts media with a Universal Disk
+Format (UDF) filesystem on it, e.g., a video DVD.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+'dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only media unless the
+'ro' option is specified.  A udf entry might be:
+
+     udf      os==sunos4;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
+              os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Loopback Filesystem,  Next: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Prev: UDF Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.8 Loopback Filesystem ('lofs')
+================================
+
+The "lofs" ('type:=lofs') filesystem is also called the loopback
+filesystem.  It mounts a local directory on another, thus providing
+mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic links).
+
+   The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of
+a chroot-ed directory (via chroot(2)), to provide access to directories
+otherwise inaccessible.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+'rfs'
+     the pathname to be mounted on top of '${fs}'.
+
+   Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security
+reasons.  In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within
+a user's home directory, also available for public ftp.
+
+     lofs      type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Next: Null Filesystem,  Prev: Loopback Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.9 Memory/RAM Filesystem ('mfs')
+=================================
+
+The "mfs" ('type:=mfs') filesystem is available in 4.4BSD, Linux, and
+other systems.  It creates a filesystem in a portion of the system's
+memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Null Filesystem,  Next: Floppy Filesystem,  Prev: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.10 Null Filesystem ('nullfs')
+===============================
+
+The "nullfs" ('type:=nullfs') filesystem is available from 4.4BSD, and
+is very similar to the loopback filesystem, "lofs".
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Floppy Filesystem,  Next: Translucent Filesystem,  Prev: Null Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.11 Floppy Filesystem ('pcfs')
+===============================
+
+The "pcfs" ('type:=pcfs') filesystem mounts a floppy previously
+formatted for the MS-DOS format.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+'dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   A pcfs entry might be:
+
+     pcfs      os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \
+               os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Translucent Filesystem,  Next: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Prev: Floppy Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.12 Translucent Filesystem ('tfs')
+===================================
+
+The "tfs" ('type:=tfs') filesystem is an older version of the 4.4BSD
+"unionfs".
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Next: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Prev: Translucent Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.13 Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem ('tmpfs')
+============================================
+
+The "tmpfs" ('type:=tmpfs') filesystem shares memory between a the swap
+device and the rest of the system.  It is generally used to provide a
+fast access '/tmp' directory, one that uses memory that is otherwise
+unused.  This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Next: Program Filesystem,  Prev: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.14 User ID Mapping Filesystem ('umapfs')
+==========================================
+
+The "umapfs" ('type:=umapfs') filesystem maps User IDs of file
+ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Program Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Prev: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.15 Program Filesystem ('program')
+===================================
+
+The "program" ('type:=program') filesystem type allows a program to be
+run whenever a mount or unmount is required.  This allows easy addition
+of support for other filesystem types, such as MIT's Remote Virtual Disk
+(RVD) which has a programmatic interface via the commands 'rvdmount' and
+'rvdunmount'.
+
+Both of the following options must be specified:
+
+'mount'
+     the program which will perform the mount.
+
+'unmount'
+'umount'
+     the program which will perform the unmount.  For convenience, you
+     may use either 'unmount' or 'umount' but not both.  If neither is
+     defined, Amd will default to 'umount ${fs}' (the actual unmount
+     program pathname will be automatically determined at the time GNU
+     'configure' runs.)
+
+   The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error
+code.  As usual, exit code zero indicates success.  To execute the
+program, Amd splits the string on whitespace to create an array of
+substrings.  Single quotes ''' can be used to quote whitespace if that
+is required in an argument.  There is no way to escape or change the
+single quote character.
+
+   To run e.g.  the program 'rvdmount' with a host name and filesystem
+as arguments, it would be specified by
+'fs:=${autodir}${path};type:=program;mount:="/etc/rvdmount rvdmount
+fserver ${fs}";unmount:="/etc/rdvumount rvdumount ${fs}"'.
+
+   The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the
+program to execute.  The other members of the array form the argument
+vector to be passed to the program, "including argument zero".  The
+array is exactly the same as the array passed to the execv() system call
+(man execv for details).  The split string must have at least two
+elements.  The programs are directly executed by Amd, not via a shell.
+Therefore, if a script is to be used as a mount/umount program, it
+"must" begin with a '#!' interpreter specification.
+
+   Often, this program mount type is used for Samba mounts, where you
+need a double slash in pathnames.  However, Amd normalizes sequences of
+slashes into one slash.  Therefore, you must use an escaped slash,
+preceded by an escaped backslash.  So to get a double slash in the mount
+command, you need the eight character sequence '\\\/\\\/' in your map.
+For example:
+
+   'mount="/sbin/mount mount -r -t smbfs -o-N,-Ihostname
+\\\/\\\/guest@venus/mp3"'
+
+   If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile
+adding a new filesystem type into Amd, but for most uses the program
+filesystem should suffice.
+
+   When the program is run, standard input and standard error are
+inherited from the current values used by Amd.  Standard output is a
+duplicate of standard error.  The value specified with the '-l' command
+line option has no effect on standard error.
+
+   Amd guarantees that the mountpoint will be created before calling the
+mount program, and that it will be removed after the umount program
+returns success.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Prev: Program Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.16 Symbolic Link Filesystem ('link')
+======================================
+
+Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume
+name to the physical mount point.  The 'link' filesystem does the same
+without any other side effects.  This allows any part of the machines
+name space to be accessed via Amd.
+
+   One common use for the symlink filesystem is '/homes' which can be
+made to contain an entry for each user which points to their
+(auto-mounted) home directory.  Although this may seem rather expensive,
+it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility.
+
+The following option must be defined:
+
+'fs'
+     The value of FS option specifies the destination of the link, as
+     modified by the SUBLINK option.  If SUBLINK is non-null, it is
+     appended to '${fs}''/' and the resulting string is used as the
+     target.
+
+   The 'link' filesystem can be thought of as identical to the 'ufs'
+filesystem but without actually mounting anything.
+
+   An example entry might be:
+
+     jsp   host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
+   which would return a symbolic link pointing to '/home/charm/jsp'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Next: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.17 Symbolic Link Filesystem II ('linkx')
+==========================================
+
+The "linkx" ('type:=linkx') filesystem type is identical to 'link' with
+the exception that the target of the link must exist.  Existence is
+checked with the lstat(2) system call.
+
+   The 'linkx' filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map
+entries.  In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and Amd
+will choose the first one which exists on the local machine.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Next: Automount Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.18 NFS-Link Filesystem ('nfsl')
+=================================
+
+The "nfsl" ('type:=nfsl') filesystem type is a combination of two
+others: 'link' and 'nfs'.  If the local host name is equal to the value
+of '${rhost}' _and_ the target pathname listed in '${fs}' exists, 'nfsl'
+will behave exactly as 'type:=link', and refer to the target as a
+symbolic link.  If the local host name is not equal to the value of
+'${rhost}', or if the target of the link does not exist, Amd will treat
+it as 'type:=nfs', and will mount a remote pathname for it.
+
+   The 'nfsl' filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand for
+the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular Amd entries.  For
+example, you can simplify all map entries that look like:
+
+     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
+             host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs} \
+             host==shekel;type:=link
+
+   or
+
+     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
+             exists(${fs});type:=link \
+             !exists(${fs});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}
+
+   into a shorter form
+
+     zing    type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}
+
+   Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids
+possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two
+entries (one for 'type:=nfs' and the other for 'type:=link') necessary
+to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automount Filesystem,  Next: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Prev: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.19 Automount Filesystem ('auto')
+==================================
+
+The "auto" ('type:=auto') filesystem type creates a new automount point
+below an existing automount point.  Top-level automount points appear as
+system mount points.  An automount mount point can also appear as a
+sub-directory of an existing automount point.  This allows some
+additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of
+another machine.
+
+   The following options may be specified:
+
+'cache'
+     specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be cached.  The
+     default value is 'none', in which case no caching is done in order
+     to conserve memory.
+
+     However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by
+     caching some or all of a mount-map.
+
+     If the cache option specifies 'all', the entire map is enumerated
+     when the mount point is created.
+
+     If the cache option specifies 'inc', caching is done incrementally
+     as and when data is required.  Some map types do not support cache
+     mode 'all', in which case 'inc' is used whenever 'all' is
+     requested.
+
+     Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode 'none'.
+
+     If the cache option specifies 'regexp' then the entire map will be
+     enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular
+     expression.  The order in which a cached map is searched does not
+     correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular
+     expressions should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion.
+
+     Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually 'inc', which
+     can be selected by specifying 'mapdefault'.
+
+     The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command
+     line.  Starting Amd with the command:
+
+          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc
+
+     will cause '/homes' to be automounted using the "Hesiod" name
+     server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved
+     names.
+
+     All cached data is forgotten whenever Amd receives a 'SIGHUP'
+     signal and, if cache 'all' mode was selected, the cache will be
+     reloaded.  This can be used to inform Amd that a map has been
+     updated.  In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and Amd needs
+     to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined.  If the cache
+     is out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a
+     'SIGHUP' had been received.
+
+     An additional option ('sync') may be specified to force Amd to
+     check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used.
+     For example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created by
+     the following command:
+
+          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync
+
+'fs'
+     specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point.
+
+     Arguably this should have been specified with the '${rfs}' option
+     but we are now stuck with it due to historical accident.
+
+'pref'
+     alters the name that is looked up in the mount map.  If '${pref}',
+     the "prefix", is non-null then it is prepended to the name
+     requested by the kernel "before" the map is searched.  The default
+     prefix is the prefix of the parent map (if any) with name of the
+     auto node appended to it.  That means if you want no prefix you
+     must say so in the map: 'pref:=null'.
+
+'opts'
+     Normally, 'auto' style maps are not browsable even if you turn on
+     directory browsability (*note browsable_dirs Parameter::).  To
+     enable browsing entries in 'auto' maps, specify 'opts:=browsable'
+     or 'opts:=fullybrowsable' in the description of this map.
+
+   The server 'dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' has two user disks: '/dev/dsk/2s0'
+and '/dev/dsk/5s0'.  These are accessed as '/home/dylan/dk2' and
+'/home/dylan/dk5' respectively.  Since '/home' is already an automount
+point, this naming is achieved with the following map entries:
+
+     dylan        type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
+     dylan/dk2    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
+     dylan/dk5    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Next: Union Filesystem,  Prev: Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.20 Direct Automount Filesystem ('direct')
+===========================================
+
+The "direct" ('type:=direct') filesystem is almost identical to the
+automount filesystem.  Instead of appearing to be a directory of mount
+points, it appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem.  The
+mount is done at the time the link is accessed.  *Note Automount
+Filesystem::, for a list of required options.
+
+   Direct automount points are created by specifying the 'direct'
+filesystem type on the command line:
+
+     amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct
+
+   where 'auto.direct' would contain an entry such as:
+
+     usr/man    -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \
+                rhost:=man-server1  rhost:=man-server2
+
+   In this example, 'man-server1' and 'man-server2' are file servers
+which export copies of the manual pages.  Note that the key which is
+looked up is the name of the automount point without the leading '/'.
+
+   Note that the implementation of the traditional "direct" filesystem
+is essentially a hack (pretending that the root of an NFS filesystem is
+a symlink) and many modern operating systems get very unhappy about it.
+For example, Linux kernel 2.4+ completely disallows it, and Solaris 2.8
+fails to unmount it when Amd shuts down.  Therefore, the use of the
+traditional "direct" filesystem is strongly discouraged; it is only
+semi-supported, at best.
+
+   The autofs implementations that permit direct mounts are fully
+supported, however.  That currently includes all versions of Solaris.
+Linux autofs does NOT support direct mounts at all.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union Filesystem,  Next: Error Filesystem,  Prev: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.21 Union Filesystem ('union')
+===============================
+
+The "union" ('type:=union') filesystem type allows the contents of
+several directories to be merged and made visible in a single directory.
+This can be used to overcome one of the major limitations of the Unix
+mount mechanism which only allows complete directories to be mounted.
+
+   For example, supposing '/tmp' and '/var/tmp' were to be merged into a
+new directory called '/mtmp', with files in '/var/tmp' taking
+precedence.  The following command could be used to achieve this effect:
+
+     amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union
+
+   Currently, the unioned directories must _not_ be automounted.  That
+would cause a deadlock.  This seriously limits the current usefulness of
+this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future
+release of Amd.
+
+   Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last
+named directory.  This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points
+to the correct directory.  The wildcard entry is visible if the union
+directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has
+priority.
+
+   The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time Amd
+is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the underlying
+directories.  Similarly, if a link is removed, for example with the 'rm'
+command, it will be lost forever.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Error Filesystem,  Next: Top-level Filesystem,  Prev: Union Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.22 Error Filesystem ('error')
+===============================
+
+The "error" ('type:=error') filesystem type is used internally as a
+catch-all in the case where none of the other filesystems was selected,
+or some other error occurred.  Lookups and mounts always fail with "No
+such file or directory".  All other operations trivially succeed.
+
+   The error filesystem is not directly accessible.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top-level Filesystem,  Next: Root Filesystem,  Prev: Error Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.23 Top-level Filesystem ('toplvl')
+====================================
+
+The "toplvl" ('type:=toplvl') filesystems is derived from the 'auto'
+filesystem and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes.  Requests
+of this type are automatically generated from the command line
+arguments.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Root Filesystem,  Next: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Top-level Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.24 Root Filesystem ('root')
+=============================
+
+The "root" ('type:=root') filesystem type acts as an internal
+placeholder onto which Amd can pin 'toplvl' mounts.  Only one node of
+this type need ever exist and one is created automatically during
+startup.  The effect of having more than one root node is undefined.
+
+   The root filesystem is not directly accessible.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Root Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.25 Inheritance Filesystem ('inherit')
+=======================================
+
+The "inheritance" ('type:=inherit') filesystem is not directly
+accessible.  Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are
+automatically generated when Amd is started with the '-r' option.  At
+this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems
+which are already mounted.  If any reference to these filesystems is
+made through Amd then instead of attempting to mount it, Amd simulates
+the mount and "inherits" the filesystem.  This allows a new version of
+Amd to be installed on a live system simply by killing the old daemon
+with 'SIGTERM' and starting the new one.
+
+   This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is
+possible that the output from 'amq -m' may list 'inherit' as the
+filesystem type.  This happens when an inherit operation cannot be
+completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Configuration File,  Next: Run-time Administration,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Top
+
+6 Amd Configuration File
+************************
+
+The 'amd.conf' file is the configuration file for Amd, as part of the
+am-utils suite.  This file contains runtime configuration information
+for the Amd automounter program.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* File Format::
+* The Global Section::
+* Regular Map Sections::
+* Common Parameters::
+* Global Parameters::
+* Regular Map Parameters::
+* amd.conf Examples::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: File Format,  Next: The Global Section,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.1 File Format
+===============
+
+The 'amd.conf' file consists of sections and parameters.  A section
+begins with the name of the section in square brackets '[]' and
+continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is
+reached.  Sections contain parameters of the form 'name = value'.
+
+   The file is line-based -- that is, each newline-terminated line
+represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.  No
+line-continuation syntax is available.
+
+   Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive.
+
+   Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.  Whitespace
+before or after the first equals sign is discarded.  Leading, trailing
+and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant.
+Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded.
+Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the
+whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in 'name = "some
+value"'.
+
+   Any line beginning with a pound sign '#' is ignored, as are lines
+containing only whitespace.
+
+   The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
+string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a
+boolean, which may be given as 'yes'/'no'.  Case is significant in all
+values.  Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: The Global Section,  Next: Regular Map Sections,  Prev: File Format,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.2 The Global Section
+======================
+
+The global section must be specified as '[global]'.  Parameters in this
+section either apply to Amd as a whole, or to all other regular map
+sections which follow.  There should be only one global section defined
+in one configuration file.
+
+   It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the
+configuration file.  If it is not, then regular map sections which
+precede it will not use global values defined later.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Sections,  Next: Common Parameters,  Prev: The Global Section,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.3 Regular Map Sections
+========================
+
+Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry.
+For example, if the map section '[/homes]' is defined, then all
+parameters following it will be applied to the '/homes' Amd-managed
+mount point.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Common Parameters,  Next: Global Parameters,  Prev: Regular Map Sections,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.4 Common Parameters
+=====================
+
+These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific
+section.  Entries specified in a map-specific section override the
+default value or one defined in the global section.  If such a common
+parameter is specified only in the global section, it is applicable to
+all regular map sections that follow.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* autofs_use_lofs Parameter::
+* browsable_dirs Parameter::
+* map_defaults Parameter::
+* map_options Parameter::
+* map_type Parameter::
+* mount_type Parameter::
+* search_path Parameter::
+* selectors_in_defaults Parameter::
+* sun_map_syntax Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Next: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.1 autofs_use_lofs Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='yes').  When set to 'yes', Amd's autofs code will
+use lofs-type (loopback) mounts for 'type:=link' mounts, as well as
+several other cases that require local references.  This has the
+advantage that Amd does not use a secondary mount point and users do not
+see external pathnames (the infamous '/bin/pwd' problem, where it
+reports a different path than the user chdir'ed into).  One of the
+disadvantages of using this option is that the autofs code is relatively
+new and the in-place mounts have not been throughly tested.
+
+   If this option is set to 'no', then Amd's autofs code will use
+symlinks instead of lofs-type mounts for local references.  This has the
+advantage of using simpler (more stable) code, but at the expense of
+negating one of autofs's big advantages: the hiding of Amd's internal
+paths.  Note that symlinks are not supported in all autofs
+implementations, especially those derived from Solaris Autofs v1.  Also,
+on Solaris 2.6 and newer, autofs symlinks are not cached, resulting in
+repeated up-call requests to Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Next: map_defaults Parameter,  Prev: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.2 browsable_dirs Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='no').  If 'yes', then Amd's top-level mount
+points will be browsable to readdir(3) calls.  This means you could run
+for example ls(1) and see what keys are available to mount in that
+directory.  Not all entries are made visible to readdir(3): the
+'/defaults' entry, wildcard entries, and those with a '/' in them are
+not included.  If you specify 'full' to this option, all but the
+'/defaults' entry will be visible.  Note that if you run a command which
+will attempt to stat(2) the entries, such as often done by 'ls -l' or
+'ls -F', Amd will attempt to mount every entry in that map.  This is
+often called a "mount storm".
+
+   Note that mount storms are mostly avoided by using autofs mounts
+('mount_type = autofs').
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_defaults Parameter,  Next: map_options Parameter,  Prev: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.3 map_defaults Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to empty).  This option sets a string to be used
+as the map's '/defaults' entry, overriding any '/defaults' specified in
+the map.  This allows local users to override a given map's defaults
+without modifying maps globally (which is impossible in sites where the
+maps are managed by a different administrative group).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_options Parameter,  Next: map_type Parameter,  Prev: map_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.4 map_options Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no options).  This option is the same as
+specifying map options on the command line to Amd, such as 'cache:=all'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_type Parameter,  Next: mount_type Parameter,  Prev: map_options Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.5 map_type Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default search all map types).  If specified, Amd will
+initialize the map only for the type given.  This is useful to avoid the
+default map search type used by Amd which takes longer and can have
+undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used.
+Possible values are
+
+'file'
+     plain files
+'hesiod'
+     Hesiod name service from MIT
+'ldap'
+     Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
+'ndbm'
+     (New) dbm style hash files
+'nis'
+     Network Information Services (version 2)
+'nisplus'
+     Network Information Services Plus (version 3)
+'passwd'
+     local password files
+'union'
+     union maps
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: mount_type Parameter,  Next: search_path Parameter,  Prev: map_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.6 mount_type Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='nfs').  All Amd mount types default to NFS. That
+is, Amd is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local host it
+is running on.  If 'autofs' is specified, Amd will be an autofs server
+for those mount points.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: search_path Parameter,  Next: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Prev: mount_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.7 search_path Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no search path).  This provides a
+(colon-delimited) search path for file maps.  Using a search path, sites
+can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can
+distributed maps in several locations as needed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Next: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: search_path Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.8 selectors_in_defaults Parameter
+-------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  If 'yes', then the '/defaults' entry of
+maps will search for and process any selectors before setting defaults
+for all other keys in that map.  Useful when you want to set different
+options for a complete map based on some parameters.  For example, you
+may want to better the NFS performance over slow slip-based networks as
+follows:
+
+     /defaults \
+         wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \
+         wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192
+
+   Deprecated form: selectors_on_default.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.9 sun_map_syntax Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  If 'yes', then Amd will parse the map
+according to the Sun Automount syntax.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Global Parameters,  Next: Regular Map Parameters,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.5 Global Parameters
+=====================
+
+The following parameters are applicable to the '[global]' section only.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* arch Parameter::
+* auto_attrcache Parameter::
+* auto_dir Parameter::
+* cache_duration Parameter::
+* cluster Parameter::
+* debug_mtab_file Parameter::
+* debug_options Parameter::
+* dismount_interval Parameter::
+* domain_strip Parameter::
+* exec_map_timeout Parameter::
+* forced_unmounts Parameter::
+* full_os Parameter::
+* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter::
+* hesiod_base Parameter::
+* karch Parameter::
+* ldap_base Parameter::
+* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter::
+* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter::
+* ldap_hostports Parameter::
+* ldap_proto_version Parameter::
+* local_domain Parameter::
+* localhost_address Parameter::
+* log_file Parameter::
+* log_options Parameter::
+* map_reload_interval Parameter::
+* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter::
+* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter::
+* nfs_proto Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter::
+* nfs_vers Parameter::
+* nis_domain Parameter::
+* normalize_hostnames Parameter::
+* normalize_slashes Parameter::
+* os Parameter::
+* osver Parameter::
+* pid_file Parameter::
+* plock Parameter::
+* portmap_program Parameter::
+* preferred_amq_port Parameter::
+* print_pid Parameter::
+* print_version Parameter::
+* restart_mounts Parameter::
+* show_statfs_entries Parameter::
+* truncate_log Parameter::
+* unmount_on_exit Parameter::
+* use_tcpwrappers Parameter::
+* vendor Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Parameter,  Next: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.1 arch Parameter
+--------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the '-A' option to
+Amd.  Allows you to override the value of the arch Amd variable.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Next: auto_dir Parameter,  Prev: arch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.2 auto_attrcache Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify in seconds (or units of 0.1 seconds,
+depending on the OS), what is the (kernel-side) NFS attribute cache
+timeout for Amd's own automount points.  A value of 0 is supposed to
+turn off attribute caching, meaning that Amd will be consulted via a
+kernel-RPC each time someone stat()'s the mount point (which could be
+abused as a denial-of-service attack).
+
+   _WARNING_: Amd depends on being able to turn off the NFS attribute
+cache of the client OS. If it cannot be turned off, then users may get
+ESTALE errors or symlinks that point to the wrong places.  This is more
+likely under heavy use of Amd, for example if your system is
+experiencing frequent map changes or frequent mounts/unmounts.
+Therefore, under normal circumstances, this parameter should remain set
+to 0, to ensure that the attribute cache is indeed off.
+
+   Unfortunately, some kernels (e.g., certain BSDs) don't have a way to
+turn off the NFS attribute cache.  Setting this parameter to 0 is
+supposed to turn off attribute caching entirely, but unfortunately it
+does not; instead, the attribute cache is set to some internal
+hard-coded default (usually anywhere from 5-30 seconds).  If you suspect
+that your OS doesn't have a reliable way of turning off the attribute
+cache, then it is better to set this parameter to the smallest possible
+non-zero value (set 'auto_attrcache=1' in your 'amd.conf').  This will
+not eliminate the problem, but reduce the risk window somewhat.  The
+best solutions are (1) to use Amd in Autofs mode, if it's supported in
+your OS, and (2) talk to your OS vendor to support a true 'noac' flag.
+See the README.attrcache
+(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/attrcache.txt) document for more
+details.
+
+   If you are able to turn off the attribute cache on your OS, alas,
+Amd's performance may degrade (when not using Autofs) because every
+traversal of an automounter-controlled pathname will result in a lookup
+request from the kernel to Amd.  Under heavy loads, for example when
+using recursive tools like 'find', 'rdist', or 'rsync', this performance
+degradation can be noticeable.  There are two possible solutions that
+some administrators have chosen to improve performance:
+
+  1. First, you can turn off unmounting using the 'nounmount' mount
+     option.  This will ensure that no Amd symlink could ever change,
+     thereby the kernel's attribute cache and Amd will always be in
+     sync.  However, this method will cause the number of mounts to keep
+     growing, even if some are no longer in use; this has the
+     disadvantage that your system could be more susceptible to hangs if
+     even one of those accumulating mounts hangs due to a downed server.
+
+  2. Second, you can turn on attribute caching carefully by setting a
+     small automounter attribute cache value (say, one second), and a
+     relatively large dismount interval (say, one hour).  (*Note
+     dismount_interval Parameter::.)  For example, you can set this in
+     your 'amd.conf':
+
+          [global]
+          auto_attrcache = 1
+          dismount_interval = 3600
+
+     This has the benefit of using the kernel's attribute cache and thus
+     improving performance.  The disadvantage with this option is that
+     the window of vulnerability is not eliminated entirely: it is only
+     made smaller.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_dir Parameter,  Next: cache_duration Parameter,  Prev: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.3 auto_dir Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='/a').  Same as the '-a' option to Amd.  This sets
+the private directory where Amd will create sub-directories for its real
+mount points.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cache_duration Parameter,  Next: cluster Parameter,  Prev: auto_dir Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.4 cache_duration Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=300).  Same as the '-c' option to Amd.  Sets the
+duration in seconds that looked-up or mounted map entries remain in the
+cache.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Parameter,  Next: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Prev: cache_duration Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.5 cluster Parameter
+-----------------------
+
+(type=string, default no cluster).  Same as the '-C' option to Amd.
+Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Next: debug_options Parameter,  Prev: cluster Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.6 debug_mtab_file Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default="/tmp/mtab").  Path to mtab file that is used by
+Amd to store a list of mounted file systems during debug-mtab mode.
+This option only applies to systems that store mtab information on disk.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_options Parameter,  Next: dismount_interval Parameter,  Prev: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.7 debug_options Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no debug options).  Same as the '-D' option to
+Amd.  Specify any debugging options for Amd.  Works only if am-utils was
+configured for debugging using the '--enable-debug' option.  The
+additional 'mem' option can be turned on via '--enable-debug=mem'.
+Otherwise debugging options are ignored.  Options are comma delimited,
+and can be preceded by the string 'no' to negate their meaning.  You can
+get the list of supported debugging and logging options by running 'amd
+-H'.  Possible values those listed for the -D option.  *Note -D
+Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: dismount_interval Parameter,  Next: domain_strip Parameter,  Prev: debug_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.8 dismount_interval Parameter
+---------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=120).  Same as the '-w' option to Amd.  Specify
+in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file systems that have
+exceeded their cached times.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain_strip Parameter,  Next: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Prev: dismount_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.9 domain_strip Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='yes').  If 'yes', then the domain name part
+referred to by '${rhost}' is stripped off.  This is useful to keep logs
+and smaller.  If 'no', then the domain name part is left changed.  This
+is useful when using multiple domains with the same maps (as you may
+have hosts whose domain-stripped name is identical).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Next: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Prev: domain_strip Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.10 exec_map_timeout Parameter
+---------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=10).  The timeout in seconds that Amd will wait
+for an executable map program before an answer is returned from that
+program (or script).  This value should be set to as small as possible
+while still allowing normal replies to be returned before the timer
+expires, because during the time that the executable map program is
+queried, Amd is essentially waiting and is thus not responding to any
+other queries.  *Note Executable maps::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Next: full_os Parameter,  Prev: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.11 forced_unmounts Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  Sometimes, mount points are hung due to
+unrecoverable conditions, such as when NFS servers migrate, change their
+IP address, are down permanently, or due to hardware failures, and more.
+In this case, attempting to unmount an existing mount point, or even
+just to stat(2) it, results in one of three fatal errors: EIO, ESTALE,
+or EBUSY. At that point, Amd can do little to recover that hung point
+(in fact, the OS cannot automatically recover either).  For that reason,
+some OSs support special kinds of forced unmounts, which must be used
+very carefully: they will force an unmount immediately (or lazily on
+Linux), which could result in application data loss.  However, that may
+be the only way to recover the entire host (without rebooting).  Once a
+hung mount point is forced out, Amd can then re-mount a replacement one
+(if available), bringing a mostly-hung system back to operation and
+avoiding a potentially costly reboot.
+
+   If the 'forced_unmounts' option is set to 'yes', and the client OS
+supports forced or lazy unmounts, then Amd will attempt to use them if
+it gets any of the three serious error conditions listed above.  Note
+that Amd will force the unmount of mount points that returned EBUSY only
+for 'type:=toplvl' mounts (*note Top-level Filesystem::): that is, Amd's
+own mount points.  This is useful to recover from a previously hung Amd,
+and to ensure that an existing Amd can shutdown cleanly even if some
+processes are keeping its mount points busy (i.e., when a user's shell
+process uses 'cd' to set its CWD to Amd's own mount point).
+
+   If this option is set to 'no' (the default), then Amd will not
+attempt this special recovery procedure.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Parameter,  Next: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Prev: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.12 full_os Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The full name of the
+operating system, along with its version.  Allows you to override the
+compiled-in full name and version of the operating system.  Useful when
+the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, the full operating
+system name on linux comes up as 'linux', but you can override it to
+'linux-2.2.5'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Next: hesiod_base Parameter,  Prev: full_os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.13 fully_qualified_hosts Parameter
+--------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='no').  If 'yes', Amd will perform RPC
+authentication using fully-qualified host names.  This is necessary for
+some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting.  For
+this function to work, the Amd variable '${hostd}' is used, requiring
+that '${domain}' not be null.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: hesiod_base Parameter,  Next: karch Parameter,  Prev: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.14 hesiod_base Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='automount').  Specify the base name for hesiod
+maps.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Parameter,  Next: ldap_base Parameter,  Prev: hesiod_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.15 karch Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to karch of the system).  Same as the '-k' option
+to Amd.  Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of your system.
+Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can build one Amd
+binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want each one to get
+the correct karch variable set (for example, sun4c, sun4m, sun4u, etc.)
+Note that if not specified, Amd will use uname(2) to figure out the
+kernel architecture of the machine.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_base Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Prev: karch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.16 ldap_base Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default not set).  Specify the base name for LDAP. This
+often includes LDAP-specific values such as country and organization.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Prev: ldap_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.17 ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=131072).  Specify the maximum memory Amd should
+use to cache LDAP entries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Next: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.18 ldap_cache_seconds Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify the number of seconds to keep
+entries in the cache.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Next: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.19 ldap_hostports Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default not set).  Specify the LDAP host and port values.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Next: local_domain Parameter,  Prev: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.20 ldap_proto_version Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=2).  Specify the LDAP protocol version to use.
+With a value of 3 will use LDAPv3 protocol.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: local_domain Parameter,  Next: localhost_address Parameter,  Prev: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.21 local_domain Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no sub-domain).  Same as the '-d' option to Amd.
+Specify the local domain name.  If this option is not given the domain
+name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first component of
+the fully-qualified host name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: localhost_address Parameter,  Next: log_file Parameter,  Prev: local_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.22 localhost_address Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to localhost or 127.0.0.1).  Specify the name or
+IP address for Amd to use when connecting the sockets for the local NFS
+server and the RPC server.  This defaults to 127.0.0.1 or whatever the
+host reports as its local address.  This parameter is useful on hosts
+with multiple addresses where you want to force Amd to connect to a
+specific address.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_file Parameter,  Next: log_options Parameter,  Prev: localhost_address Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.23 log_file Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='stderr').  Same as the '-l' option to Amd.
+Specify a file name to log Amd events to.  If the string '/dev/stderr'
+is specified, Amd will send its events to the standard error file
+descriptor.
+
+   If the string 'syslog' is given, Amd will record its events with the
+system logger syslogd(8).  If your system supports syslog facilities,
+then the default facility used is 'LOG_DAEMON'.
+
+   When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
+name to the option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if
+it is the string 'syslog:local7' then Amd will log messages via
+syslog(3) using the 'LOG_LOCAL7' facility.  If the facility name
+specified is not recognized, Amd will default to 'LOG_DAEMON'.  Note:
+while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it is
+generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as
+'kern', 'lpr', 'cron', etc.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_options Parameter,  Next: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Prev: log_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.24 log_options Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default="defaults").  Same as the '-x' option to Amd.
+Specify any logging options for Amd.  Options are comma delimited, and
+can be preceded by the string 'no' to negate their meaning.  The 'debug'
+logging option is only available if am-utils was configured with
+'--enable-debug'.  You can get the list of supported debugging options
+by running 'amd -H'.  Possible values are:
+
+'all'
+     all messages
+'defaults'
+     an alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info"
+'debug'
+     debug messages
+'error'
+     non-fatal system errors (cannot be turned off)
+'fatal'
+     fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+'info'
+     information
+'map'
+     map errors
+'stats'
+     additional statistical information
+'user'
+     non-fatal user errors
+'warn'
+     warnings
+'warning'
+     warnings
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Prev: log_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.25 map_reload_interval Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=3600).  The number of seconds that Amd will wait
+before it checks to see if any maps have changed at their source (NIS
+servers, LDAP servers, files, etc.).  Amd will reload only those maps
+that have changed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Prev: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.26 nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter
+----------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='no').  Normally Amd accepts local NFS packets
+only from 127.0.0.1.  If this parameter is set to 'yes', then amd will
+accept local NFS packets from any local interface; this is useful on
+hosts that may have multiple interfaces where the system is forced to
+send all outgoing packets (even those bound to the same host) via an
+address other than 127.0.0.1.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Next: nfs_proto Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.27 nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter
+----------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='no').  Normally Amd will refuse requests coming
+from unprivileged ports (i.e., ports >= 1024 on Unix systems), so that
+only privileged users and the kernel can send NFS requests to it.
+However, some kernels (certain versions of Darwin, MacOS X, and Linux)
+have bugs that cause them to use unprivileged ports in certain
+situations, which causes Amd to stop dead in its tracks.  This parameter
+allows Amd to operate normally even on such systems, at the expense of a
+slight decrease in the security of its operations.  If you see messages
+like "ignoring request from foo:1234, port not reserved" in your Amd
+log, try enabling this parameter and give it another go.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_proto Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.28 nfs_proto Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to trying version tcp then udp).  By default, Amd
+tries 'tcp' and then 'udp'.  This option forces the overall NFS protocol
+used to TCP or UDP. It overrides what is in the Amd maps, and is useful
+when Amd is compiled with TCP support in NFSv2/NFSv3 that may not be
+stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of TCP for
+NFS dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use UDP only,
+until such time as TCP support is desired again.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_proto Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.29 nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the retransmit part of the '-t'
+timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the number of NFS
+retransmissions that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd using
+either UDP or TCP mounts.  *Note -t Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.30 nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter
+-------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.31 nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter
+-------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.32 nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter
+----------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some systems
+it is useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as to
+better tune Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.33 nfs_retry_interval Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the timeout part of the '-t'
+timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the NFS timeout interval,
+in _tenths_ of seconds, between NFS/RPC retries (for UDP or TCP). This
+is the value that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd.  *Note -t
+Option::.
+
+   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
+retries.  The values of the nfs_retransmit_counter and the
+nfs_retry_interval parameters change the overall retry interval.  Too
+long an interval gives poor interactive response; too short an interval
+causes excessive retries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.34 nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
+Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.35 nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
+Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_vers Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.36 nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter
+------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some systems it is
+useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as to better tune
+Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
+nfs_retry_interval Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_vers Parameter,  Next: nis_domain Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.37 nfs_vers Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default to trying version 3 then 2).  By default, Amd
+tries version 3 and then version 2.  This option forces the overall NFS
+protocol used to version 3 or 2.  It overrides what is in the Amd maps,
+and is useful when Amd is compiled with NFSv3 support that may not be
+stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of NFSv3
+dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use NFSv2 only, until
+such time as NFSv3 support is desired again.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nis_domain Parameter,  Next: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Prev: nfs_vers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.38 nis_domain Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to local NIS domain name).  Same as the '-y'
+option to Amd.  Specify an alternative NIS domain from which to fetch
+the NIS maps.  The default is the system domain name.  This option is
+ignored if NIS support is not available.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Next: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Prev: nis_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.39 normalize_hostnames Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  Same as the '-n' option to Amd.  If
+'yes', then the name referred to by '${rhost}' is normalized relative to
+the host database before being used.  The effect is to translate aliases
+into "official" names.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Next: os Parameter,  Prev: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.40 normalize_slashes Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='yes').  If 'yes' then amd will condense all
+multiple '/' (slash) characters into one and remove all trailing
+slashes.  If 'no', then amd will not touch strings that may contain
+repeated or trailing slashes.  The latter is sometimes useful with SMB
+mounts, which often require multiple slash characters in pathnames.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Parameter,  Next: osver Parameter,  Prev: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.41 os Parameter
+-------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the '-O' option to
+Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the operating
+system.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
+compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in name is 'sunos5',
+you can override it to 'sos5', and use older maps which were written
+with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Parameter,  Next: pid_file Parameter,  Prev: os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.42 osver Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the '-o' option to
+Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in version number of the
+operating system.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
+backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in version is
+'2.5.1', you can override it to '5.5.1', and use older maps that were
+written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: pid_file Parameter,  Next: plock Parameter,  Prev: osver Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.43 pid_file Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=string, default='/dev/stdout').  Specify a file to store the
+process ID of the running daemon into.  If not specified, Amd will print
+its process id onto the standard output.  Useful for killing Amd after
+it had run.  Note that the PID of a running Amd can also be retrieved
+via Amq (*note Amq -p option::).
+
+   This file is used only if the 'print_pid' option is on (*note
+print_pid Parameter::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: plock Parameter,  Next: portmap_program Parameter,  Prev: pid_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.44 plock Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='yes').  Same as the '-S' option to Amd.  If
+'yes', lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To improve
+Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or mlockall(2) call
+can lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there is less chance the
+operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the Amd process as
+needed.  This improves Amd's performance, at the cost of reserving the
+memory used by the Amd process (making it unavailable for other
+processes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: portmap_program Parameter,  Next: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Prev: plock Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.45 portmap_program Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=300019).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC
+program number, other than the official number.  This is useful when
+running multiple Amd processes.  For example, you can run another Amd in
+"test" mode, without affecting the primary Amd process in any way.  For
+safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can be specified must
+be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive.  Amq has an option '-P' which
+can be used to specify an alternate program number of an Amd to contact.
+In this way, amq can fully control any number of Amd processes running
+on the same host.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Next: print_pid Parameter,  Prev: portmap_program Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.46 preferred_amq_port Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC port
+number for Amd's Amq service.  This is used for both UDP and TCP.
+Setting this value to 0 (or not defining it) will cause Amd to select an
+arbitrary port number.  Setting the Amq RPC service port to a specific
+number is useful in firewalled or NAT'ed environments, where you need to
+know which port Amd will listen on.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_pid Parameter,  Next: print_version Parameter,  Prev: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.47 print_pid Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  Same as the '-p' option to Amd.  If
+'yes', Amd will print its process ID upon starting.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_version Parameter,  Next: restart_mounts Parameter,  Prev: print_pid Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.48 print_version Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  Same as the '-v' option to Amd, but the
+version prints and Amd continues to run.  If 'yes', Amd will print its
+version information string, which includes some configuration and
+compilation values.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: restart_mounts Parameter,  Next: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Prev: print_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.49 restart_mounts Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  Same as the '-r' option to Amd.  If 'yes'
+Amd will scan the mount table to determine which file systems are
+currently mounted.  Whenever one of these would have been auto-mounted,
+Amd inherits it.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Next: truncate_log Parameter,  Prev: restart_mounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.50 show_statfs_entries Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default='no').  If 'yes', then all maps which are
+browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when
+df(1) runs.  (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to the
+statfs(2) system call).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: truncate_log Parameter,  Next: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Prev: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.51 truncate_log Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default='no').  If 'yes', then Amd will truncate the log
+file (if it's a regular file) on startup.  This could be useful when
+conducting extensive testing on Amd maps (or Amd itself) and you don't
+want to see log data from a previous run in the same file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Next: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Prev: truncate_log Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.52 unmount_on_exit Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default='no').  If 'yes', then Amd will attempt to
+unmount all file systems which it knows about.  Normally it leaves all
+(esp.  NFS) mounted file systems intact.  Note that Amd does not know
+about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the
+'restart_mounts' option is used (*note restart_mounts Parameter::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Next: vendor Parameter,  Prev: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.53 use_tcpwrappers Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default='yes').  If 'yes', then amd will use the
+tcpwrappers (tcpd/librwap) library (if available) to control access to
+Amd via the '/etc/hosts.allow' and '/etc/hosts.deny' files.  Amd will
+verify that the host running Amq is authorized to connect.  The 'amd'
+service name must used in the '/etc/hosts.allow' and '/etc/hosts.deny'
+files.  For example, to allow only localhost to connect to Amd, add this
+line to '/etc/hosts.allow':
+
+     amd: localhost
+
+   and this line to '/etc/hosts.deny':
+
+     amd: ALL
+
+   Consult the man pages for hosts_access(5) for more information on
+using the tcpwrappers access-control library.
+
+   Note that in particular, you should not configure your 'hosts.allow'
+file to spawn a command for Amd: that will cause Amd to not be able to
+'waitpid' on the child process ID of any background un/mount that Amd
+issued, resulting in a confused Amd that does not know what happened to
+those background un/mount requests.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Parameter,  Prev: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.54 vendor Parameter
+-----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The name of the vendor of
+the operating system.  Overrides the compiled-in vendor name.  Useful
+when the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, most Intel based
+systems set the vendor name to 'unknown', but you can set it to
+'redhat'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Parameters,  Next: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.6 Regular Map Parameters
+==========================
+
+The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* map_name Parameter::
+* tag Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_name Parameter,  Next: tag Parameter,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Regular Map Parameters
+
+6.6.1 map_name Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, must be specified).  Name of the map where the keys are
+located.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: tag Parameter,  Prev: map_name Parameter,  Up: Regular Map Parameters
+
+6.6.2 tag Parameter
+-------------------
+
+(type=string, default no tag).  Each map entry in the configuration file
+can be tagged.  If no tag is specified, that map section will always be
+processed by Amd.  If it is specified, then Amd will process the map if
+the '-T' option was given to Amd, and the value given to that
+command-line option matches that in the map section.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.7 amd.conf Examples
+=====================
+
+The following is the actual 'amd.conf' file I used at the Computer
+Science Department of Columbia University.
+
+     # GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION
+     [ global ]
+     normalize_hostnames =    no
+     print_pid =              no
+     #pid_file =              /var/run/amd.pid
+     restart_mounts =         yes
+     #unmount_on_exit =       yes
+     auto_dir =               /n
+     log_file =               /var/log/amd
+     log_options =            all
+     #debug_options =         defaults
+     plock =                  no
+     selectors_in_defaults =  yes
+     # config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet
+     os =                     sos5
+     # if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it.
+     print_version =          no
+     map_type =               file
+     search_path =            /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib
+     browsable_dirs =         yes
+     fully_qualified_hosts =  no
+
+     # DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT
+     [ /u ]
+     map_name =               amd.u
+
+     [ /proj ]
+     map_name =               amd.proj
+
+     [ /src ]
+     map_name =               amd.src
+
+     [ /misc ]
+     map_name =               amd.misc
+
+     [ /import ]
+     map_name =               amd.import
+
+     [ /tftpboot/.amd ]
+     tag =                    tftpboot
+     map_name =               amd.tftpboot
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Run-time Administration,  Next: FSinfo,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Top
+
+7 Run-time Administration
+*************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting Amd::
+* Stopping Amd::
+* Restarting Amd::
+* Controlling Amd::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Starting Amd,  Next: Stopping Amd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.1 Starting Amd
+================
+
+Amd is best started from '/etc/rc.local' on BSD systems, or from the
+appropriate start-level script in '/etc/init.d' on System V systems.
+
+     if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then
+         /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console
+     fi
+
+The shell script, 'ctl-amd' is used to start, stop, or restart Amd.  It
+is a relatively generic script.  All options you want to set should not
+be made in this script, but rather updated in the 'amd.conf' file.
+*Note Amd Configuration File::.
+
+   If you do not wish to use an Amd configuration file, you may start
+Amd manually.  For example, getting the map entries via NIS:
+
+     amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master`
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Stopping Amd,  Next: Restarting Amd,  Prev: Starting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.2 Stopping Amd
+================
+
+Amd stops in response to two signals.
+
+'SIGTERM'
+     causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then Amd
+     to exit.  Any automounted filesystems are left mounted.  They can
+     be recovered by restarting Amd with the '-r' command line option.
+
+'SIGINT'
+     causes Amd to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has
+     automounted, in addition to the actions of 'SIGTERM'.  This signal
+     is primarily used for debugging.
+
+   Actions taken for other signals are undefined.
+
+   The easiest and safest way to stop Amd, without having to find its
+process ID by hand, is to use the 'ctl-amd' script, as with:
+
+     ctl-amd stop
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Restarting Amd,  Next: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Stopping Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.3 Restarting Amd
+==================
+
+Before Amd can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other Amd
+processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the previous
+process(es) have terminated cleanly.  When a terminating signal is set
+to Amd, the automounter does _not_ terminate right then.  Rather, it
+starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the background,
+and then terminates.  It usually takes a few seconds for this process to
+happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time.  If two or more Amd
+processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it usually will result
+in a system lockup.
+
+   The easiest and safest way to restart Amd, without having to find its
+process ID by hand, sending it the 'SIGTERM' signal, waiting for Amd to
+die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the 'ctl-amd' script, as with:
+
+     ctl-amd restart
+
+   The script will locate the process ID of Amd, kill it, and wait for
+it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter.
+'ctl-amd' will wait for a total of 30 seconds for Amd to die, and will
+check once every 5 seconds if it had.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Restarting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.4 Controlling Amd
+===================
+
+It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control over
+some of Amd's internal state.  To support this requirement, Amd
+implements an RPC interface which is used by the "Amq" program.  A
+variety of information is available.
+
+   Amq generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter
+option, to a list of mount points.  The default operation is to obtain
+statistics about each mount point.  This is similar to the output shown
+above but includes information about the number and type of accesses to
+each mount point.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Amq default::       Default command behavior.
+* Amq -f option::     Flushing the map cache.
+* Amq -h option::     Controlling a non-local host.
+* Amq -H option::     Print help message.
+* Amq -l option::     Controlling the log file.
+* Amq -m option::     Obtaining mount statistics.
+* Amq -p option::     Getting Amd's process ID.
+* Amq -P option::     Contacting alternate Amd processes.
+* Amq -q option::     Suppress synchronous unmounting errors.
+* Amq -s option::     Obtaining global statistics.
+* Amq -T option::     Use TCP transport.
+* Amq -U option::     Use UDP transport.
+* Amq -u option::     Forcing volumes to time out.
+* Amq -v option::     Version information.
+* Amq -w option::     Print Amd current working directory.
+* Other Amq options:: Three other special options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq default,  Next: Amq -f option,  Prev: Controlling Amd,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.1 Amq default information
+-----------------------------
+
+With no arguments, "Amq" obtains a brief list of all existing mounts
+created by Amd.  This is different from the list displayed by df(1)
+since the latter only includes system mount points.
+
+The output from this option includes the following information:
+
+   * the automount point,
+   * the filesystem type,
+   * the mount map or mount information,
+   * the internal, or system mount point.
+
+For example:
+
+     /            root   "root"                    sky:(pid75)
+     /homes       toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes  /homes
+     /home        toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home   /home
+     /homes/jsp   nfs    charm:/home/charm         /a/charm/home/charm/jsp
+     /homes/phjk  nfs    toytown:/home/toytown     /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk
+
+If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will be
+output.  For example:
+
+     What         Uid   Getattr Lookup RdDir   RdLnk   Statfs Mounted@
+     /homes       0     1196    512    22      0       30     90/09/14 12:32:55
+     /homes/jsp   0     0       0      0       1180    0      90/10/13 12:56:58
+
+'What'
+     the volume name.
+
+'Uid'
+     ignored.
+
+'Getattr'
+     the count of NFS "getattr" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+'Lookup'
+     the count of NFS "lookup" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+'RdDir'
+     the count of NFS "readdir" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+'RdLnk'
+     the count of NFS "readlink" requests on this node.  This should be
+     zero for directory nodes.
+
+'Statfs'
+     the count of NFS "statfs" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for top-level automount points.
+
+'Mounted@'
+     the date and time the volume name was first referenced.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -f option,  Next: Amq -h option,  Prev: Amq default,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.2 Amq '-f' option
+---------------------
+
+The '-f' option causes Amd to flush the internal mount map cache.  This
+is useful for example in Hesiod maps since Amd will not automatically
+notice when they have been updated.  The map cache can also be
+synchronized with the map source by using the 'sync' option (*note
+Automount Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -h option,  Next: Amq -H option,  Prev: Amq -f option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.3 Amq '-h' option
+---------------------
+
+By default the local host is used.  In an HP-UX cluster the root server
+is used since that is the only place in the cluster where Amd will be
+running.  To query Amd on another host the '-h' option should be used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -H option,  Next: Amq -l option,  Prev: Amq -h option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.4 Amq '-H' option
+---------------------
+
+Print a brief help and usage string.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -l option,  Next: Amq -m option,  Prev: Amq -H option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.5 Amq '-l' option
+---------------------
+
+Tell Amd to use log_file as the log file name.  For security reasons,
+this _must_ be the same log file which Amd used when started.  This
+option is therefore only useful to refresh Amd's open file handle on the
+log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed via daily cron jobs.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -m option,  Next: Amq -p option,  Prev: Amq -l option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.6 Amq '-m' option
+---------------------
+
+The '-m' option displays similar information about mounted filesystems,
+rather than automount points.  The output includes the following
+information:
+
+   * the mount information,
+   * the mount point,
+   * the filesystem type,
+   * the number of references to this filesystem,
+   * the server hostname,
+   * the state of the file server,
+   * any error which has occurred.
+
+   For example:
+
+     "root"           truth:(pid602)     root   1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.home      /home              toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.vol       /vol               toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.homes     /homes             toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     amy:/home/amy    /a/amy/home/amy    nfs    5 amy is up
+     swan:/home/swan  /a/swan/home/swan  nfs    0 swan is up (Permission denied)
+     ex:/home/ex      /a/ex/home/ex      nfs    0 ex is down
+
+   When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but
+the mount point and server information is still being maintained by Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -p option,  Next: Amq -P option,  Prev: Amq -m option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.7 Amq '-p' option
+---------------------
+
+Return the process ID of the remote or locally running Amd.  Useful when
+you need to send a signal to the local Amd process, and would rather not
+have to search through the process table.  This option is used in the
+'ctl-amd' script.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -P option,  Next: Amq -q option,  Prev: Amq -p option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.8 Amq '-P' option
+---------------------
+
+Contact an alternate running Amd that had registered itself on a
+different RPC PROGRAM_NUMBER and apply all other operations to that
+instance of the automounter.  This is useful when you run multiple
+copies of Amd, and need to manage each one separately.  If not
+specified, Amq will use the default program number for Amd, 300019.  For
+security reasons, the only alternate program numbers Amd can use range
+from 300019 to 300029, inclusive.
+
+   For example, to kill an alternate running Amd:
+
+     kill `amq -p -P 300020`
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -q option,  Next: Amq -s option,  Prev: Amq -P option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.9 Amq '-q' option
+---------------------
+
+Suppress any error messages produced when a synchronous unmount fails.
+See *note Amq -u option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -s option,  Next: Amq -T option,  Prev: Amq -q option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.10 Amq '-s' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-s' option displays global statistics.  If any other options are
+specified or any filesystems named then this option is ignored.  For
+example:
+
+     requests  stale     mount     mount     unmount
+     deferred  fhandles  ok        failed    failed
+     1054      1         487       290       7017
+
+'Deferred requests'
+     are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed.
+     For example, this would happen if a background mount was required.
+
+'Stale filehandles'
+     counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to
+     Amd.  Large numbers indicate problems.
+
+'Mount ok'
+     counts the number of automounts which were successful.
+
+'Mount failed'
+     counts the number of automounts which failed.
+
+'Unmount failed'
+     counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted.
+     Very large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount
+     attempts should be increased.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -T option,  Next: Amq -U option,  Prev: Amq -s option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.11 Amq '-T' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-T' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the TCP transport
+only (connection oriented).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if
+that failed, will try UDP.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -U option,  Next: Amq -u option,  Prev: Amq -T option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.12 Amq '-U' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-U' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the UDP transport
+only (connectionless).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if that
+failed, will try UDP.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -u option,  Next: Amq -v option,  Prev: Amq -U option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.13 Amq '-u' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-u' option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount
+points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt.  This is the only
+safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem.  If '-u' is repeated,
+then Amd will attempt to unmount the filesystem synchronously.  This
+makes things like
+
+     amq -uu /t/cd0d && eject cd0
+
+work as expected.  Any error messages this might produce can be
+suppressed with the '-q' option.  See *note Amq -q option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -v option,  Next: Amq -w option,  Prev: Amq -u option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.14 Amq '-v' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-v' option displays the version of Amd in a similar way to Amd's
+'-v' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -w option,  Next: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -v option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.15 Amq '-w' option
+----------------------
+
+The '-w' option translates a full pathname as returned by getpwd(3) into
+a short Amd pathname that goes through its mount points.  This option
+requires that Amd is running.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -w option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.16 Other Amq options
+------------------------
+
+Two other operations are implemented.  These modify the state of Amd as
+a whole, rather than any particular filesystem.  The '-x' and '-D'
+options have exactly the same effect as Amd's corresponding command line
+options.
+
+   When Amd receives the '-x' flag, it disallows turning off the 'fatal'
+or 'error' flags.  Both are on by default.  They are mandatory so that
+Amd could report important errors, including errors relating to turning
+flags on/off.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo,  Next: Hlfsd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Top
+
+8 FSinfo
+********
+
+XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with
+fsinfo.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo Overview::                 Introduction to FSinfo.
+* Using FSinfo::                    Basic concepts.
+* FSinfo Grammar::                  Language syntax, semantics and examples.
+* FSinfo host definitions::         Defining a new host.
+* FSinfo host attributes::          Definable host attributes.
+* FSinfo filesystems::              Defining locally attached filesystems.
+* FSinfo static mounts::            Defining additional static mounts.
+* FSinfo automount definitions::
+* FSinfo Command Line Options::
+* FSinfo errors::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Overview,  Next: Using FSinfo,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.1 FSinfo overview
+===================
+
+FSinfo is a filesystem management tool.  It has been designed to work
+with Amd to help system administrators keep track of the ever increasing
+filesystem namespace under their control.
+
+   The purpose of FSinfo is to generate all the important standard
+filesystem data files from a single set of input data.  Starting with a
+single data source guarantees that all the generated files are
+self-consistent.  One of the possible output data formats is a set of
+Amd maps which can be used among the set of hosts described in the input
+data.
+
+   FSinfo implements a declarative language.  This language is
+specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical
+layouts.  The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including
+its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access
+permissions.  FSinfo reads this information and builds an internal map
+of the entire network of hosts.  Using this map, many different data
+formats can be produced including '/etc/fstab', '/etc/exports', Amd
+mount maps and '/etc/bootparams'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Using FSinfo,  Next: FSinfo Grammar,  Prev: FSinfo Overview,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.2 Using FSinfo
+================
+
+The basic strategy when using FSinfo is to gather all the information
+about all disks on all machines into one set of declarations.  For each
+machine being managed, the following data is required:
+
+   * Hostname
+   * List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points.
+   * Names of volumes stored on each filesystem.
+   * NFS export information for each volume.
+   * The list of static filesystem mounts.
+
+   The following information can also be entered into the same
+configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place.
+
+   * List of network interfaces
+   * IP address of each interface
+   * Hardware address of each interface
+   * Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs
+   * and more ...
+
+   To generate Amd mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined
+(*note FSinfo automount definitions::).  This will have been designed at
+the time the volume names were allocated.  Some volume names will not be
+automounted, so FSinfo needs an explicit list of which volumes should be
+automounted.
+
+   Hostnames are required at several places in the FSinfo language.  It
+is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified
+names.  Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion.
+
+   Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the
+set of hosts being managed with FSinfo.  The required action is to add a
+dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required.  Since
+the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them,
+the exact values used is not critical.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Grammar,  Next: FSinfo host definitions,  Prev: Using FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.3 FSinfo grammar
+==================
+
+FSinfo has a relatively simple grammar.  Distinct syntactic constructs
+exist for each of the different types of data, though they share a
+common flavor.  Several conventions are used in the grammar fragments
+below.
+
+   The notation, list(xxx), indicates a list of zero or more xxx's.  The
+notation, opt(xxx), indicates zero or one xxx.  Items in double quotes,
+eg "host", represent input tokens.  Items in angle brackets, eg
+<HOSTNAME>, represent strings in the input.  Strings need not be in
+double quotes, except to differentiate them from reserved words.  Quoted
+strings may include the usual set of C "\" escape sequences with one
+exception: a backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into a
+single space character.  To defeat this feature, put a further backslash
+at the start of the second line.
+
+   At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a
+sequence of host and automount declarations.  These declarations are all
+parsed before they are analyzed.  This means they can appear in any
+order and cyclic host references are possible.
+
+     fsinfo      : list(fsinfo_attr) ;
+
+     fsinfo_attr : host | automount ;
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo host definitions::
+* FSinfo automount definitions::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host definitions,  Next: FSinfo host attributes,  Prev: FSinfo Grammar,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.4 FSinfo host definitions
+===========================
+
+A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute
+data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a
+list of additional statically mounted filesystems.
+
+     host        : "host" host_data list(filesystem) list(mount) ;
+
+   Each host must be declared in this way exactly once.  Such things as
+the hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and
+the cluster name are all specified within the "host data".
+
+   All the disks the machine has should then be described in the "list
+of filesystems".  When describing disks, you can specify what "volname"
+the disk/partition should have and all such entries are built up into a
+dictionary which can then be used for building the automounter maps.
+
+   The "list of mounts" specifies all the filesystems that should be
+statically mounted on the machine.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo host attributes::
+* FSinfo filesystems::
+* FSinfo static mounts::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host attributes,  Next: FSinfo filesystems,  Prev: FSinfo host definitions,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.5 FSinfo host attributes
+==========================
+
+The host data, "host_data", always includes the "hostname".  In
+addition, several other host attributes can be given.
+
+     host_data   : <HOSTNAME>
+                 | "{" list(host_attrs) "}" <HOSTNAME>
+                 ;
+
+     host_attrs  : host_attr "=" <STRING>
+                 | netif
+                 ;
+
+     host_attr   : "config"
+                 | "arch"
+                 | "os"
+                 | "cluster"
+                 ;
+
+   The "hostname" is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the
+machine.
+
+   Examples:
+
+     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+     host {
+         os = hpux
+         arch = hp300
+     } dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+   The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo netif Option::         FSinfo host netif.
+* FSinfo config Option::        FSinfo host config.
+* FSinfo arch Option::          FSinfo host arch.
+* FSinfo os Option::            FSinfo host os.
+* FSinfo cluster Option::       FSinfo host cluster.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo netif Option,  Next: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.1 netif Option
+------------------
+
+This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine.
+The interface attributes collected by FSinfo are the IP address, subnet
+mask and hardware address.  Multiple interfaces may be defined for hosts
+with several interfaces by an entry for each interface.  The values
+given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything else.
+
+     netif       : "netif" <STRING> "{" list(netif_attrs) "}" ;
+
+     netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" <STRING> ;
+
+     netif_attr  : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ;
+
+   Examples:
+
+     netif ie0 {
+         inaddr  = 129.31.81.37
+         netmask = 0xfffffe00
+         hwaddr  = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5"
+     }
+
+     netif ec0 { }
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo config Option,  Next: FSinfo arch Option,  Prev: FSinfo netif Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.2 config Option
+-------------------
+
+This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the
+startup scripts ('rc' scripts).  A simple string should immediately
+follow the keyword.
+
+   Example:
+
+     config "NFS_SERVER=true"
+     config "ZEPHYR=true"
+
+   This option is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo arch Option,  Next: FSinfo os Option,  Prev: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.3 arch Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines the architecture of the machine.  For example:
+
+     arch = hp300
+
+   This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific
+mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo os Option,  Next: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo arch Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.4 os Option
+---------------
+
+This defines the operating system type of the host.  For example:
+
+     os = hpux
+
+   This information is used when creating the 'fstab' files, for example
+in choosing which format to use for the 'fstab' entries within the file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo os Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.5 cluster Option
+--------------------
+
+This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs.  For
+example:
+
+     cluster = "theory"
+
+   The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount
+maps, although it is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo filesystems,  Next: FSinfo static mounts,  Prev: FSinfo host attributes,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.6 FSinfo filesystems
+======================
+
+The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine
+attributes.  These should define all the filesystems available from this
+machine, whether exported or not.  In addition to the device name,
+filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount
+options, and 'fsck' pass number which are needed to generate 'fstab'
+entries.
+
+     filesystem  : "fs" <DEVICE> "{" list(fs_data) "}" ;
+
+     fs_data     : fs_data_attr "=" <STRING>
+                 | mount
+                 ;
+
+     fs_data_attr
+                 : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno"
+                 | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log"
+                 ;
+
+   Here, <DEVICE> is the device name of the disk (for example,
+'/dev/dsk/2s0').  The device name is used for building the mount maps
+and for the 'fstab' file.  The attributes that can be specified are
+shown in the following section.
+
+   The FSinfo configuration file for 'dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' is listed
+below.
+
+     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
+             fstype = swap
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = rw,noquota,grpid
+             passno = 0;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount / { }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/1s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount /usr {
+                     local {
+                             exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian"
+                             volname /nfs/hp300/local
+                     }
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/2s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk2
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/3s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk3
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/5s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk5
+             }
+     }
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo fstype Option::        FSinfo filesystems fstype.
+* FSinfo opts Option::          FSinfo filesystems opts.
+* FSinfo passno Option::        FSinfo filesystems passno.
+* FSinfo freq Option::          FSinfo filesystems freq.
+* FSinfo mount Option::         FSinfo filesystems mount.
+* FSinfo dumpset Option::       FSinfo filesystems dumpset.
+* FSinfo log Option::           FSinfo filesystems log.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo fstype Option,  Next: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.1 fstype Option
+-------------------
+
+This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed
+into the 'fstab' file as is.  The value of this option will be handed to
+'mount' as the filesystem type--it should have such values as '4.2',
+'nfs' or 'swap'.  The value is not examined for correctness.
+
+   There is one special case.  If the filesystem type is specified as
+'export' then the filesystem information will not be added to the host's
+'fstab' information, but it will still be visible on the network.  This
+is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced volumes but which
+are not under full control of FSinfo.
+
+   Example:
+
+     fstype = swap
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo opts Option,  Next: FSinfo passno Option,  Prev: FSinfo fstype Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.2 opts Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines any options that should be given to mount(8) in the 'fstab'
+file.  For example:
+
+     opts = rw,nosuid,grpid
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo passno Option,  Next: FSinfo freq Option,  Prev: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.3 passno Option
+-------------------
+
+This defines the fsck(8) pass number in which to check the filesystem.
+This value will be placed into the 'fstab' file.
+
+   Example:
+
+     passno = 1
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo freq Option,  Next: FSinfo mount Option,  Prev: FSinfo passno Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.4 freq Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines the interval (in days) between dumps.  The value is placed
+as is into the 'fstab' file.
+
+   Example:
+
+     freq = 3
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo mount Option,  Next: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Prev: FSinfo freq Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.5 mount Option
+------------------
+
+This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem.  If the
+mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as 'default', then the
+filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume
+name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter.
+
+   Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem
+may be described.  The options that can be given here are 'exportfs',
+'volname' and 'sel'.
+
+   The format is:
+
+     mount       : "mount" vol_tree ;
+
+     vol_tree    : list(vol_tree_attr) ;
+
+     vol_tree_attr
+                 :  <STRING> "{" list(vol_tree_info) vol_tree "}" ;
+
+     vol_tree_info
+                 : "exportfs" <EXPORT-DATA>
+                 | "volname" <VOLNAME>
+                 | "sel" <SELECTOR-LIST>
+                 ;
+
+   Example:
+
+     mount default {
+         exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee"
+         volname /vol/andrew
+     }
+
+   In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will
+have an entry placed into the 'exports' file allowing the filesystem to
+be exported to the machines 'dylan', 'dougal', 'florence' and 'zebedee'.
+The volume name by which the filesystem will be referred to remotely, is
+'/vol/andrew'.  By declaring the mountpoint to be 'default', the
+filesystem will be mounted on the local machine in the automounter tree,
+where Amd will automatically inherit the mount as '/vol/andrew'.
+
+'exportfs'
+     a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to.
+     This is copied, as is, into the 'exports' file--no sanity checking
+     is performed on this string.
+
+'volname'
+     a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the
+     filesystem.  The string is entered into a dictionary and allows you
+     to refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume name.
+
+'sel'
+     a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector
+     for the filesystem.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Next: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo mount Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.6 dumpset Option
+--------------------
+
+This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and
+is not documented further here.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.7 log Option
+----------------
+
+Specifies the log device for the current filesystem.  This is ignored if
+not required by the particular filesystem type.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo static mounts,  Next: FSinfo automount definitions,  Prev: FSinfo filesystems,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.7 FSinfo static mounts
+========================
+
+Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems.  For
+example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will
+have no 'fs' declarations.  In this case the 'mount' declaration is used
+to determine from where its filesystems will be mounted.  In addition to
+being added to the 'fstab' file, this information can also be used to
+generate a suitable 'bootparams' file.
+
+     mount       : "mount" <VOLNAME> list(localinfo) ;
+
+     localinfo   : localinfo_attr <STRING> ;
+
+     localinfo_attr
+                 : "as"
+                 | "from"
+                 | "fstype"
+                 | "opts"
+                 ;
+
+   The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the
+dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts'
+definitions.
+
+   The attributes have the following semantics:
+'from MACHINE'
+     mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of
+     "machine".
+
+'as MOUNTPOINT'
+     mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is
+     different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem.
+
+'opts OPTIONS'
+     native mount(8) options.
+
+'fstype TYPE'
+     type of filesystem to be mounted.
+
+   An example:
+
+     mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local
+
+   If the mountpoint specified is either '/' or 'swap', the machine will
+be considered to be booting off the net and this will be noted for use
+in generating a 'bootparams' file for the host which owns the
+filesystems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo automount definitions,  Next: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Prev: FSinfo static mounts,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.8 Defining an Amd Mount Map in FSinfo
+=======================================
+
+The maps used by Amd can be constructed from FSinfo by defining all the
+automount trees.  FSinfo takes all the definitions found and builds one
+map for each top level tree.
+
+   The automount tree is usually defined last.  A single automount
+configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain.  One
+'automount' declaration is needed for each Amd automount point.  FSinfo
+determines whether the automount point is "direct" (*note Direct
+Automount Filesystem::) or "indirect" (*note Top-level Filesystem::).
+Direct automount points are distinguished by the fact that there is no
+underlying "automount_tree".
+
+     automount   : "automount" opt(auto_opts) automount_tree ;
+
+     auto_opts   : "opts" <MOUNT-OPTIONS> ;
+
+     automount_tree
+                 : list(automount_attr)
+                 ;
+
+     automount_attr
+                 : <STRING> "=" <VOLNAME>
+                 | <STRING> "->" <SYMLINK>
+                 | <STRING> "{" automount_tree "}"
+                 ;
+
+   If <MOUNT-OPTIONS> is given, then it is the string to be placed in
+the maps for Amd for the 'opts' option.
+
+   A "map" is typically a tree of filesystems, for example 'home'
+normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in
+the network.
+
+   A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined
+volume name, or it can be a tree.  A tree is represented by placing
+braces after the name.  For example, to define a tree '/vol', the
+following map would be defined:
+
+     automount /vol { }
+
+   Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps.  For
+example:
+
+     automount /vol {
+         andrew { }
+         X11 { }
+     }
+
+   In this case, FSinfo will look for volumes named '/vol/andrew' and
+'/vol/X11' and a map entry will be generated for each.  If the volumes
+are defined more than once, then FSinfo will generate a series of
+alternate entries for them in the maps.
+
+   Instead of a tree, either a link (NAME '->' DESTINATION) or a
+reference can be specified (NAME '=' DESTINATION).  A link creates a
+symbolic link to the string specified, without further processing the
+entry.  A reference will examine the destination filesystem and optimize
+the reference.  For example, to create an entry for 'njw' in the
+'/homes' map, either of the two forms can be used:
+
+     automount /homes {
+         njw -> /home/dylan/njw
+     }
+
+   or
+
+     automount /homes {
+         njw = /home/dylan/njw
+     }
+
+   In the first example, when '/homes/njw' is referenced from Amd, a
+link will be created leading to '/home/dylan/njw' and the automounter
+will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename.  The map
+entry would be:
+
+     njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw
+
+   In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and
+found to be in the filesystem '/home/dylan' which has previously been
+defined in the maps.  Hence the map entry will look like:
+
+     njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw
+
+   Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Next: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo automount definitions,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.9 FSinfo Command Line Options
+===============================
+
+FSinfo is started from the command line by using the command:
+
+     fsinfo [options] files ...
+
+   The input to FSinfo is a single set of definitions of machines and
+automount maps.  If multiple files are given on the command-line, then
+the files are concatenated together to form the input source.  The files
+are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed.
+
+   Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file.  If
+the prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced.  The
+suffix used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file
+belongs, or to the type of output if only one file is produced.
+Dumpsets and the 'bootparams' file are in the latter class.  To put the
+output into a subdirectory simply put a '/' at the end of the prefix,
+making sure that the directory has already been made before running
+Fsinfo.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* -a FSinfo Option::    Amd automount directory:
+* -b FSinfo Option::    Prefix for bootparams files.
+* -d FSinfo Option::    Prefix for dumpset data files.
+* -e FSinfo Option::    Prefix for exports files.
+* -f FSinfo Option::    Prefix for fstab files.
+* -h FSinfo Option::    Local hostname.
+* -m FSinfo Option::    Prefix for automount maps.
+* -q FSinfo Option::    Ultra quiet mode.
+* -v FSinfo Option::    Verbose mode.
+* -I FSinfo Option::    Define new #include directory.
+* -D-FSinfo Option::    Define macro.
+* -U FSinfo Option::    Undefine macro.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a FSinfo Option,  Next: -b FSinfo Option,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.1 '-a' AUTODIR
+------------------
+
+Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's
+mountpoints.  This defaults to '/a'.  Some sites have the autodir set to
+be '/amd', and this would be achieved by:
+
+     fsinfo -a /amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -b FSinfo Option,  Next: -d FSinfo Option,  Prev: -a FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.2 '-b' BOOTPARAMS
+---------------------
+
+This specifies the prefix for the 'bootparams' filename.  If it is not
+given, then the file will not be generated.  The 'bootparams' file will
+be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed into a
+file named 'bootparams' and prefixed by this string.  The file generated
+contains a list of entries describing each diskless client that can boot
+from the destination machine.
+
+   As an example, to create a 'bootparams' file in the directory
+'generic', the following would be used:
+
+     fsinfo -b generic/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d FSinfo Option,  Next: -e FSinfo Option,  Prev: -b FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.3 '-d' DUMPSETS
+-------------------
+
+This specifies the prefix for the 'dumpsets' file.  If it is not
+specified, then the file will not be generated.  The file will be for
+the destination machine and will be placed into a filename 'dumpsets',
+prefixed by this string.  The 'dumpsets' file is for use by Imperial
+College's local backup system.
+
+   For example, to create a 'dumpsets' file in the directory 'generic',
+then you would use the following:
+
+     fsinfo -d generic/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -e FSinfo Option,  Next: -f FSinfo Option,  Prev: -d FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.4 '-e' EXPORTFS
+-------------------
+
+Defines the prefix for the 'exports' files.  If it is not given, then
+the file will not be generated.  For each machine defined in the
+configuration files as having disks, an 'exports' file is constructed
+and given a filename determined by the name of the machine, prefixed
+with this string.  If a machine is defined as diskless, then no
+'exports' file will be created for it.  The files contain entries for
+directories on the machine that may be exported to clients.
+
+   Example: To create the 'exports' files for each diskfull machine and
+place them into the directory 'exports':
+
+     fsinfo -e exports/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -f FSinfo Option,  Next: -h FSinfo Option,  Prev: -e FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.5 '-f' FSTAB
+----------------
+
+This defines the prefix for the 'fstab' files.  The files will only be
+created if this prefix is defined.  For each machine defined in the
+configuration files, a 'fstab' file is created with the filename
+determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine.  These
+files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot
+time.
+
+   Example, to create the files in the directory 'fstabs':
+
+     fsinfo -f fstabs/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -h FSinfo Option,  Next: -m FSinfo Option,  Prev: -f FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.6 '-h' HOSTNAME
+-------------------
+
+Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for.  If this
+is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by
+gethostname(2).
+
+   Example:
+
+     fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -m FSinfo Option,  Next: -q FSinfo Option,  Prev: -h FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.7 '-m' MOUNT-MAPS
+---------------------
+
+Defines the prefix for the automounter files.  The maps will only be
+produced if this prefix is defined.  The mount maps suitable for the
+network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files
+with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map.
+
+   For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the
+directory 'automaps':
+
+     fsinfo -m automaps/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -q FSinfo Option,  Next: -v FSinfo Option,  Prev: -m FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.8 '-q'
+----------
+
+Selects quiet mode.  FSinfo suppress the "running commentary" and only
+outputs any error messages which are generated.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v FSinfo Option,  Next: -D-FSinfo Option,  Prev: -q FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.9 '-v'
+----------
+
+Selects verbose mode.  When this is activated, the program will display
+more messages, and display all the information discovered when
+performing the semantic analysis phase.  Each verbose message is output
+to 'stdout' on a line starting with a '#' character.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D-FSinfo Option,  Next: -I FSinfo Option,  Prev: -v FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.10 '-D' NAME[=defn]
+-----------------------
+
+Defines a symbol "name" for the preprocessor when reading the
+configuration files.  Equivalent to '#define' directive.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -I FSinfo Option,  Next: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -D-FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.11 '-I' DIRECTORY
+---------------------
+
+This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files.
+It specifies directories in which to find include files
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -I FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.12 '-U' NAME
+----------------
+
+Removes any initial definition of the symbol "name".  Inverse of the
+'-D' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.10 Errors produced by FSinfo
+==============================
+
+The following table documents the errors and warnings which FSinfo may
+produce.
+
+" expected
+     Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string.
+
+ambiguous mount: VOLUME is a replicated filesystem
+     If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume name,
+     they will be considered replicated filesystems.  To mount a
+     replicated filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be
+     named, to say which particular copy to try and mount, else this
+     error will result.
+
+can't open FILENAME for writing
+     Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file.
+
+cannot determine localname since volname VOLUME is not uniquely defined
+     If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the
+     filesystem statically without specifying a local mountpoint, FSinfo
+     cannot calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname would be
+     ambiguous.
+
+DEVICE has duplicate exportfs data
+     Produced if the 'exportfs' option is used multiple times within the
+     same branch of a filesystem definition.  For example, if you
+     attempt to set the 'exportfs' data at different levels of the
+     mountpoint directory tree.
+
+dump frequency for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
+     Occurs if DEVICE has its 'fstype' declared to be 'swap' or 'export'
+     and the 'dump' option is set to a value greater than zero.  Swap
+     devices should not be dumped.
+
+duplicate host HOSTNAME!
+     If a host has more than one definition.
+
+end of file within comment
+     A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the
+     configuration files.
+
+FILENAME: cannot open for reading
+     If a file specified on the command line as containing configuration
+     data could not be opened.
+
+FILESYSTEM has a volname but no exportfs data
+     Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the
+     string specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to
+     is missing.
+
+fs field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the
+     attributes of a host's filesystem.
+
+host field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a
+     host definition.
+
+HOST:DEVICE has more than one mount point
+     Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies
+     multiple trees at which to place the mountpoint.
+
+HOST:DEVICE has no mount point
+     Occurs if the 'mount' option is not specified for a host's
+     filesystem.
+
+HOST:DEVICE needs field "FIELD-NAME"
+     Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field.  FIELD-NAME
+     could be one of 'fstype', 'opts', 'passno' or 'mount'.
+
+HOST:mount field specified for swap partition
+     Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is
+     declared to be 'swap'.
+
+malformed IP dotted quad: ADDRESS
+     If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified.
+     An Internet address definition is handled to inet_addr(3N) to see
+     if it can cope.  If not, then this message will be displayed.
+
+malformed netmask: NETMASK
+     If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal
+     number, then this message will be displayed.  It will typically be
+     caused by incorrect characters in the NETMASK value.
+
+mount field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same
+     field.
+
+mount tree field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when the FIELD-NAME is defined more than once during the
+     definition of a filesystems mountpoint.
+
+netif field FIELD-NAME already set
+     Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more
+     than once.
+
+network booting requires both root and swap areas
+     Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root
+     partition or the swap area, but not both.  You cannot define a
+     machine to only partially boot via the network.
+
+no disk mounts on HOSTNAME
+     If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for
+     a machine, this message will be displayed.
+
+no volname given for HOST:DEVICE
+     Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on 'default', but
+     no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint
+     cannot be determined.
+
+not allowed '/' in a directory name
+     Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is
+     specified as the name for an automounter tree.  A tree should only
+     have one name at each level.
+
+pass number for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
+     Occurs if DEVICE has its 'fstype' declared to be 'swap' or 'export'
+     and the fsck(8) pass number is set.  Swap devices should not be
+     fsck'd.  *Note FSinfo fstype Option::.
+
+sub-directory DIRECTORY of DIRECTORY-TREE starts with '/'
+     Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element
+     DIRECTORY of the mountpoint begins with a '/' and it is not the
+     start of the tree.
+
+sub-directory of DIRECTORY-TREE is named "default"
+     'default' is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be
+     automatically calculated by FSinfo.  If you attempt to specify a
+     directory name as this, it will use the filename of 'default' but
+     will produce this warning.
+
+unknown \ sequence
+     Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string.
+     Within a string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for
+     strings, such as newlines and tab characters.
+
+unknown directory attribute
+     If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a
+     host's filesystem mount option.
+
+unknown filesystem attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's
+     filesystems.
+
+unknown host attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host.
+
+unknown mount attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list
+     of static mounts.
+
+unknown volname VOLUME automounted [ on name ]
+     Occurs if VOLUME is used in a definition of an automount map but
+     the volume name has not been declared during the host filesystem
+     definitions.
+
+volname VOLUME is unknown
+     Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name
+     which has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
+
+volname VOLUME not exported from MACHINE
+     Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume VOLUME from a machine
+     which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem available.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd,  Next: Assorted Tools,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: Top
+
+9 Hlfsd
+*******
+
+Hlfsd is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a symbolic
+link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending on the
+user which accessed that link.  It was primarily designed to redirect
+incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read from
+anywhere.  It was designed and implemented by Erez Zadok
+(http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) and Alexander Dupuy <dupuy AT
+cs.columbia.edu>, at the Computer Science Department
+(http://www.cs.columbia.edu/) of Columbia University
+(http://www.columbia.edu/).  A paper
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/hlfsd/hlfsd.html) on Hlfsd was
+presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993.
+
+   Hlfsd operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory
+containing linkname, which defaults to '/hlfs/home'.  Lookups within
+that directory are handled by Hlfsd, which uses the password map to
+determine how to resolve the lookup.  The directory will be created if
+it doesn't already exist.  The symbolic link will be to the accessing
+user's home directory, with subdir appended to it.  If not specified,
+subdir defaults to '.hlfsdir'.  This directory will also be created if
+it does not already exist.
+
+   A 'SIGTERM' sent to Hlfsd will cause it to shutdown.  A 'SIGHUP' will
+flush the internal caches, and reload the password map.  It will also
+close and reopen the log file, to enable the original log file to be
+removed or rotated.  A 'SIGUSR1' will cause it to dump its internal
+table of user IDs and home directories to the file '/tmp/hlfsddump'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to Hlfsd::
+* Background to Mail Delivery::
+* Using Hlfsd::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Next: Background to Mail Delivery,  Prev: Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd
+
+9.1 Introduction to Hlfsd
+=========================
+
+Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many
+computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over
+time, as networks proliferate and become faster.  Providing a convenient
+environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has
+become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs).
+
+   Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be
+logged into a designated "home" machine, where their mailbox files
+reside.  Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail.
+Since users have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they
+often find it convenient to run all of their other processes on that
+system as well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs.  For example,
+in our department, we have allocated and configured several
+multi-processor servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory
+applications, but these were underutilized, in large part due to the
+inconvenience of not being able to read mail on those machines.  (No
+home directories were located on these designated CPU-servers, since we
+did not want NFS service for users' home directories to have to compete
+with CPU-intensive jobs.  At the same time, we discouraged users from
+running demanding applications on their home machines.)
+
+   Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read
+their mail on any host.  However, all of these solutions fail in one or
+more of several ways:
+
+   * they introduce new single points of failure
+
+   * they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user
+     agents (UAs)
+
+   * they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e.  the solution is
+     only partially successful for a particular environment.
+
+   We have designed a simple filesystem, called the "Home-Link File
+System", to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home
+directories, without modification to mail-related applications.  We have
+endeavored to make it as stable as possible.  Of great importance to us
+was to make sure the HLFS daemon, 'hlfsd' , would not hang under any
+circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with
+problems.  Compared to alternative methods, Hlfsd is a stable, more
+general solution, and easier to install/use.  In fact, in some ways, we
+have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail
+service.
+
+   Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link
+to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named
+symbolic links to users' mailbox files.
+
+   The Hlfsd server finds out the UID of the process that is accessing
+its mount point, and resolves the pathname component 'home' as a
+symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the
+UID's entry in the password file.  If the GID of the process that
+attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called HLFS_GID),
+then the server maps the name of the _next_ pathname component directly
+to the user's mailbox.  This is necessary so that access to a mailbox
+file by users other than the owner can succeed.  The server has safety
+features in case of failures such as hung filesystems or home directory
+filesystems that are inaccessible or full.
+
+   On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory
+'/var/spool/mail'.  Many programs, including UAs, depend on that path.
+Hlfsd creates a directory '/mail', and mounts itself on top of that
+directory.  Hlfsd implements the path name component called 'home',
+pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory.  We have made
+'/var/spool/mail' a symbolic link to '/mail/home', so that accessing
+'/var/spool/mail' actually causes access to a subdirectory within a
+user's home directory.
+
+   The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname
+'/var/mail/NAME' to '/users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME' proceeds.
+
+Resolving Component   Pathname left to resolve   Value if symbolic link
+                                                 
+/                     var/mail/NAME
+                      
+var/                  mail/NAME
+                      
+mail@                 /mail/home/NAME            mail@ -> /mail/home
+                                                 
+/                     mail/home/NAME
+                      
+mail/                 home/NAME
+                      
+home@                 NAME                       home@ ->
+                                                 /users/ezk/.mailspool
+                                                 
+/                     users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME
+                      
+users/                ezk/.mailspool/NAME
+                      
+ezk/                  .mailspool/NAME
+                      
+.mailspool/           NAME
+                      
+NAME
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Background to Mail Delivery,  Next: Using Hlfsd,  Prev: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd
+
+9.2 Background to Mail Delivery
+===============================
+
+This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods
+for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used
+by Hlfsd.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory::
+* Centralized Mail Spool Directory::
+* Distributed Mail Spool Service::
+* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Prev: Background to Mail Delivery,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.1 Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
+--------------------------------------
+
+The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a
+mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated "mail home"
+machine of the user.  The greatest advantage of this method is that it
+is the default method most vendors provide with their systems, thus very
+little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part.  All they
+need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on which the
+user's mailbox file is assigned.  (Otherwise, mail is delivered locally,
+and users find mailboxes on many machines.)
+
+   As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems,
+they find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing
+several tasks concurrently.  They ask to be able to read their mail on
+any host on the network, not just the one designated as their "mail
+home".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Prev: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.2 Centralized Mail Spool Directory
+--------------------------------------
+
+A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have
+all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated
+"mail-server" which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the
+network.  Configuring such a system is relatively easy.  On most
+systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two
+configuration files in '/etc'.  The file-server's spool directory is
+then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network.  In small
+environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an acceptable
+solution.  In our department, with a couple of hundred active hosts and
+thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed completely
+unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems:
+
+Scalability and Performance
+
+     As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail
+     traffic has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server.  Users like
+     to run mail-watchers, and read their mail often.  The stress on the
+     shared infrastructure increases with every user and host added;
+     loads on the mail server would most certainly be high since all
+     mail delivery goes through that one machine.(1)  This leads to
+     lower reliability and performance.  To reduce the number of
+     concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some
+     SAs have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory.  But
+     this solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail
+     watchers, and many popular applications such as 'trn', 'emacs',
+     'csh' or 'ksh' check periodically for new mail, the automounted
+     directory would be effectively permanently mounted.  If it gets
+     unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most
+     likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O
+     resources by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls.
+
+Reliability
+
+     The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very
+     reliable.  Worse, since the spool directory has to be
+     hard-mounted,(2) many processes which access the spool directory
+     (various shells, 'login', 'emacs', etc.)  would be hung as long as
+     connectivity to the mail-server is severed.  To improve
+     reliability, SAs may choose to backup the mail-server's spool
+     partition several times a day.  This may make things worse since
+     reading or delivering mail while backups are in progress may cause
+     backups to be inconsistent; more backups consume more backup-media
+     resources, and increase the load on the mail-server host.
+
+   ---------- Footnotes ----------
+
+   (1) Delivery via NFS-mounted filesystems may require usage of
+'rpc.lockd' and 'rpc.statd' to provide distributed file-locking, both of
+which are widely regarded as unstable and unreliable.  Furthermore, this
+will degrade performance, as local processes as well as remote 'nfsd'
+processes are kept busy.
+
+   (2) No SA in their right minds would soft-mount read/write partitions
+-- the chances for data loss are too great.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Next: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?,  Prev: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.3 Distributed Mail Spool Service
+------------------------------------
+
+Despite the existence of a few systems that support delivery to users'
+home directories, mail delivery to home directories hasn't caught on.
+We believe the main reason is that there are too many programs that
+"know" where mailbox files reside.  Besides the obvious (the delivery
+program '/bin/mail' and mail readers like '/usr/ucb/Mail', 'mush', 'mm',
+etc.), other programs that know mailbox location are login, from, almost
+every shell, 'xbiff', 'xmailbox', and even some programs not directly
+related to mail, such as 'emacs' and 'trn'.  Although some of these
+programs can be configured to look in different directories with the use
+of environment variables and other resources, many of them cannot.  The
+overall porting work is significant.
+
+   Other methods that have yet to catch on require the use of a special
+mail-reading server, such as IMAP or POP. The main disadvantage of these
+systems is that UAs need to be modified to use these services -- a long
+and involved task.  That is why they are not popular at this time.
+
+   Several other ideas have been proposed and even used in various
+environments.  None of them is robust.  They are mostly very
+specialized, inflexible, and do not extend to the general case.  Some of
+the ideas are plain bad, potentially leading to lost or corrupt mail:
+
+automounters
+
+     Using an automounter such as Amd to provide a set of symbolic links
+     from the normal spool directory to user home directories is not
+     sufficient.  UAs rename, unlink, and recreate the mailbox as a
+     regular file, therefore it must be a real file, not a symbolic
+     link.  Furthermore, it must reside in a real directory which is
+     writable by the UAs and MTAs.  This method may also require
+     populating '/var/spool/mail' with symbolic links and making sure
+     they are updated.  Making Amd manage that directory directly fails,
+     since many various lock files need to be managed as well.  Also,
+     Amd does not provide all of the NFS operations which are required
+     to write mail such as write, create, remove, and unlink.
+
+'$MAIL'
+
+     Setting this variable to an automounted directory pointing to the
+     user's mail spool host only solves the problem for those programs
+     which know and use '$MAIL'.  Many programs don't, therefore this
+     solution is partial and of limited flexibility.  Also, it requires
+     the SAs or the users to set it themselves -- an added level of
+     inconvenience and possible failures.
+
+/bin/mail
+
+     Using a different mail delivery agent could be the solution.  One
+     such example is 'hdmail'.  However, 'hdmail' still requires
+     modifying all UAs, the MTA's configuration, installing new daemons,
+     and changing login scripts.  This makes the system less upgradable
+     or compatible with others, and adds one more complicated system for
+     SAs to deal with.  It is not a complete solution because it still
+     requires each user have their '$MAIL' variable setup correctly, and
+     that every program use this variable.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?,  Prev: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.4 Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
+------------------------------------------
+
+There are several major reasons why SAs might want to deliver mail
+directly into the users' home directories:
+
+Location
+
+     Many mail readers need to move mail from the spool directory to the
+     user's home directory.  It speeds up this operation if the two are
+     on the same filesystem.  If for some reason the user's home
+     directory is inaccessible, it isn't that useful to be able to read
+     mail, since there is no place to move it to.  In some cases, trying
+     to move mail to a non-existent or hung filesystem may result in
+     mail loss.
+
+Distribution
+
+     Having all mail spool directories spread among the many more
+     filesystems minimizes the chances that complete environments will
+     grind to a halt when a single server is down.  It does increase the
+     chance that there will be someone who is not able to read their
+     mail when a machine is down, but that is usually preferred to
+     having no one be able to read their mail because a centralized mail
+     server is down.  The problem of losing some mail due to the
+     (presumably) higher chances that a user's machine is down is
+     minimized in HLFS.
+
+Security
+
+     Delivering mail to users' home directories has another advantage --
+     enhanced security and privacy.  Since a shared system mail spool
+     directory has to be world-readable and searchable, any user can see
+     whether other users have mail, when they last received new mail, or
+     when they last read their mail.  Programs such as 'finger' display
+     this information, which some consider an infringement of privacy.
+     While it is possible to disable this feature of 'finger' so that
+     remote users cannot see a mailbox file's status, this doesn't
+     prevent local users from getting the information.  Furthermore,
+     there are more programs which make use of this information.  In
+     shared environments, disabling such programs has to be done on a
+     system-wide basis, but with mail delivered to users' home
+     directories, users less concerned with privacy who do want to let
+     others know when they last received or read mail can easily do so
+     using file protection bits.
+
+   In summary, delivering mail to home directories provides users the
+functionality sought, and also avoids most of the problems just
+discussed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Using Hlfsd,  Prev: Background to Mail Delivery,  Up: Hlfsd
+
+9.3 Using Hlfsd
+===============
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Controlling Hlfsd::
+* Hlfsd Options::
+* Hlfsd Files::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Controlling Hlfsd,  Next: Hlfsd Options,  Prev: Using Hlfsd,  Up: Using Hlfsd
+
+9.3.1 Controlling Hlfsd
+-----------------------
+
+Much the same way Amd is controlled by 'ctl-amd', so does Hlfsd get
+controlled by the 'ctl-hlfsd' script:
+
+ctl-hlfsd start
+     Start a new Hlfsd.
+
+ctl-hlfsd stop
+     Stop a running Hlfsd.
+
+ctl-hlfsd restart
+     Stop a running Hlfsd, wait for 10 seconds, and then start a new
+     one.  It is hoped that within 10 seconds, the previously running
+     Hlfsd terminate properly; otherwise, starting a second one could
+     cause system lockup.
+
+   For example, on our systems, we start Hlfsd within 'ctl-hlfsd' as
+follows on Solaris 2 systems:
+
+     hlfsd -a /var/alt_mail -x all -l /var/log/hlfsd /mail/home .mailspool
+
+   The directory '/var/alt_mail' is a directory in the root partition
+where alternate mail will be delivered into, when it cannot be delivered
+into the user's home directory.
+
+   Normal mail gets delivered into '/var/mail', but on our systems, that
+is a symbolic link to '/mail/home'.  '/mail' is managed by Hlfsd, which
+creates a dynamic symlink named 'home', pointing to the subdirectory
+'.mailspool' _within_ the accessing user's home directory.  This results
+in mail which normally should go to '/var/mail/$USER', to go to
+'$HOME/.mailspool/$USER'.
+
+   Hlfsd does not create the '/var/mail' symlink.  This needs to be
+created (manually) once on each host, by the system administrators, as
+follows:
+
+     mv /var/mail /var/alt_mail
+     ln -s /mail/home /var/mail
+
+   Hlfsd also responds to the following signals:
+
+   A 'SIGHUP' signal sent to Hlfsd will force it to reload the password
+map immediately.
+
+   A 'SIGUSR1' signal sent to Hlfsd will cause it to dump its internal
+password map to the file '/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX', where 'XXXXXX'
+will be replaced by a random string generated by mktemp(3) or (the more
+secure) mkstemp(3).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd Options,  Next: Hlfsd Files,  Prev: Controlling Hlfsd,  Up: Using Hlfsd
+
+9.3.2 Hlfsd Options
+-------------------
+
+-a ALT_DIR
+     Alternate directory.  The name of the directory to which the
+     symbolic link returned by Hlfsd will point, if it cannot access the
+     home directory of the user.  This defaults to '/var/hlfs'.  This
+     directory will be created if it doesn't exist.  It is expected that
+     either users will read these files, or the system administrators
+     will run a script to resend this "lost mail" to its owner.
+
+-c CACHE-INTERVAL
+     Caching interval.  Hlfsd will cache the validity of home
+     directories for this interval, in seconds.  Entries which have been
+     verified within the last CACHE-INTERVAL seconds will not be
+     verified again, since the operation could be expensive, and the
+     entries are most likely still valid.  After the interval has
+     expired, Hlfsd will re-verify the validity of the user's home
+     directory, and reset the cache time-counter.  The default value for
+     CACHE-INTERVAL is 300 seconds (5 minutes).
+
+-f
+     Force fast startup.  This option tells Hlfsd to skip startup-time
+     consistency checks such as existence of mount directory, alternate
+     spool directory, symlink to be hidden under the mount directory,
+     their permissions and validity.
+
+-g GROUP
+     Set the special group HLFS_GID to GROUP.  Programs such as
+     '/usr/ucb/from' or '/usr/sbin/in.comsat', which access the
+     mailboxes of other users, must be setgid 'HLFS_GID' to work
+     properly.  The default group is 'hlfs'.  If no group is provided,
+     and there is no group 'hlfs', this feature is disabled.
+
+-h
+     Help.  Print a brief help message, and exit.
+
+-i RELOAD-INTERVAL
+     Map-reloading interval.  Each RELOAD-INTERVAL seconds, Hlfsd will
+     reload the password map.  Hlfsd needs the password map for the UIDs
+     and home directory pathnames.  Hlfsd schedules a 'SIGALRM' to
+     reload the password maps.  A 'SIGHUP' sent to Hlfsd will force it
+     to reload the maps immediately.  The default value for
+     RELOAD-INTERVAL is 900 seconds (15 minutes.)
+
+-l LOGFILE
+     Specify a log file to which Hlfsd will record events.  If LOGFILE
+     is the string 'syslog' then the log messages will be sent to the
+     system log daemon by syslog(3), using the 'LOG_DAEMON' facility.
+     This is also the default.
+
+-n
+     No verify.  Hlfsd will not verify the validity of the symbolic link
+     it will be returning, or that the user's home directory contains
+     sufficient disk-space for spooling.  This can speed up Hlfsd at the
+     cost of possibly returning symbolic links to home directories which
+     are not currently accessible or are full.  By default, Hlfsd
+     validates the symbolic-link in the background.  The '-n' option
+     overrides the meaning of the '-c' option, since no caching is
+     necessary.
+
+-o MOUNT-OPTIONS
+     Mount options which Hlfsd will use to mount itself on top of
+     DIRNAME.  By default, MOUNT-OPTIONS is set to 'ro'.  If the system
+     supports symbolic-link caching, default options are set to
+     'ro,nocache'.
+
+-p
+     Print PID. Outputs the process-id of Hlfsd to standard output where
+     it can be saved into a file.
+
+-v
+     Version.  Displays version information to standard error.
+
+-x LOG-OPTIONS
+     Specify run-time logging options.  The options are a comma
+     separated list chosen from: 'fatal', 'error', 'user', 'warn',
+     'info', 'map', 'stats', 'all'.
+
+-C
+     Force Hlfsd to run on systems that cannot turn off the NFS
+     attribute-cache.  Use of this option on those systems is
+     discouraged, as it may result in loss or misdelivery of mail.  The
+     option is ignored on systems that can turn off the attribute-cache.
+
+-D LOG-OPTIONS
+     Select from a variety of debugging options.  Prefixing an option
+     with the string 'no' reverses the effect of that option.  Options
+     are cumulative.  The most useful option is 'all'.  Since this
+     option is only used for debugging other options are not documented
+     here.  A fuller description is available in the program source.
+
+-P PASSWORD-FILE
+     Read the user-name, user-id, and home directory information from
+     the file PASSWORD-FILE.  Normally, Hlfsd will use getpwent(3) to
+     read the password database.  This option allows you to override the
+     default database, and is useful if you want to map users' mail
+     files to a directory other than their home directory.  Only the
+     username, uid, and home-directory fields of the file PASSWORD-FILE
+     are read and checked.  All other fields are ignored.  The file
+     PASSWORD-FILE must otherwise be compliant with Unix Version 7
+     colon-delimited format passwd(4).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd Files,  Prev: Hlfsd Options,  Up: Using Hlfsd
+
+9.3.3 Hlfsd Files
+-----------------
+
+The following files are used by Hlfsd:
+
+'/hlfs'
+     directory under which Hlfsd mounts itself and manages the symbolic
+     link 'home'.
+
+'.hlfsdir'
+     default sub-directory in the user's home directory, to which the
+     'home' symbolic link returned by Hlfsd points.
+
+'/var/hlfs'
+     directory to which 'home' symbolic link returned by Hlfsd points if
+     it is unable to verify the that user's home directory is
+     accessible.
+
+'/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX'
+     file to which Hlfsd will dump its internal password map when it
+     receives the 'SIGUSR1' signal.  'XXXXXX' will be replaced by a
+     random string generated by mktemp(3) or (the more secure)
+     mkstemp(3).
+
+   For discussion on other files used by Hlfsd, see *Note lostaltmail::,
+and *note lostaltmail.conf-sample::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Assorted Tools,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Hlfsd,  Up: Top
+
+10 Assorted Tools
+*****************
+
+The following are additional utilities and scripts included with
+am-utils, and get installed.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* am-eject::
+* amd.conf-sample::
+* amd2ldif::
+* amd2sun::
+* automount2amd::
+* ctl-amd::
+* ctl-hlfsd::
+* fix-amd-map::
+* fixmount::
+* fixrmtab::
+* lostaltmail::
+* lostaltmail.conf-sample::
+* mk-amd-map::
+* pawd::
+* redhat-ctl-amd::
+* wait4amd::
+* wait4amd2die::
+* wire-test::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: am-eject,  Next: amd.conf-sample,  Prev: Assorted Tools,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.1 am-eject
+=============
+
+A shell script unmounts a floppy or CD-ROM that is automounted, and then
+attempts to eject the removable device.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd.conf-sample,  Next: amd2ldif,  Prev: am-eject,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.2 amd.conf-sample
+====================
+
+A sample Amd configuration file.  *Note Amd Configuration File::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd2ldif,  Next: amd2sun,  Prev: amd.conf-sample,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.3 amd2ldif
+=============
+
+A script to convert Amd maps to LDAP input files.  Use it as follows:
+
+     amd2ldif mapname base < amd.mapfile > mapfile.ldif
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd2sun,  Next: automount2amd,  Prev: amd2ldif,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.4 amd2sun
+============
+
+A script to convert Amd maps to Sun Automounter maps.  Use it as follows
+
+     amd2sun < amd.mapfile > auto_mapfile
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: automount2amd,  Next: ctl-amd,  Prev: amd2sun,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.5 automount2amd
+==================
+
+A script to convert old Sun Automounter maps to Amd maps.
+
+   Say you have the Sun automount file auto.foo, with these two lines:
+     home                  earth:/home
+     moon  -ro,intr        server:/proj/images
+   Running
+     automount2amd auto.foo > amd.foo
+
+   will produce the Amd map amd.foo with this content:
+
+     # generated by automount2amd on Sat Aug 14 17:59:32 US/Eastern 1999
+
+     /defaults \\
+       type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600
+
+     home \
+       host==earth;type:=link;fs:=/home \\
+       rhost:=earth;rfs:=/home
+
+     moon \
+       -addopts:=ro,intr \\
+       host==server;type:=link;fs:=/proj/images \\
+       rhost:=server;rfs:=/proj/images
+
+   This perl script will use the following /default entry
+     type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600
+   If you wish to override that, define the $DEFAULTS environment
+variable, or modify the script.
+
+   If you wish to generate Amd maps using the hostd (*note hostd
+Selector Variable::) Amd map syntax, then define the environment
+variable $DOMAIN or modify the script.
+
+   Note that automount2amd does not understand the syntax in newer Sun
+Automount maps, those used with autofs.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ctl-amd,  Next: ctl-hlfsd,  Prev: automount2amd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.6 ctl-amd
+============
+
+A script to start, stop, or restart Amd.  Use it as follows:
+
+ctl-amd start
+     Start a new Amd process.
+ctl-amd stop
+     Stop the running Amd.
+ctl-amd restart
+     Stop the running Amd (if any), safely wait for it to terminate, and
+     then start a new process -- only if the previous one died cleanly.
+
+   *Note Run-time Administration::, for more details.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ctl-hlfsd,  Next: fix-amd-map,  Prev: ctl-amd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.7 ctl-hlfsd
+==============
+
+A script for controlling Hlfsd, much the same way 'ctl-amd' controls
+Amd.  Use it as follows:
+
+ctl-hlfsd start
+     Start a new Hlfsd process.
+ctl-hlfsd stop
+     Stop the running Hlfsd.
+ctl-hlfsd restart
+     Stop the running Hlfsd (if any), wait for 10 seconds for it to
+     terminate, and then start a new process -- only if the previous one
+     died cleanly.
+
+   *Note Hlfsd::, for more details.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fix-amd-map,  Next: fixmount,  Prev: ctl-hlfsd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.8 fix-amd-map
+================
+
+Am-utils changed some of the syntax and default values of some
+variables.  For example, the default value for '${os}' for Solaris 2.x
+(aka SunOS 5.x) systems used to be 'sos5', it is now more automatically
+generated from 'config.guess' and its value is 'sunos5'.
+
+   This script converts older Amd maps to new ones.  Use it as follows:
+
+     fix-amd-map < old.map > new.map
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fixmount,  Next: fixrmtab,  Prev: fix-amd-map,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.9 fixmount
+=============
+
+'fixmount' is a variant of showmount(8) that can delete bogus mount
+entries in remote mountd(8) daemons.  This is useful to cleanup
+otherwise ever-accumulating "junk".  Use it for example:
+
+     fixmount -r host
+
+   See the online manual page for 'fixmount' for more details of its
+usage.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fixrmtab,  Next: lostaltmail,  Prev: fixmount,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.10 fixrmtab
+==============
+
+A script to invalidate '/etc/rmtab' entries for hosts named.  Also
+restart mountd for changes to take effect.  Use it for example:
+
+     fixrmtab host1 host2 ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: lostaltmail,  Next: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Prev: fixrmtab,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.11 lostaltmail
+=================
+
+A script used with Hlfsd to resend any "lost" mail.  Hlfsd redirects
+mail which cannot be written into the user's home directory to an
+alternate directory.  This is useful to continue delivering mail, even
+if the user's file system was unavailable, full, or over quota.  But,
+the mail which gets delivered to the alternate directory needs to be
+resent to its respective users.  This is what the 'lostaltmail' script
+does.
+
+   Use it as follows:
+
+     lostaltmail
+
+   This script needs a configuration file 'lostaltmail.conf' set up with
+the right parameters to properly work.  *Note Hlfsd::, for more details.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Next: mk-amd-map,  Prev: lostaltmail,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.12 lostaltmail.conf-sample
+=============================
+
+This is a text file with configuration parameters needed for the
+'lostaltmail' script.  The script includes comments explaining each of
+the configuration variables.  See it for more information.  Also *note
+Hlfsd:: for general information.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: mk-amd-map,  Next: pawd,  Prev: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.13 mk-amd-map
+================
+
+This program converts a normal Amd map file into an ndbm database with
+the same prefix as the named file.  Use it as follows:
+
+     mk-amd-map mapname
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: pawd,  Next: redhat-ctl-amd,  Prev: mk-amd-map,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.14 pawd
+==========
+
+Pawd is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to reflect
+proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter for the
+shortest possible path.  In particular, the path printed back does not
+include any of Amd's local mount points.  Using them is unsafe, because
+Amd may unmount managed file systems from the mount points, and thus
+including them in paths may not always find the files within.
+
+   Without any arguments, Pawd will print the automounter adjusted
+current working directory.  With any number of arguments, it will print
+the adjusted path of each one of the arguments.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: redhat-ctl-amd,  Next: wait4amd,  Prev: pawd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.15 redhat-ctl-amd
+====================
+
+This script is similar to ctl-amd (*note ctl-amd::) but is intended for
+Red Hat Linux systems.  You can safely copy redhat-ctl-amd onto
+'/etc/rc.d/init.d/amd'.  The script supplied by Am-utils is usually
+better than the one provided by Red Hat, because the Red Hat script does
+not correctly kill Amd processes: it is too quick to kill the wrong
+processes, leaving stale or hung mount points behind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: wait4amd,  Next: wait4amd2die,  Prev: redhat-ctl-amd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.16 wait4amd
+==============
+
+A script to wait for Amd to start on a particular host before performing
+an arbitrary command.  The command is executed repeatedly, with 1 second
+intervals in between.  You may interrupt the script using '^C' (or
+whatever keyboard sequence your terminal's 'intr' function is bound to).
+
+   Examples:
+
+wait4amd saturn amq -p -h saturn
+     When Amd is up on host 'saturn', get the process ID of that running
+     Amd.
+wait4amd pluto rlogin pluto
+     Remote login to host 'pluto' when Amd is up on that host.  It is
+     generally necessary to wait for Amd to properly start and
+     initialize on a remote host before logging in to it, because
+     otherwise user home directories may not be accessible across the
+     network.
+wait4amd pluto
+     A short-hand version of the previous command, since the most useful
+     reason for this script is to login to a remote host.  I use it very
+     often when testing out new versions of Amd, and need to reboot hung
+     hosts.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: wait4amd2die,  Next: wire-test,  Prev: wait4amd,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.17 wait4amd2die
+==================
+
+This script is used internally by 'ctl-amd' when used to restart Amd.
+It waits for Amd to terminate.  If it detected that Amd terminated
+cleanly, this script will return an exist status of zero.  Otherwise, it
+will return a non-zero exit status.
+
+   The script tests for Amd's existence once every 5 seconds, six times,
+for a total of 30 seconds.  It will return a zero exist status as soon
+as it detects that Amd dies.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: wire-test,  Prev: wait4amd2die,  Up: Assorted Tools
+
+10.18 wire-test
+===============
+
+A simple program to test if some of the most basic networking functions
+in am-util's library 'libamu' work.  It also tests the combination of
+NFS protocol and version number that are supported from the current
+host, to a remote one.
+
+   For example, in this test a machine which only supports NFS Version 2
+is contacting a remote host that can support the same version, but using
+both UDP and TCP. If no host name is specified, 'wire-test' will try
+'localhost'.
+
+     $ wire-test moisil
+     Network name is "mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu"
+     Network number is "128.59.13"
+     Network name is "old-net.cs.columbia.edu"
+     Network number is "128.59.16"
+     My IP address is 0x7f000001.
+     NFS Version and protocol tests to host "moisil"...
+             testing vers=2, proto="udp" -> found version 2.
+             testing vers=3, proto="udp" -> failed!
+             testing vers=2, proto="tcp" -> found version 2.
+             testing vers=3, proto="tcp" -> failed!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Examples,  Next: Internals,  Prev: Assorted Tools,  Up: Top
+
+11 Examples
+***********
+
+* Menu:
+
+* User Filesystems::
+* Home Directories::
+* Architecture Sharing::
+* Wildcard Names::
+* rwho servers::
+* /vol::
+* /defaults with selectors::
+* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: User Filesystems,  Next: Home Directories,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Examples
+
+11.1 User Filesystems
+=====================
+
+With more than one fileserver, the directories most frequently
+cross-mounted are those containing user home directories.  A common
+convention used at Imperial College is to mount the user disks under
+/home/machine.
+
+   Typically, the '/etc/fstab' file contained a long list of entries
+such as:
+
+     machine:/home/machine /home/machine nfs ...
+
+   for each fileserver on the network.
+
+   There are numerous problems with this system.  The mount list can
+become quite large and some of the machines may be down when a system is
+booted.  When a new fileserver is installed, '/etc/fstab' must be
+updated on every machine, the mount directory created and the filesystem
+mounted.
+
+   In many environments most people use the same few workstations, but
+it is convenient to go to a colleague's machine and access your own
+files.  When a server goes down, it can cause a process on a client
+machine to hang.  By minimizing the mounted filesystems to only include
+those actively being used, there is less chance that a filesystem will
+be mounted when a server goes down.
+
+   The following is a short extract from a map taken from a research
+fileserver at Imperial College.
+
+   Note the entry for 'localhost' which is used for users such as the
+operator ('opr') who have a home directory on most machine as
+'/home/localhost/opr'.
+
+     /defaults       opts:=rw,intr,grpid,nosuid
+     charm           host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
+                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g
+     #
+     ...
+
+     #
+     localhost       type:=link;fs:=${host}
+     ...
+     #
+     # dylan has two user disks so have a
+     # top directory in which to mount them.
+     #
+     dylan           type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
+     #
+     dylan/dk2       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/${key} \
+                     host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
+     #
+     dylan/dk5       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/${key} \
+                     host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
+     ...
+     #
+     toytown         host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
+                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xy1g
+     ...
+     #
+     zebedee         host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
+                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/1s0
+     #
+     # Just for access...
+     #
+     gould           type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
+     gould/staff     host!=gould;type:=nfs;rhost:=gould;rfs:=/home/${key}
+     #
+     gummo           host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key}
+     ...
+
+   This map is shared by most of the machines listed so on those systems
+any of the user disks is accessible via a consistent name.  Amd is
+started with the following command
+
+     amd /home amd.home
+
+   Note that when mounting a remote filesystem, the "automounted" mount
+point is referenced, so that the filesystem will be mounted if it is not
+yet (at the time the remote 'mountd' obtains the file handle).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Home Directories,  Next: Architecture Sharing,  Prev: User Filesystems,  Up: Examples
+
+11.2 Home Directories
+=====================
+
+One convention for home directories is to locate them in '/homes' so
+user 'jsp''s home directory is '/homes/jsp'.  With more than a single
+fileserver it is convenient to spread user files across several
+machines.  All that is required is a mount-map which converts login
+names to an automounted directory.
+
+   Such a map might be started by the command:
+
+     amd /homes amd.homes
+
+   where the map 'amd.homes' contained the entries:
+
+     /defaults   type:=link   # All the entries are of type:=link
+     jsp         fs:=/home/charm/jsp
+     njw         fs:=/home/dylan/dk5/njw
+     ...
+     phjk        fs:=/home/toytown/ai/phjk
+     sjv         fs:=/home/ganymede/sjv
+
+   Whenever a login name is accessed in '/homes' a symbolic link appears
+pointing to the real location of that user's home directory.  In this
+example, '/homes/jsp' would appear to be a symbolic link pointing to
+'/home/charm/jsp'.  Of course, '/home' would also be an automount point.
+
+   This system causes an extra level of symbolic links to be used.
+Although that turns out to be relatively inexpensive, an alternative is
+to directly mount the required filesystems in the '/homes' map.  The
+required map is simple, but long, and its creation is best automated.
+The entry for 'jsp' could be:
+
+     jsp   -sublink:=${key};rfs:=/home/charm \
+                    host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g \
+                    host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm
+
+   This map can become quite big if it contains a large number of
+entries.  By combining two other features of Amd it can be greatly
+simplified.
+
+   First the UFS partitions should be mounted under the control of
+'/etc/fstab', taking care that they are mounted in the same place that
+Amd would have automounted them.  In most cases this would be something
+like '/a/"host"/home/"host"' and '/etc/fstab' on host 'charm' would have
+a line:
+
+     /dev/xy0g /a/charm/home/charm 4.2 rw,nosuid,grpid 1 5
+
+   The map can then be changed to:
+
+     /defaults    type:=nfs;sublink:=${key};opts:=rw,intr,nosuid,grpid
+     jsp          rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm
+     njw          rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan/dk5
+     ...
+     phjk         rhost:=toytown;rfs:=/home/toytown;sublink:=ai/${key}
+     sjv          rhost:=ganymede;rfs:=/home/ganymede
+
+   This map operates as usual on a remote machine (ie '${host}' not
+equal to '${rhost}').  On the machine where the filesystem is stored (ie
+'${host}' equal to '${rhost}'), Amd will construct a local filesystem
+mount point which corresponds to the name of the locally mounted UFS
+partition.  If Amd is started with the '-r' option then instead of
+attempting an NFS mount, Amd will simply inherit the UFS mount (*note
+Inheritance Filesystem::).  If '-r' is not used then a loopback NFS
+mount will be made.  This type of mount is known to cause a deadlock on
+many systems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Architecture Sharing,  Next: Wildcard Names,  Prev: Home Directories,  Up: Examples
+
+11.3 Architecture Sharing
+=========================
+
+Often a filesystem will be shared by machines of different
+architectures.  Separate trees can be maintained for the executable
+images for each architecture, but it may be more convenient to have a
+shared tree, with distinct subdirectories.
+
+   A shared tree might have the following structure on the fileserver
+(called 'fserver' in the example):
+
+     local/tex
+     local/tex/fonts
+     local/tex/lib
+     local/tex/bin
+     local/tex/bin/sun3
+     local/tex/bin/sun4
+     local/tex/bin/hp9000
+     ...
+
+   In this example, the subdirectories of 'local/tex/bin' should be
+hidden when accessed via the automount point (conventionally '/vol').  A
+mount-map for '/vol' to achieve this would look like:
+
+     /defaults   sublink:=${/key};rhost:=fserver;type:=link
+     tex         type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
+     tex/fonts   host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
+                 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
+     tex/lib     host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
+                 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
+     tex/bin     -sublink:=${/key}/${arch} \
+                 host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
+                 host:=fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
+
+   When '/vol/tex/bin' is referenced, the current machine architecture
+is automatically appended to the path by the '${sublink}' variable.
+This means that users can have '/vol/tex/bin' in their 'PATH' without
+concern for architecture dependencies.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Wildcard Names,  Next: rwho servers,  Prev: Architecture Sharing,  Up: Examples
+
+11.4 Wildcard Names & Replicated Servers
+========================================
+
+By using the wildcard facility, Amd can "overlay" an existing directory
+with additional entries.  The system files are usually mounted under
+'/usr'.  If instead, Amd is mounted on '/usr', additional names can be
+overlayed to augment or replace names in the "master" '/usr'.  A map to
+do this would have the form:
+
+     local  type:=auto;fs:=local-map
+     share  type:=auto;fs:=share-map
+     *      -type:=nfs;rfs:=/export/exec/${arch};sublink:="${key}" \
+             rhost:=fserv1  rhost:=fserv2  rhost:=fserv3
+
+   Note that the assignment to '${sublink}' is surrounded by double
+quotes to prevent the incoming key from causing the map to be
+misinterpreted.  This map has the effect of directing any access to
+'/usr/local' or '/usr/share' to another automount point.
+
+   In this example, it is assumed that the '/usr' files are replicated
+on three fileservers: 'fserv1', 'fserv2' and 'fserv3'.  For any
+references other than to 'local' and 'share' one of the servers is used
+and a symbolic link to ${autodir}/${rhost}/export/exec/${arch}/whatever
+is returned once an appropriate filesystem has been mounted.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: rwho servers,  Next: /vol,  Prev: Wildcard Names,  Up: Examples
+
+11.5 'rwho' servers
+===================
+
+The '/usr/spool/rwho' directory is a good candidate for automounting.
+For efficiency reasons it is best to capture the rwho data on a small
+number of machines and then mount that information onto a large number
+of clients.  The data written into the rwho files is byte order
+dependent so only servers with the correct byte ordering can be used by
+a client:
+
+     /defaults         type:=nfs
+     usr/spool/rwho    -byte==little;rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
+                           rhost:=vaxA  rhost:=vaxB \
+                       || -rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
+                           rhost:=sun4  rhost:=hp300
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: /vol,  Next: /defaults with selectors,  Prev: rwho servers,  Up: Examples
+
+11.6 '/vol'
+===========
+
+'/vol' is used as a catch-all for volumes which do not have other
+conventional names.
+
+   Below is part of the '/vol' map for the domain 'doc.ic.ac.uk'.  The
+'r+d' tree is used for new or experimental software that needs to be
+available everywhere without installing it on all the fileservers.
+Users wishing to try out the new software then simply include
+'/vol/r+d/{bin,ucb}' in their path.
+
+   The main tree resides on one host 'gould.doc.ic.ac.uk', which has
+different 'bin', 'etc', 'lib' and 'ucb' sub-directories for each machine
+architecture.  For example, '/vol/r+d/bin' for a Sun-4 would be stored
+in the sub-directory 'bin/sun4' of the filesystem '/usr/r+d'.  When it
+was accessed a symbolic link pointing to '/a/gould/usr/r+d/bin/sun4'
+would be returned.
+
+     /defaults    type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,intr,soft
+     wp           -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
+                  host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/local/wp \
+                  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/wp
+     ...
+     #
+     src          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
+                  host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/src \
+                  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/src
+     #
+     r+d          type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=r+d/
+     # per architecture bin,etc,lib&ucb...
+     r+d/bin      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
+     r+d/etc      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
+     r+d/include  rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
+     r+d/lib      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
+     r+d/man      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
+     r+d/src      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
+     r+d/ucb      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
+     # hades pictures
+     pictures     -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
+                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/pictures \
+                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=pictures
+     # hades tools
+     hades        -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
+                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/hades \
+                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=hades
+     # bsd tools for hp.
+     bsd          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;arch==hp9000;rhost:=thpfs \
+                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/bsd \
+                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=bsd
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: /defaults with selectors,  Next: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment,  Prev: /vol,  Up: Examples
+
+11.7 '/defaults' with selectors
+===============================
+
+It is sometimes useful to have different defaults for a given map.  To
+achieve this, the '/defaults' entry must be able to process normal
+selectors.  This feature is turned on by setting 'selectors_in_defaults
+= yes' in the 'amd.conf' file.  *Note selectors_in_defaults Parameter::.
+
+   In this example, I set different default NFS mount options for hosts
+which are running over a slower network link.  By setting a smaller size
+for the NFS read and write buffer sizes, you can greatly improve remote
+file service performance.
+
+     /defaults \
+       wire==slip-net;opts:=rw,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,timeo=20,retrans=10 \
+       wire!=slip-net;opts:=rw,intr
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment,  Prev: /defaults with selectors,  Up: Examples
+
+11.8 '/tftpboot' in a chroot-ed environment
+===========================================
+
+In this complex example, we attempt to run an Amd process _inside_ a
+chroot-ed environment.  'tftpd' (Trivial FTP) is used to trivially
+retrieve files used to boot X-Terminals, Network Printers, Network
+routers, diskless workstations, and other such devices.  For security
+reasons, 'tftpd' (and also 'ftpd') processes are run using the chroot(2)
+system call.  This provides an environment for these processes, where
+access to any files outside the directory where the chroot-ed process
+runs is denied.
+
+   For example, if you start 'tftpd' on your system with
+
+     chroot /tftpboot /usr/sbin/tftpd
+
+then the 'tftpd' process will not be able to access any files outside
+'/tftpboot'.  This ensures that no one can retrieve files such as
+'/etc/passwd' and run password crackers on it.
+
+   Since the TFTP service works by broadcast, it is necessary to have at
+least one TFTP server running on each subnet.  If you have lots of files
+that you need to make available for 'tftp', and many subnets, it could
+take significant amounts of disk space on each host serving them.
+
+   A solution we implemented at Columbia University was to have every
+host run 'tftpd', but have those servers retrieve the boot files from
+two replicated servers.  Those replicated servers have special
+partitions dedicated to the many network boot files.
+
+   We start Amd as follows:
+
+     amd /tftpboot/.amd amd.tftpboot
+
+   That is, Amd is serving the directory '/tftpboot/.amd'.  The 'tftp'
+server runs inside '/tftpboot' and is chroot-ed in that directory too.
+The 'amd.tftpboot' map looks like:
+
+     #
+     # Amd /tftpboot directory -> host map
+     #
+
+     /defaults  opts:=nosuid,ro,intr,soft;fs:=/tftpboot/import;type:=nfs
+
+     tp         host==lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
+                host==ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
+                rhost:=ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot \
+                rhost:=lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot
+
+   To help understand this example, I list a few of the file entries
+that are created inside '/tftpboot':
+
+     $ ls -la /tftpboot
+     dr-xr-xr-x   2 root   512 Aug 30 23:11 .amd
+     drwxrwsr-x  12 root   512 Aug 30 08:00 import
+     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    33 Feb 27  1997 adminpr.cfg -> ./.amd/tp/hplj/adminpr.cfg
+     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    22 Dec  5  1996 tekxp -> ./.amd/tp/xterms/tekxp
+     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root     1 Dec  5  1996 tftpboot -> .
+
+   Here is an explanation of each of the entries listed above:
+
+'.amd'
+     This is the Amd mount point.  Note that you do not need to run a
+     separate Amd process for the TFTP service.  The chroot(2) system
+     call only protects against file access, but the same process can
+     still serve files and directories inside and outside the chroot-ed
+     environment, because Amd itself was not run in chroot-ed mode.
+
+'import'
+     This is the mount point where Amd will mount the directories
+     containing the boot files.  The map is designed so that remote
+     directories will be NFS mounted (even if they are already mounted
+     elsewhere), and local directories are loopback mounted (since they
+     are not accessible outside the chroot-ed '/tftpboot' directory).
+
+'adminpr.cfg'
+'tekxp'
+     Two manually created symbolic links to directories _inside_ the
+     Amd-managed directory.  The crossing of the component 'tp' will
+     cause Amd to automount one of the remote replicas.  Once crossed,
+     access to files inside proceeds as usual.  The 'adminpr.cfg' is a
+     configuration file for an HP Laser-Jet 4si printer, and the 'tekxp'
+     is a directory for Tektronix X-Terminal boot files.
+
+'tftpboot'
+     This innocent looking symlink is important.  Usually, when devices
+     boot via the TFTP service, they perform the 'get file' command to
+     retrieve FILE.  However, some devices assume that 'tftpd' does not
+     run in a chroot-ed environment, but rather "unprotected", and thus
+     use a full pathname for files to retrieve, as in 'get
+     /tftpboot/file'.  This symlink effectively strips out the leading
+     '/tftpboot/'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Internals,  Next: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Top
+
+12 Internals
+************
+
+Note that there are more error and logging messages possible than are
+listed here.  Most of them are self-explanatory.  Refer to the program
+sources for more details on the rest.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Log Messages::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Log Messages,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Internals
+
+12.1 Log Messages
+=================
+
+In the following sections a brief explanation is given of some of the
+log messages made by Amd.  Where the message is in 'typewriter' font, it
+corresponds exactly to the message produced by Amd.  Words in "italic"
+are replaced by an appropriate string.  Variables, '${var}', indicate
+that the value of the appropriate variable is output.
+
+   Log messages are either sent directly to a file, or logged via the
+syslog(3) mechanism.  *Note log_file Parameter::.  In either case,
+entries in the file are of the form:
+     date-string  hostname amd[pid]  message
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fatal errors::
+* Info messages::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Fatal errors,  Next: Info messages,  Prev: Log Messages,  Up: Log Messages
+
+12.1.1 Fatal errors
+-------------------
+
+Amd attempts to deal with unusual events.  Whenever it is not possible
+to deal with such an error, Amd will log an appropriate message and, if
+it cannot possibly continue, will either exit or abort.  These messages
+are selected by '-x fatal' on the command line.  When syslog(3) is being
+used, they are logged with level 'LOG_FATAL'.  Even if Amd continues to
+operate it is likely to remain in a precarious state and should be
+restarted at the earliest opportunity.
+
+Attempting to inherit not-a-filesystem
+     The prototype mount point created during a filesystem restart did
+     not contain a reference to the restarted filesystem.  This error
+     "should never happen".
+
+Can't bind to domain "NIS-domain"
+     A specific NIS domain was requested on the command line, but no
+     server for that domain is available on the local net.
+
+Can't determine IP address of this host (hostname)
+     When Amd starts it determines its own IP address.  If this lookup
+     fails then Amd cannot continue.  The hostname it looks up is that
+     obtained returned by gethostname(2) system call.
+
+Can't find root file handle for automount point
+     Amd creates its own file handles for the automount points.  When it
+     mounts itself as a server, it must pass these file handles to the
+     local kernel.  If the filehandle is not obtainable the mount point
+     is ignored.  This error "should never happen".
+
+Must be root to mount filesystems (euid = euid)
+     To prevent embarrassment, Amd makes sure it has appropriate system
+     privileges.  This amounts to having an euid of 0.  The check is
+     made after argument processing complete to give non-root users a
+     chance to access the '-v' option.
+
+No work to do - quitting
+     No automount points were given on the command line and so there is
+     no work to do.
+
+Out of memory
+     While attempting to malloc some memory, the memory space available
+     to Amd was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
+
+Out of memory in realloc
+     While attempting to realloc some memory, the memory space available
+     to Amd was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.
+
+cannot create rpc/udp service
+     Either the NFS or AMQ endpoint could not be created.
+
+gethostname: description
+     The gethostname(2) system call failed during startup.
+
+host name is not set
+     The gethostname(2) system call returned a zero length host name.
+     This can happen if Amd is started in single user mode just after
+     booting the system.
+
+ifs_match called!
+     An internal error occurred while restarting a pre-mounted
+     filesystem.  This error "should never happen".
+
+mount_afs: description
+     An error occurred while Amd was mounting itself.
+
+run_rpc failed
+     Somehow the main NFS server loop failed.  This error "should never
+     happen".
+
+unable to free rpc arguments in amqprog_1
+     The incoming arguments to the AMQ server could not be free'ed.
+
+unable to free rpc arguments in nfs_program_1
+     The incoming arguments to the NFS server could not be free'ed.
+
+unable to register (AMQ_PROGRAM, AMQ_VERSION, udp)
+     The AMQ server could not be registered with the local portmapper or
+     the internal RPC dispatcher.
+
+unable to register (NFS_PROGRAM, NFS_VERSION, 0)
+     The NFS server could not be registered with the internal RPC
+     dispatcher.
+
+   XXX: This section needs to be updated
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Info messages,  Prev: Fatal errors,  Up: Log Messages
+
+12.1.2 Info messages
+--------------------
+
+Amd generates information messages to record state changes.  These
+messages are selected by '-x info' on the command line.  When syslog(3)
+is being used, they are logged with level 'LOG_INFO'.
+
+   The messages listed below can be generated and are in a format
+suitable for simple statistical analysis.  "mount-info" is the string
+that is displayed by "Amq" in its mount information column and placed in
+the system mount table.
+
+"${path}" forcibly timed out
+     An automount point has been timed out by the Amq command.
+
+"${path}" has timed out
+     No access to the automount point has been made within the timeout
+     period.
+
+Filehandle denied for "${rhost}:${rfs}"
+     The mount daemon refused to return a file handle for the requested
+     filesystem.
+
+Filehandle error for "${rhost}:${rfs}": description
+     The mount daemon gave some other error for the requested
+     filesystem.
+
+Finishing with status exit-status
+     Amd is about to exit with the given exit status.
+
+Re-synchronizing cache for map ${map}
+     The named map has been modified and the internal cache is being
+     re-synchronized.
+
+file server ${rhost} is down - timeout of "${path}" ignored
+     An automount point has timed out, but the corresponding file server
+     is known to be down.  This message is only produced once for each
+     mount point for which the server is down.
+
+file server ${rhost} type nfs is down
+     An NFS file server that was previously up is now down.
+
+file server ${rhost} type nfs is up
+     An NFS file server that was previously down is now up.
+
+file server ${rhost} type nfs starts down
+     A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be down.
+
+file server ${rhost} type nfs starts up
+     A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be up.
+
+mount of "${path}" on ${fs} timed out
+     Attempts to mount a filesystem for the given automount point have
+     failed to complete within 30 seconds.
+
+mount-info mounted fstype ${type} on ${fs}
+     A new file system has been mounted.
+
+mount-info restarted fstype ${type} on ${fs}
+     Amd is using a pre-mounted filesystem to satisfy a mount request.
+
+mount-info unmounted fstype ${type} from ${fs}
+     A file system has been unmounted.
+
+mount-info unmounted fstype ${type} from ${fs} link ${fs}/${sublink}
+     A file system of which only a sub-directory was in use has been
+     unmounted.
+
+restarting mount-info on ${fs}
+     A pre-mounted file system has been noted.
+
+   XXX: This section needs to be updated
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Next: Index,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Top
+
+Acknowledgments & Trademarks
+****************************
+
+Many thanks to the Am-Utils Users mailing list through the months
+developing am-utils.  These members have contributed to the discussions,
+ideas, code and documentation, and subjected their systems to alpha
+quality code.  Special thanks go to those authors
+(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt) who have submitted
+patches, and especially to the maintainers:
+
+   * Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk)
+   * Ion Badulescu <ionut AT badula.org>
+   * Rainer Orth <ro AT techfak.uni-bielefeld.de>
+   * Nick Williams <nick.williams AT morganstanley.com>
+
+   Thanks to the Formal Methods Group at Imperial College for suffering
+patiently while Amd was being developed on their machines.
+
+   Thanks to the many people who have helped with the development of
+Amd, especially Piete Brooks at the Cambridge University Computing Lab
+for many hours of testing, experimentation and discussion.
+
+   Thanks to the older Amd Workers <amd-workers AT
+majordomo.glue.umd.edu> mailing list (now defunct) members for many
+suggestions and bug reports to Amd.
+
+   * DEC, VAX and Ultrix are registered trademarks of Digital Equipment
+     Corporation.
+   * AIX and IBM are registered trademarks of International Business
+     Machines Corporation.
+   * Sun, NFS and SunOS are registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems,
+     Inc.
+   * UNIX is a registered trademark in the USA and other countries,
+     exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.
+   * All other registered trademarks are owned by their respective
+     owners.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Up: Top
+
+Index
+*****
+
+
+* Menu:
+
+* !exists, boolean mount selector:       exists Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !false, boolean mount selector:        false Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !in_network, boolean mount selector:   in_network Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !netgrp, boolean mount selector:       netgrp Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !netgrpd, boolean mount selector:      netgrpd Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !true, boolean mount selector:         true Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* !xhost, boolean mount selector:        xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* /defaults with selectors:              /defaults with selectors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* /etc/passwd maps:                      Password maps.       (line   6)
+* /etc/rc.local additions:               Starting Amd.        (line   6)
+* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment:  /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* /vol:                                  /vol.                (line   6)
+* Additions to /etc/rc.local:            Starting Amd.        (line   6)
+* addopts, mount option:                 addopts Option.      (line   6)
+* Aliased hostnames:                     -n Option.           (line   6)
+* Alternate locations:                   Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
+* am-eject:                              am-eject.            (line   6)
+* Am-utils book:                         AddInfo.             (line  79)
+* Amd book:                              AddInfo.             (line  79)
+* Amd command line options:              Amd Command Line Options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Amd configuration file:                -F Option.           (line   6)
+* Amd Configuration File:                Amd Configuration File.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Amd configuration file; specifying name: -F Option.         (line   6)
+* Amd's PID:                             Amq -p option.       (line   6)
+* Amd's process ID:                      Amq -p option.       (line   6)
+* amd.conf:                              Amd Configuration File.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* amd.conf common parameters:            Common Parameters.   (line   6)
+* amd.conf examples:                     amd.conf Examples.   (line   6)
+* amd.conf file:                         -F Option.           (line   6)
+* amd.conf file format:                  File Format.         (line   6)
+* amd.conf global parameters:            Global Parameters.   (line   6)
+* amd.conf global section:               The Global Section.  (line   6)
+* amd.conf regular map parameters:       Regular Map Parameters.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* amd.conf regular map sections:         Regular Map Sections.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* amd.conf-sample:                       amd.conf-sample.     (line   6)
+* amd2ldif:                              amd2ldif.            (line   6)
+* amd2sun:                               amd2sun.             (line   6)
+* Amq command:                           Run-time Administration.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* arch Parameter:                        arch Parameter.      (line   6)
+* arch Selector Variable:                arch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* arch, FSinfo host attribute:           FSinfo arch Option.  (line   6)
+* arch, mount selector:                  arch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Architecture dependent volumes:        Architecture Sharing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Architecture sharing:                  Architecture Sharing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Architecture specific mounts:          rwho servers.        (line   6)
+* Assorted Tools:                        Assorted Tools.      (line   6)
+* Atomic NFS mounts:                     Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* auto, filesystem type:                 Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* autodir Selector Variable:             autodir Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* autodir, mount selector:               autodir Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* autofs_use_lofs Parameter:             autofs_use_lofs Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Automatic generation of user maps:     Password maps.       (line   6)
+* Automount directory:                   -a Option.           (line   6)
+* Automount filesystem:                  Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* automount2amd:                         automount2amd.       (line   6)
+* Automounter book:                      AddInfo.             (line  79)
+* Automounter configuration maps:        Mount Maps.          (line   6)
+* Automounter fundamentals:              Fundamentals.        (line   6)
+* auto_attrcache Parameter:              auto_attrcache Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* auto_dir Parameter:                    auto_dir Parameter.  (line   6)
+* Background mounts:                     Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
+* Background to Mail Delivery:           Background to Mail Delivery.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Binding names to filesystems:          Volume Binding.      (line   6)
+* book:                                  AddInfo.             (line  79)
+* bootparams, FSinfo prefix:             -b FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* browsable_dirs Parameter:              browsable_dirs Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Bug reports:                           AddInfo.             (line   9)
+* byte Selector Variable:                byte Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* byte, mount selector:                  byte Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Cache interval:                        -c Option.           (line   6)
+* cache, mount map option:               Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* cachedir, mount option:                Caching Filesystem.  (line  13)
+* cachefs, filesystem type:              Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* cache_duration Parameter:              cache_duration Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Caching Filesystem:                    Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Catch-all mount point:                 /vol.                (line   6)
+* CD-ROM Filesystem:                     CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* CD-ROM Filesystem <1>:                 UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
+* cdfs, filesystem type:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* Centralized Mail Spool Directory:      Centralized Mail Spool Directory.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Changing the interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* chroot; /tftpboot example:             /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Cluster names:                         -C Option.           (line   6)
+* cluster Parameter:                     cluster Parameter.   (line   6)
+* cluster Selector Variable:             cluster Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cluster, FSinfo host attribute:        FSinfo cluster Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* cluster, mount selector:               cluster Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* CNAMEs:                                xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Command line options, Amd:             Amd Command Line Options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Command line options, FSinfo:          FSinfo Command Line Options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* config, FSinfo host attribute:         FSinfo config Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Configuration file; tags:              -T Option.           (line   6)
+* Configuration map types:               Map Types.           (line   6)
+* Controlling Amd:                       Controlling Amd.     (line   6)
+* Controlling Hlfsd:                     Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
+* Creating a pid file:                   -p Option.           (line   6)
+* ctl-amd:                               ctl-amd.             (line   6)
+* ctl-amd <1>:                           Starting Amd.        (line   6)
+* ctl-hlfsd:                             Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
+* ctl-hlfsd <1>:                         ctl-hlfsd.           (line   6)
+* Debug options:                         -D Option.           (line   6)
+* Debugging a new Amd configuration:     Amq -P option.       (line   6)
+* debugging hesiod resolver service:     -D Option.           (line  35)
+* Debugging options via Amq:             Other Amq options.   (line   6)
+* debug_mtab_file Parameter:             debug_mtab_file Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* debug_options Parameter:               debug_options Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Defining a host, FSinfo:               FSinfo host definitions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Defining an Amd mount map, FSinfo:     FSinfo automount definitions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Defining host attributes, FSinfo:      FSinfo host attributes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* delay, mount option:                   delay Option.        (line   6)
+* Delaying mounts from specific locations: delay Option.      (line   6)
+* Determining the map type:              Map Types.           (line   6)
+* dev, mount option:                     Unix Filesystem.     (line  12)
+* dev, mount option <1>:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line  11)
+* dev, mount option <2>:                 UDF Filesystem.      (line  11)
+* dev, mount option <3>:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line  11)
+* Direct automount filesystem:           Direct Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* direct, filesystem type:               Direct Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Discovering version information:       -v Option.           (line   6)
+* Discovering what is going on at run-time: Controlling Amd.  (line   6)
+* Disk filesystems:                      Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* dismount_interval Parameter:           dismount_interval Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Displaying brief help:                 -H Option.           (line   6)
+* Displaying brief help <1>:             Amq -H option.       (line   6)
+* Displaying the process id:             -p Option.           (line   6)
+* Distributed Mail Spool Service:        Distributed Mail Spool Service.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dollar Selector Variable:              dollar Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Domain name:                           -d Option.           (line   6)
+* domain Selector Variable:              domain Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Domain stripping:                      Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* domain, mount selector:                domain Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Domainname operators:                  Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* domain_strip Parameter:                domain_strip Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dumpset, FSinfo filesystems option:    FSinfo dumpset Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* dumpset, FSinfo prefix:                -d FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* Duplicated volumes:                    Volume Naming.       (line   6)
+* EFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* efs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Environment variables:                 Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* Error filesystem:                      Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* error, filesystem type:                Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* Example of architecture specific mounts: rwho servers.      (line   6)
+* Example of mounting home directories:  Home Directories.    (line   6)
+* Executable maps:                       Executable maps.     (line   6)
+* exec_map_timeout Parameter:            exec_map_timeout Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* exists Selector Function:              exists Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* exists, boolean mount selector:        exists Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* export, FSinfo special fstype:         FSinfo fstype Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* exportfs, FSinfo mount option:         FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
+* exports, FSinfo prefix:                -e FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* false Selector Function:               false Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* false, boolean mount selector:         false Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* File map syntactic conventions:        File maps.           (line   6)
+* File maps:                             File maps.           (line   6)
+* Fileserver:                            Filesystems and Volumes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem:                            Filesystems and Volumes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem info package:               FSinfo.              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; auto:                 Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; cachefs:              Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; cdfs:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; direct:               Direct Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; efs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; error:                Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; host:                 Network Host Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; inherit:              Inheritance Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; link:                 Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; linkx:                Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; lofs:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; mfs:                  Memory/RAM Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; nfs:                  Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; nfsl:                 NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; nfsx:                 Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; nullfs:               Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; pcfs:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; program:              Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; root:                 Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; tfs:                  Translucent Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; tmpfs:                Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; toplvl:               Top-level Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; udf:                  UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; ufs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; umapfs:               User ID Mapping Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; union:                Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* Filesystem type; xfs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Filesystem types:                      Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
+* fix-amd-map:                           fix-amd-map.         (line   6)
+* fixmount:                              fixmount.            (line   6)
+* fixrmtab:                              fixrmtab.            (line   6)
+* Flat file maps:                        File maps.           (line   6)
+* Floppy Filesystem:                     Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* Flushing the map cache:                Amq -f option.       (line   6)
+* forced_unmounts Parameter:             forced_unmounts Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Forcing Amq to use a TCP transport:    Amq -T option.       (line   6)
+* Forcing Amq to use a UDP transport:    Amq -U option.       (line   6)
+* Forcing filesystem to time out:        Amq -u option.       (line   6)
+* freq, FSinfo filesystems option:       FSinfo freq Option.  (line   6)
+* fs, mount option:                      fs Option.           (line   6)
+* FSinfo:                                FSinfo.              (line   6)
+* FSinfo arch host attribute:            FSinfo arch Option.  (line   6)
+* FSinfo automount definitions:          FSinfo automount definitions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo cluster host attribute:         FSinfo cluster Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo command line options:           FSinfo Command Line Options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo config host attribute:          FSinfo config Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo dumpset filesystems option:     FSinfo dumpset Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo error messages:                 FSinfo errors.       (line   6)
+* FSinfo filesystems:                    FSinfo filesystems.  (line   6)
+* FSinfo freq filesystems option:        FSinfo freq Option.  (line   6)
+* FSinfo fstype filesystems option:      FSinfo fstype Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo grammar:                        FSinfo Grammar.      (line   6)
+* FSinfo host attributes:                FSinfo host attributes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo host definitions:               FSinfo host definitions.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo log filesystems option:         FSinfo log Option.   (line   6)
+* FSinfo mount filesystems option:       FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
+* FSinfo opts filesystems option:        FSinfo opts Option.  (line   6)
+* FSinfo os host attribute:              FSinfo os Option.    (line   6)
+* FSinfo overview:                       FSinfo Overview.     (line   6)
+* FSinfo passno filesystems option:      FSinfo passno Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* FSinfo static mounts:                  FSinfo static mounts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fstab, FSinfo prefix:                  -f FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* fstype, FSinfo filesystems option:     FSinfo fstype Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter:       fully_qualified_hosts Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* full_os Parameter:                     full_os Parameter.   (line   6)
+* full_os Selector Variable:             full_os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* full_os, mount selector:               full_os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Generic volume name:                   /vol.                (line   6)
+* Getting Additional Information:        AddInfo.             (line   5)
+* Getting real working directory:        Amq -w option.       (line   6)
+* gid Selector Variable:                 gid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* gid, mount selector:                   gid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Global statistics:                     Amq -s option.       (line   6)
+* Grammar, FSinfo:                       FSinfo Grammar.      (line   6)
+* Help; showing from Amd:                -H Option.           (line   6)
+* Help; showing from Amq:                Amq -H option.       (line   6)
+* Hesiod maps:                           Hesiod maps.         (line   6)
+* Hesiod; turning on RES_DEBUG:          -D Option.           (line  35)
+* hesiod_base Parameter:                 hesiod_base Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* History:                               History.             (line   6)
+* Hlfsd:                                 Hlfsd.               (line   6)
+* Hlfsd Files:                           Hlfsd Files.         (line   6)
+* Hlfsd Options:                         Hlfsd Options.       (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; background:                     Background to Mail Delivery.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; controlling:                    Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; Files:                          Hlfsd Files.         (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; introduction:                   Introduction to Hlfsd.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; Options:                        Hlfsd Options.       (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; using:                          Using Hlfsd.         (line   6)
+* Hlfsd; Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Home directories:                      Home Directories.    (line   6)
+* Home-Link Filesystem:                  Hlfsd.               (line   6)
+* host Selector Variable:                host Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* host, filesystem type:                 Network Host Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* host, mount selector:                  host Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hostd Selector Variable:               hostd Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* hostd, mount selector:                 hostd Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Hostname normalization:                -n Option.           (line   6)
+* hostname, FSinfo command line option:  -h FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* How keys are looked up:                Key Lookup.          (line   6)
+* How locations are parsed:              Location Format.     (line   6)
+* How to access environment variables in maps: Variable Expansion.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to discover your version of Amd:   -v Option.           (line   6)
+* How to mount a local disk:             Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* How to mount a UFS filesystems:        Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* How to mount all NFS exported filesystems: Network Host Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to mount an atomic group of NFS filesystems: Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to mount and NFS filesystem:       Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* How to reference an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to reference part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to select log messages:            -x Option.           (line   6)
+* How to set default map parameters:     Map Defaults.        (line   6)
+* How to set map cache parameters:       Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to start a direct automount point: Direct Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How to start an indirect automount point: Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* How variables are expanded:            Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* inherit, filesystem type:              Inheritance Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Inheritance filesystem:                Inheritance Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.          (line   6)
+* Introduction:                          Intro.               (line   6)
+* Introduction to Hlfsd:                 Introduction to Hlfsd.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* in_network Selector Function:          in_network Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* in_network, boolean mount selector:    in_network Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* karch Parameter:                       karch Parameter.     (line   6)
+* karch Selector Variable:               karch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* karch, mount selector:                 karch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Keep-alives:                           Keep-alives.         (line   6)
+* Key lookup:                            Key Lookup.          (line   6)
+* key Selector Variable:                 key Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* key, mount selector:                   key Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Killing and starting Amd:              Restarting Amd.      (line   6)
+* LDAP maps:                             LDAP maps.           (line   6)
+* ldap_base Parameter:                   ldap_base Parameter. (line   6)
+* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter:           ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter:          ldap_cache_seconds Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ldap_hostports Parameter:              ldap_hostports Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* ldap_proto_version Parameter:          ldap_proto_version Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* License Information:                   License.             (line   6)
+* Lightweight Directory Access Protocol: LDAP maps.           (line   6)
+* link, filesystem type:                 Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* linkx, filesystem type:                Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Listing currently mounted filesystems: Controlling Amd.     (line   6)
+* localhost_address Parameter:           localhost_address Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* local_domain Parameter:                local_domain Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Location format:                       Location Format.     (line   6)
+* Location lists:                        Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
+* locking executable pages in memory:    -S Option.           (line   6)
+* lofs, filesystem type:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
+* Log file, resetting:                   Amq -l option.       (line   6)
+* Log filename:                          -l Option.           (line   6)
+* Log message selection:                 -x Option.           (line   6)
+* log, FSinfo filesystems option:        FSinfo log Option.   (line   6)
+* Logging options via Amq:               Other Amq options.   (line   6)
+* log_file Parameter:                    log_file Parameter.  (line   6)
+* log_options Parameter:                 log_options Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Looking up keys:                       Key Lookup.          (line   6)
+* Loopback Filesystem:                   Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
+* lostaltmail:                           lostaltmail.         (line   6)
+* lostaltmail.conf-sample:               lostaltmail.conf-sample.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* lostaltmail; configuration file:       lostaltmail.conf-sample.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mailing lists:                         AddInfo.             (line  29)
+* Map cache options:                     Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Map cache synchronizing:               Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Map cache types:                       Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Map cache, flushing:                   Amq -f option.       (line   6)
+* Map defaults:                          Map Defaults.        (line   6)
+* Map entry format:                      Location Format.     (line   6)
+* Map lookup:                            Key Lookup.          (line   6)
+* Map options:                           Map Options.         (line   6)
+* map Selector Variable:                 map Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Map types:                             Map Types.           (line   6)
+* map, mount selector:                   map Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* maps, FSinfo command line option:      -m FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* map_defaults Parameter:                map_defaults Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* map_name Parameter:                    map_name Parameter.  (line   6)
+* map_options Parameter:                 map_options Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* map_reload_interval Parameter:         map_reload_interval Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* map_type Parameter:                    map_type Parameter.  (line   6)
+* Memory/RAM Filesystem:                 Memory/RAM Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mfs, filesystem type:                  Memory/RAM Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mk-amd-map:                            mk-amd-map.          (line   6)
+* mlockall; using:                       -S Option.           (line   6)
+* Mount a filesystem under program control: Program Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount flags; acdirmax:                 opts Option.         (line  19)
+* Mount flags; acdirmin:                 opts Option.         (line  22)
+* Mount flags; acregmax:                 opts Option.         (line  25)
+* Mount flags; acregmin:                 opts Option.         (line  28)
+* Mount flags; actimeo:                  opts Option.         (line  31)
+* Mount flags; auto:                     opts Option.         (line  34)
+* Mount flags; cache:                    opts Option.         (line  38)
+* Mount flags; closesession:             opts Option.         (line  41)
+* Mount flags; compress:                 opts Option.         (line  44)
+* Mount flags; defperm:                  opts Option.         (line  47)
+* Mount flags; dev:                      opts Option.         (line  51)
+* Mount flags; dirmask:                  opts Option.         (line  54)
+* Mount flags; dumbtimr:                 opts Option.         (line  60)
+* Mount flags; extatt:                   opts Option.         (line  66)
+* Mount flags; fsid:                     opts Option.         (line  69)
+* Mount flags; gens:                     opts Option.         (line  72)
+* Mount flags; gmtoff:                   opts Option.         (line  76)
+* Mount flags; group:                    opts Option.         (line  81)
+* Mount flags; grpid:                    opts Option.         (line  87)
+* Mount flags; ignore:                   opts Option.         (line  35)
+* Mount flags; int:                      opts Option.         (line  90)
+* Mount flags; intr:                     opts Option.         (line  91)
+* Mount flags; lock:                     opts Option.         (line  94)
+* Mount Flags; longname:                 opts Option.         (line  97)
+* Mount Flags; longname <1>:             opts Option.         (line 249)
+* Mount flags; mask:                     opts Option.         (line 100)
+* Mount flags; maxgroups:                opts Option.         (line 113)
+* Mount flags; multi:                    opts Option.         (line 110)
+* Mount flags; nfsv3:                    opts Option.         (line 116)
+* Mount flags; noac:                     opts Option.         (line 119)
+* Mount flags; noauto:                   opts Option.         (line 122)
+* Mount flags; nocache:                  opts Option.         (line 127)
+* Mount flags; nocasetrans:              opts Option.         (line 130)
+* Mount flags; noconn:                   opts Option.         (line 134)
+* Mount flags; nocto:                    opts Option.         (line 137)
+* Mount flags; nodefperm:                opts Option.         (line 140)
+* Mount flags; nodev:                    opts Option.         (line 144)
+* Mount flags; nodevs:                   opts Option.         (line 145)
+* Mount flags; noexec:                   opts Option.         (line 148)
+* Mount flags; noint:                    opts Option.         (line 151)
+* Mount flags; nojoliet:                 opts Option.         (line 154)
+* Mount flags; nolock:                   opts Option.         (line 158)
+* Mount flags; nomnttab:                 opts Option.         (line 161)
+* Mount flags; norrip:                   opts Option.         (line 165)
+* Mount flags; nosub:                    opts Option.         (line 169)
+* Mount flags; nosuid:                   opts Option.         (line 172)
+* Mount flags; nounmount:                opts Option.         (line 291)
+* Mount flags; noversion:                opts Option.         (line 175)
+* Mount Flags; nowin95:                  opts Option.         (line 179)
+* Mount flags; optionstr:                opts Option.         (line 182)
+* Mount flags; overlay:                  opts Option.         (line 186)
+* Mount flags; pgthresh:                 opts Option.         (line 189)
+* Mount flags; ping:                     opts Option.         (line 297)
+* Mount flags; port:                     opts Option.         (line 192)
+* Mount flags; posix:                    opts Option.         (line 195)
+* Mount flags; private:                  opts Option.         (line 198)
+* Mount flags; proplist:                 opts Option.         (line 202)
+* Mount flags; proto:                    opts Option.         (line 206)
+* Mount flags; public:                   opts Option.         (line 318)
+* Mount flags; quota:                    opts Option.         (line 209)
+* Mount flags; rdonly:                   opts Option.         (line 212)
+* Mount flags; resvport:                 opts Option.         (line 216)
+* Mount flags; retrans:                  opts Option.         (line 223)
+* Mount flags; retry:                    opts Option.         (line 228)
+* Mount flags; retry=N:                  opts Option.         (line 327)
+* Mount flags; ro:                       opts Option.         (line 213)
+* Mount flags; rrcaseins:                opts Option.         (line 231)
+* Mount flags; rrip:                     opts Option.         (line 235)
+* Mount flags; rsize:                    opts Option.         (line 239)
+* Mount flags; rw:                       opts Option.         (line 243)
+* Mount Flags; sessionnr:                opts Option.         (line 246)
+* Mount flags; soft:                     opts Option.         (line 252)
+* Mount flags; softlookup:               opts Option.         (line 330)
+* Mount flags; spongy:                   opts Option.         (line 255)
+* Mount flags; suid:                     opts Option.         (line 258)
+* Mount flags; symttl:                   opts Option.         (line 261)
+* Mount flags; sync:                     opts Option.         (line 264)
+* Mount flags; tcp:                      opts Option.         (line 267)
+* Mount flags; timeo:                    opts Option.         (line 271)
+* Mount flags; unmount:                  opts Option.         (line 343)
+* Mount flags; user:                     opts Option.         (line 275)
+* Mount flags; utimeout=N:               opts Option.         (line 352)
+* Mount flags; vers:                     opts Option.         (line 281)
+* Mount flags; wsize:                    opts Option.         (line 284)
+* Mount flags; xlatecookie:              opts Option.         (line 362)
+* Mount home directories:                Home Directories.    (line   6)
+* Mount information:                     Mount Maps.          (line   6)
+* Mount map option; cache:               Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line  15)
+* Mount map types:                       Map Types.           (line   6)
+* Mount maps:                            Mount Maps.          (line   6)
+* Mount option; addopts:                 addopts Option.      (line   6)
+* Mount option; cachedir:                Caching Filesystem.  (line  13)
+* Mount option; delay:                   delay Option.        (line   6)
+* Mount option; dev:                     Unix Filesystem.     (line  12)
+* Mount option; dev <1>:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line  11)
+* Mount option; dev <2>:                 UDF Filesystem.      (line  11)
+* Mount option; dev <3>:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line  11)
+* Mount option; fs:                      fs Option.           (line   6)
+* Mount option; mount:                   Program Filesystem.  (line  14)
+* Mount option; opts:                    opts Option.         (line   6)
+* Mount option; remopts:                 remopts Option.      (line   6)
+* Mount option; rfs:                     Network Filesystem.  (line  16)
+* Mount option; rfs <1>:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line  16)
+* Mount option; rhost:                   Network Filesystem.  (line  10)
+* Mount option; sublink:                 sublink Option.      (line   6)
+* Mount option; type:                    type Option.         (line   6)
+* Mount option; umount:                  Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
+* Mount option; unmount:                 Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
+* Mount retries:                         Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
+* Mount selector; arch:                  arch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; autodir:               autodir Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; byte:                  byte Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; cluster:               cluster Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; domain:                domain Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; exists:                exists Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; false:                 false Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; full_os:               full_os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; gid:                   gid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; host:                  host Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; hostd:                 hostd Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; in_network:            in_network Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; karch:                 karch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; key:                   key Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; map:                   map Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; netgrp:                netgrp Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; netgrpd:               netgrpd Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; netnumber:             netnumber Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; network:               network Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; os:                    os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; osver:                 osver Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; path:                  path Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; true:                  true Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; uid:                   uid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; vendor:                vendor Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; wire:                  wire Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mount selector; xhost:                 xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* mount system call:                     opts Option.         (line   6)
+* mount system call flags:               opts Option.         (line   6)
+* Mount types:                           Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
+* mount, FSinfo filesystems option:      FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
+* mount, mount option:                   Program Filesystem.  (line  14)
+* Mounting a local disk:                 Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Mounting a remote part of the name space if target is missing: NFS-Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mounting a UFS filesystem:             Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Mounting a volume:                     Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
+* Mounting an atomic group of NFS filesystems: Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mounting an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mounting an NFS filesystem:            Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Mounting entire export trees:          Network Host Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mounting part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Mounting user filesystems:             User Filesystems.    (line   6)
+* mount_type Parameter:                  mount_type Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Multiple Amd processes:                Amq -P option.       (line   6)
+* Multiple-threaded server:              Non-blocking Operation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Namespace:                             Volume Binding.      (line   6)
+* ndbm maps:                             ndbm maps.           (line   6)
+* netgrp Selector Function:              netgrp Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* netgrp, boolean mount selector:        netgrp Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* netgrpd Selector Function:             netgrpd Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* netgrpd, boolean mount selector:       netgrpd Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* netnumber Selector Variable:           netnumber Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* netnumber, mount selector:             netnumber Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Network filesystem group:              Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Network host filesystem:               Network Host Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* network Selector Variable:             network Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* network, mount selector:               network Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Network-wide naming:                   Volume Naming.       (line   6)
+* NFS:                                   Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* NFS ping:                              Keep-alives.         (line   6)
+* NFS V.3 support:                       Supported Platforms. (line   6)
+* nfs, filesystem type:                  Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* NFS-Link filesystem II:                NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
+* nfsl, filesystem type:                 NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
+* nfsx, filesystem type:                 Network Filesystem Group.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter:     nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter:     nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_proto Parameter:                   nfs_proto Parameter. (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter:      nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <1>:  nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <2>:  nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <3>:  nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter:  nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter:  nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter:          nfs_retry_interval Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <1>:      nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <2>:      nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <3>:      nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter:      nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter:   nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter:      nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* nfs_vers Parameter:                    nfs_vers Parameter.  (line   6)
+* NIS (YP) domain name:                  -y Option.           (line   6)
+* NIS (YP) maps:                         NIS maps.            (line   6)
+* NIS+ maps:                             NIS+ maps.           (line   6)
+* nis_domain Parameter:                  nis_domain Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Nodes generated on a restart:          Inheritance Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Non-blocking operation:                Non-blocking Operation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* normalize_hostnames Parameter:         normalize_hostnames Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* normalize_slashes Parameter:           normalize_slashes Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Normalizing hostnames:                 -n Option.           (line   6)
+* Null Filesystem:                       Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* nullfs, filesystem type:               Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Obtaining the source code:             Distrib.             (line   6)
+* Operating System name:                 -O Option.           (line   6)
+* Operating System version:              -o Option.           (line   6)
+* Operational principles:                Operational Principles.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* opts, FSinfo filesystems option:       FSinfo opts Option.  (line   6)
+* opts, mount option:                    opts Option.         (line   6)
+* os Parameter:                          os Parameter.        (line   6)
+* os Selector Variable:                  os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* os, FSinfo host attribute:             FSinfo os Option.    (line   6)
+* os, mount selector:                    os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* osver Parameter:                       osver Parameter.     (line   6)
+* osver Selector Variable:               osver Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* osver, mount selector:                 osver Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Overriding defaults on the command line: Amd Command Line Options.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Overriding or adding options to a mount: addopts Option.    (line   6)
+* Overriding the default mount point:    fs Option.           (line   6)
+* Overriding the local domain name:      -d Option.           (line   6)
+* Overriding the NIS (YP) domain name:   -y Option.           (line   6)
+* Passing parameters to the mount system call: opts Option.   (line   6)
+* passno, FSinfo filesystems option:     FSinfo passno Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Password file maps:                    Password maps.       (line   6)
+* path Selector Variable:                path Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* path, mount selector:                  path Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Pathname operators:                    Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* pawd:                                  pawd.                (line   6)
+* pcfs, filesystem type:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
+* Picking up existing mounts:            -r Option.           (line   6)
+* pid file, creating with -p option:     -p Option.           (line   6)
+* PID; Amd:                              Amq -p option.       (line   6)
+* pid_file Parameter:                    pid_file Parameter.  (line   6)
+* plock Parameter:                       plock Parameter.     (line   6)
+* plock; using:                          -S Option.           (line   6)
+* portmap_program Parameter:             portmap_program Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* preferred_amq_port Parameter:          preferred_amq_port Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Primary server:                        delay Option.        (line   6)
+* print_pid Parameter:                   print_pid Parameter. (line   6)
+* print_version Parameter:               print_version Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Process id:                            -p Option.           (line   6)
+* process id of Amd daemon:              -p Option.           (line   6)
+* Process ID; Amd:                       Amq -p option.       (line   6)
+* Program filesystem:                    Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* program, filesystem type:              Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
+* Querying an alternate host:            Amq -h option.       (line   6)
+* quiet, FSinfo command line option:     -q FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* redhat-ctl-amd:                        redhat-ctl-amd.      (line   6)
+* Referencing an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Referencing an existing part of the name space if target exists: NFS-Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Referencing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Regular expressions in maps:           Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* remopts, mount option:                 remopts Option.      (line   6)
+* Replacement volumes:                   Volume Naming.       (line   6)
+* Replicated volumes:                    Volume Naming.       (line   6)
+* Resetting the Amd log file:            Amq -l option.       (line   6)
+* Resolving aliased hostnames:           -n Option.           (line   6)
+* Restarting Amd:                        Restarting Amd.      (line   6)
+* Restarting existing mounts:            -r Option.           (line   6)
+* restart_mounts Parameter:              restart_mounts Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* rfs, mount option:                     Network Filesystem.  (line  16)
+* rfs, mount option <1>:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line  16)
+* rhost, mount option:                   Network Filesystem.  (line  10)
+* Root filesystem:                       Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* root, filesystem type:                 Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* RPC Program numbers; Amd:              Amq -P option.       (line   6)
+* RPC retries:                           Non-blocking Operation.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Run-time administration:               Run-time Administration.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Running multiple Amd:                  Amq -P option.       (line   6)
+* rwho servers:                          rwho servers.        (line   6)
+* search_path Parameter:                 search_path Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Secondary server:                      delay Option.        (line   6)
+* sel, FSinfo mount option:              FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
+* Selecting specific log messages:       -x Option.           (line   6)
+* Selector; arch:                        arch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; autodir:                     autodir Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; byte:                        byte Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; cluster:                     cluster Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; domain:                      domain Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; exists:                      exists Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; false:                       false Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; full_os:                     full_os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; gid:                         gid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; host:                        host Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; hostd:                       hostd Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; in_network:                  in_network Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; karch:                       karch Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; key:                         key Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; map:                         map Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; netgrp:                      netgrp Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; netgrpd:                     netgrpd Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; netnumber:                   netnumber Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; network:                     network Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; os:                          os Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; osver:                       osver Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; path:                        path Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; true:                        true Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; uid:                         uid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; vendor:                      vendor Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; wire:                        wire Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selector; xhost:                       xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Selectors:                             Selectors.           (line   6)
+* selectors on default:                  /defaults with selectors.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* selectors_in_defaults Parameter:       selectors_in_defaults Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Server crashes:                        Keep-alives.         (line   6)
+* Setting a delay on a mount location:   delay Option.        (line   6)
+* Setting additional options on a mount location: addopts Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Setting Amd's RPC parameters:          -t Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting debug flags:                   -D Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting default map parameters:        Map Defaults.        (line   6)
+* Setting map cache parameters:          Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Setting map options:                   Map Options.         (line   6)
+* Setting system mount options:          opts Option.         (line   6)
+* Setting system mount options for non-local networks: remopts Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Setting the Amd log file via Amq:      Amq -l option.       (line   6)
+* Setting the cluster name:              -C Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the default mount directory:   -a Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the filesystem type option:    type Option.         (line   6)
+* Setting the interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Setting the interval between unmount attempts: -w Option.   (line   6)
+* Setting the Kernel architecture:       -k Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the local domain name:         -d Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the local mount point:         fs Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the log file:                  -l Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the NIS (YP) domain name:      -y Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the operating system architecture: -A Option.       (line   6)
+* Setting the Operating System name:     -O Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the Operating System version:  -o Option.           (line   6)
+* Setting the sublink option:            sublink Option.      (line   6)
+* shared libraries:                      Supported Platforms. (line   6)
+* Shared Memory and Swap Filesystem:     Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Sharing a fileserver between architectures: Architecture Sharing.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* show_statfs_entries Parameter:         show_statfs_entries Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* SIGHUP signal:                         Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* SIGINT signal:                         Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
+* SIGTERM signal:                        Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
+* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory:      Single-Host Mail Spool Directory.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Source code distribution:              Distrib.             (line   6)
+* Starting Amd:                          Starting Amd.        (line   6)
+* Statically mounts filesystems, FSinfo: FSinfo static mounts.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Statistics:                            Amq -s option.       (line   6)
+* Stopping Amd:                          Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
+* Stripping the local domain name:       Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* sublink:                               Filesystems and Volumes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* sublink, mount option:                 sublink Option.      (line   6)
+* sun_map_syntax Parameter:              sun_map_syntax Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Supported Platforms:                   Supported Platforms. (line   6)
+* Symbolic link filesystem:              Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Symbolic link filesystem II:           Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Symlink if target exists, NFS otherwise: NFS-Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* symlink, link filesystem type:         Symbolic Link Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* symlink, linkx filesystem type:        Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* symlink, nfsl filesystem type:         NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
+* Synchronizing the map cache:           Automount Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* syslog:                                -l Option.           (line   6)
+* syslog facility; specifying an alternate: -l Option.        (line  13)
+* syslog priorities:                     -x Option.           (line   6)
+* tag Parameter:                         tag Parameter.       (line   6)
+* Tags for Amd configuration file:       -T Option.           (line   6)
+* TCP:                                   nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TCP <1>:                               nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* TCP; using with Amq:                   Amq -T option.       (line   6)
+* tfs, filesystem type:                  Translucent Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* The mount system call:                 opts Option.         (line   6)
+* tmpfs, filesystem type:                Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Top level filesystem:                  Top-level Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* toplvl, filesystem type:               Top-level Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Translucent Filesystem:                Translucent Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* true Selector Function:                true Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* true, boolean mount selector:          true Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* truncate_log Parameter:                truncate_log Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* type, mount option:                    type Option.         (line   6)
+* Types of configuration map:            Map Types.           (line   6)
+* Types of filesystem:                   Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
+* Types of mount map:                    Map Types.           (line   6)
+* udf, filesystem type:                  UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
+* UDP:                                   nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* UDP <1>:                               nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* UDP <2>:                               nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* UDP <3>:                               nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* UDP; using with Amq:                   Amq -U option.       (line   6)
+* UFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* ufs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* uid Selector Variable:                 uid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* uid, mount selector:                   uid Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* umapfs, filesystem type:               User ID Mapping Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* umount, mount option:                  Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
+* Union file maps:                       Union maps.          (line   6)
+* Union filesystem:                      Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* union, filesystem type:                Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
+* Unix filesystem:                       Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* Unix namespace:                        Volume Binding.      (line   6)
+* unmount attempt backoff interval:      -w Option.           (line   6)
+* unmount, mount option:                 Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
+* Unmounting a filesystem:               Amq -q option.       (line   6)
+* Unmounting a filesystem <1>:           Amq -u option.       (line   6)
+* unmount_on_exit Parameter:             unmount_on_exit Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* User filesystems:                      User Filesystems.    (line   6)
+* User ID Mapping Filesystem:            User ID Mapping Filesystem.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* User maps, automatic generation:       Password maps.       (line   6)
+* use_tcpwrappers Parameter:             use_tcpwrappers Parameter.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Using FSinfo:                          Using FSinfo.        (line   6)
+* Using Hlfsd:                           Using Hlfsd.         (line   6)
+* Using syslog to log errors:            -l Option.           (line   6)
+* Using the password file as a map:      Password maps.       (line   6)
+* Variable expansion:                    Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
+* vendor Parameter:                      vendor Parameter.    (line   6)
+* vendor Selector Variable:              vendor Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* vendor, mount selector:                vendor Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* verbose, FSinfo command line option:   -v FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
+* Version information:                   -v Option.           (line   6)
+* Version information at run-time:       Amq -v option.       (line   6)
+* volname, FSinfo mount option:          FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
+* Volume:                                Filesystems and Volumes.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Volume binding:                        Volume Binding.      (line   6)
+* Volume names:                          Volume Naming.       (line   6)
+* wait4amd:                              wait4amd.            (line   6)
+* wait4amd2die:                          wait4amd2die.        (line   6)
+* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?:  Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* Wildcards in maps:                     Key Lookup.          (line   6)
+* wire Selector Variable:                wire Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* wire, mount selector:                  wire Selector Variable.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* wire-test:                             wire-test.           (line   6)
+* XFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* xfs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
+* xhost Selector Function:               xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* xhost, boolean mount selector:         xhost Selector Function.
+                                                              (line   6)
+* YP domain name:                        -y Option.           (line   6)
+
+
+
+Tag Table:
+Node: Top222
+Node: License2377
+Node: Distrib4022
+Node: AddInfo5121
+Node: Intro8875
+Node: History10010
+Node: Overview12574
+Node: Fundamentals13875
+Node: Filesystems and Volumes14656
+Node: Volume Naming15484
+Node: Volume Binding16749
+Node: Operational Principles17963
+Node: Mounting a Volume19310
+Node: Automatic Unmounting21052
+Node: Keep-alives22332
+Node: Non-blocking Operation24631
+Node: Supported Platforms25757
+Node: Mount Maps26388
+Node: Map Types27220
+Node: File maps28895
+Node: ndbm maps30432
+Node: NIS maps31117
+Node: NIS+ maps32594
+Node: Hesiod maps32864
+Node: Password maps33824
+Node: Union maps34762
+Node: LDAP maps35369
+Node: Executable maps36754
+Node: Key Lookup37654
+Node: Location Format38968
+Node: Map Defaults41709
+Node: Variable Expansion42337
+Node: Selectors45289
+Node: arch Selector Variable47321
+Node: autodir Selector Variable47757
+Node: byte Selector Variable48092
+Node: cluster Selector Variable48578
+Node: domain Selector Variable49052
+Node: dollar Selector Variable49359
+Node: host Selector Variable49851
+Node: hostd Selector Variable50472
+Node: karch Selector Variable50862
+Node: os Selector Variable51462
+Node: osver Selector Variable51867
+Node: full_os Selector Variable52288
+Node: vendor Selector Variable52741
+Node: key Selector Variable53388
+Node: map Selector Variable53904
+Node: netnumber Selector Variable54141
+Node: network Selector Variable54659
+Node: path Selector Variable55174
+Node: wire Selector Variable55468
+Node: uid Selector Variable55968
+Node: gid Selector Variable56729
+Node: exists Selector Function57274
+Node: false Selector Function57594
+Node: netgrp Selector Function57843
+Node: netgrpd Selector Function59653
+Node: in_network Selector Function60339
+Node: true Selector Function61638
+Node: xhost Selector Function61886
+Node: Map Options62280
+Node: addopts Option63025
+Node: delay Option64241
+Node: fs Option64788
+Node: opts Option66659
+Node: remopts Option78491
+Node: sublink Option79377
+Node: type Option79739
+Node: Amd Command Line Options79961
+Node: -a Option82860
+Node: -c Option83213
+Node: -d Option83858
+Node: -k Option84401
+Node: -l Option84945
+Node: -n Option87276
+Node: -o Option87692
+Node: -p Option88154
+Node: -r Option88583
+Node: -t Option88782
+Node: -v Option89472
+Node: -w Option91535
+Node: -x Option91840
+Node: -y Option93801
+Node: -A Option94140
+Node: -C Option94471
+Node: -D Option95122
+Node: -F Option96936
+Node: -H Option97654
+Node: -O Option97821
+Node: -S Option98286
+Node: -T Option98913
+Node: Filesystem Types99256
+Node: Network Filesystem101622
+Node: Network Host Filesystem103272
+Node: Network Filesystem Group105371
+Node: Unix Filesystem107142
+Node: Caching Filesystem108309
+Node: CD-ROM Filesystem110232
+Node: UDF Filesystem110852
+Node: Loopback Filesystem111494
+Node: Memory/RAM Filesystem112429
+Node: Null Filesystem112872
+Node: Floppy Filesystem113236
+Node: Translucent Filesystem113756
+Node: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem114100
+Node: User ID Mapping Filesystem114662
+Node: Program Filesystem115049
+Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem118170
+Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem II119448
+Node: NFS-Link Filesystem120063
+Node: Automount Filesystem121602
+Node: Direct Automount Filesystem125752
+Node: Union Filesystem127451
+Node: Error Filesystem128962
+Node: Top-level Filesystem129483
+Node: Root Filesystem129899
+Node: Inheritance Filesystem130410
+Node: Amd Configuration File131447
+Node: File Format131960
+Node: The Global Section133427
+Node: Regular Map Sections134035
+Node: Common Parameters134439
+Node: autofs_use_lofs Parameter135198
+Node: browsable_dirs Parameter136465
+Node: map_defaults Parameter137415
+Node: map_options Parameter137955
+Node: map_type Parameter138284
+Node: mount_type Parameter139094
+Node: search_path Parameter139522
+Node: selectors_in_defaults Parameter139966
+Node: sun_map_syntax Parameter140736
+Node: Global Parameters141028
+Node: arch Parameter142878
+Node: auto_attrcache Parameter143189
+Node: auto_dir Parameter146697
+Node: cache_duration Parameter147049
+Node: cluster Parameter147397
+Node: debug_mtab_file Parameter147701
+Node: debug_options Parameter148118
+Node: dismount_interval Parameter148893
+Node: domain_strip Parameter149282
+Node: exec_map_timeout Parameter149825
+Node: forced_unmounts Parameter150500
+Node: full_os Parameter152410
+Node: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter152972
+Node: hesiod_base Parameter153501
+Node: karch Parameter153778
+Node: ldap_base Parameter154417
+Node: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter154748
+Node: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter155066
+Node: ldap_hostports Parameter155381
+Node: ldap_proto_version Parameter155673
+Node: local_domain Parameter156009
+Node: localhost_address Parameter156468
+Node: log_file Parameter157051
+Node: log_options Parameter158159
+Node: map_reload_interval Parameter159148
+Node: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter159612
+Node: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter160243
+Node: nfs_proto Parameter161172
+Node: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter161863
+Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter162355
+Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter162782
+Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter163216
+Node: nfs_retry_interval Parameter163798
+Node: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter164633
+Node: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter165031
+Node: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter165436
+Node: nfs_vers Parameter165983
+Node: nis_domain Parameter166656
+Node: normalize_hostnames Parameter167103
+Node: normalize_slashes Parameter167565
+Node: os Parameter168119
+Node: osver Parameter168661
+Node: pid_file Parameter169215
+Node: plock Parameter169795
+Node: portmap_program Parameter170479
+Node: preferred_amq_port Parameter171280
+Node: print_pid Parameter171889
+Node: print_version Parameter172208
+Node: restart_mounts Parameter172640
+Node: show_statfs_entries Parameter173084
+Node: truncate_log Parameter173539
+Node: unmount_on_exit Parameter174023
+Node: use_tcpwrappers Parameter174571
+Node: vendor Parameter175741
+Node: Regular Map Parameters176186
+Node: map_name Parameter176498
+Node: tag Parameter176761
+Node: amd.conf Examples177236
+Node: Run-time Administration178744
+Node: Starting Amd178991
+Node: Stopping Amd179846
+Node: Restarting Amd180652
+Node: Controlling Amd181890
+Node: Amq default183376
+Node: Amq -f option185343
+Node: Amq -h option185795
+Node: Amq -H option186165
+Node: Amq -l option186359
+Node: Amq -m option186799
+Node: Amq -p option187957
+Node: Amq -P option188348
+Node: Amq -q option189027
+Node: Amq -s option189282
+Node: Amq -T option190374
+Node: Amq -U option190700
+Node: Amq -u option191021
+Node: Amq -v option191638
+Node: Amq -w option191880
+Node: Other Amq options192216
+Node: FSinfo192813
+Node: FSinfo Overview193550
+Node: Using FSinfo194734
+Node: FSinfo Grammar196435
+Node: FSinfo host definitions197803
+Node: FSinfo host attributes198920
+Node: FSinfo netif Option200094
+Node: FSinfo config Option200921
+Node: FSinfo arch Option201365
+Node: FSinfo os Option201742
+Node: FSinfo cluster Option202139
+Node: FSinfo filesystems202508
+Node: FSinfo fstype Option205506
+Node: FSinfo opts Option206286
+Node: FSinfo passno Option206579
+Node: FSinfo freq Option206902
+Node: FSinfo mount Option207201
+Node: FSinfo dumpset Option209294
+Node: FSinfo log Option209575
+Node: FSinfo static mounts209836
+Node: FSinfo automount definitions211511
+Node: FSinfo Command Line Options214736
+Node: -a FSinfo Option216375
+Node: -b FSinfo Option216763
+Node: -d FSinfo Option217464
+Node: -e FSinfo Option218080
+Node: -f FSinfo Option218865
+Node: -h FSinfo Option219474
+Node: -m FSinfo Option219861
+Node: -q FSinfo Option220440
+Node: -v FSinfo Option220715
+Node: -D-FSinfo Option221131
+Node: -I FSinfo Option221432
+Node: -U FSinfo Option221739
+Node: FSinfo errors221964
+Node: Hlfsd228561
+Node: Introduction to Hlfsd230278
+Node: Background to Mail Delivery235180
+Node: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory235679
+Node: Centralized Mail Spool Directory236771
+Ref: Centralized Mail Spool Directory-Footnote-1239625
+Ref: Centralized Mail Spool Directory-Footnote-2239932
+Node: Distributed Mail Spool Service240050
+Node: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?243340
+Node: Using Hlfsd245891
+Node: Controlling Hlfsd246081
+Node: Hlfsd Options248002
+Node: Hlfsd Files252796
+Node: Assorted Tools253712
+Node: am-eject254216
+Node: amd.conf-sample254467
+Node: amd2ldif254679
+Node: amd2sun254937
+Node: automount2amd255180
+Node: ctl-amd256491
+Node: ctl-hlfsd256981
+Node: fix-amd-map257513
+Node: fixmount258022
+Node: fixrmtab258439
+Node: lostaltmail258731
+Node: lostaltmail.conf-sample259492
+Node: mk-amd-map259909
+Node: pawd260204
+Node: redhat-ctl-amd260932
+Node: wait4amd261472
+Node: wait4amd2die262583
+Node: wire-test263143
+Node: Examples264231
+Node: User Filesystems264539
+Node: Home Directories267701
+Node: Architecture Sharing270704
+Node: Wildcard Names272302
+Node: rwho servers273608
+Node: /vol274353
+Node: /defaults with selectors276944
+Node: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment277800
+Node: Internals282074
+Node: Log Messages282413
+Node: Fatal errors283132
+Node: Info messages286641
+Node: Acknowledgments & Trademarks289272
+Node: Index290961
+
+End Tag Table
diff --git a/doc/am-utils.info-1 b/doc/am-utils.info-1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..37ac0b5e53e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/am-utils.info-1
@@ -0,0 +1,7645 @@
+This is ../../doc/am-utils.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
+../../doc/am-utils.texi.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Administration
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Am-utils: (am-utils).          The Amd automounter suite of utilities
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top,  Next: License,  Up: (DIR)
+
+   Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) User Manual
+For version 6.2-rc1, 21 November 2010
+
+   Erez Zadok
+(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2009 Erez Zadok
+Copyright (C) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
+Copyright (C) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
+Copyright (C) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+All Rights Reserved.
+
+   Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as necessary
+for use of this software is granted provided this copyright notice and
+statement of permission are included.
+
+   Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd
+automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and
+other tools.  This Info file describes how to use and understand the
+tools within Am-utils.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* License::                  Explains the terms and conditions for using
+                             and distributing Am-utils.
+* Distrib::                  How to get the latest Am-utils distribution.
+* AddInfo::                  How to get additional information.
+* Intro::                    An introduction to Automounting concepts.
+* History::                  History of am-utils' development.
+* Overview::                 An overview of Amd.
+* Supported Platforms::      Machines and Systems supported by Amd.
+* Mount Maps::               Details of mount maps.
+* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained.
+* Filesystem Types::         The different mount types supported by Amd.
+* Amd Configuration File::   The amd.conf file syntax and meaning.
+* Run-time Administration::  How to start, stop and control Amd.
+* FSinfo::                   The FSinfo filesystem management tool.
+* Hlfsd::                    The Home-Link Filesystem server.
+* Assorted Tools::           Other tools which come with am-utils.
+* Examples::                 Some examples showing how Amd might be used.
+* Internals::                Implementation details.
+* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes.
+
+Indexes
+* Index::                    An item for each concept.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: License,  Next: Distrib,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
+
+License
+*******
+
+Am-utils is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are
+restrictions on its distribution.
+
+   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+met:
+
+  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+
+  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+     documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+     distribution.
+
+  3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
+     software must display the following acknowledgment:
+
+     "This product includes software developed by the University of
+     California, Berkeley and its contributors, as well as the Trustees
+     of Columbia University."
+
+  4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
+     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
+     from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+
+   THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS
+BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
+SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
+ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
+THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Distrib,  Next: AddInfo,  Prev: License,  Up: Top
+
+Source Distribution
+*******************
+
+The Am-utils home page is located in
+     `http://www.am-utils.org/'
+
+   You can get the latest distribution version of Am-utils from
+     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz'
+
+   Additional alpha, beta, and release distributions are available in
+     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/'.
+
+   Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution.
+
+   Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part of the BSD
+network version 2 distribution
+
+   Revision 6.0 was made independently by Erez Zadok at the Computer
+Science Department of Columbia University (http://www.cs.columbia.edu/),
+as part of his PhD thesis work
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/zadok-thesis-proposal/).  Am-utils
+(especially version 6.1) continues to be developed and maintained at the
+Computer Science Department (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/) of Stony Brook
+University (http://www.stonybrook.edu/), as a service to the user
+community.
+
+   *Note History::, for more details.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: AddInfo,  Next: Intro,  Prev: Distrib,  Up: Top
+
+Getting Additional Information
+******************************
+
+Bug Reports
+===========
+
+Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the bugs
+(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/BUGS.txt) file.
+
+   If you find a problem and hopefully you can reproduce it, please
+describe it in detail and submit a bug report
+(https://bugzilla.filesystems.org/) via Bugzilla
+(http://www.bugzilla.org/).  Alternatively, you can send your bug
+report to the "am-utils" list (see `http://www.am-utils.org/' under
+"Mailing Lists") quoting the details of the release and your
+configuration.  These details can be obtained by running the command
+`amd -v'.  It would greatly help if you could provide a reproducible
+procedure for detecting the bug you are reporting.
+
+   Providing working patches is highly encouraged.  Every patch
+incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in
+the authors file (http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt).
+
+Mailing Lists
+=============
+
+There are several mailing lists for people interested in keeping
+up-to-date with developments.
+
+  1. The users mailing list, `am-utils' is for
+
+        - announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils
+
+        - reporting of bugs and patches
+
+        - discussions of new features for am-utils
+
+        - implementation and porting issues
+
+     To subscribe, visit `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing
+     Lists."  After subscribing, you can post a message to this list.
+     To avoid as much spam as possible, only subscribers to this list
+     may post to it.
+
+     Subscribers of `am-utils' are most helpful if they have the time
+     and resources to test new and development versions of amd, on as
+     many different platforms as possible.  They should also be
+     prepared to learn and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool
+     packages, as needed; and of course, become familiar with the
+     complex code in the am-utils package.  In other words, subscribers
+     on this list should hopefully be able to contribute meaningfully
+     to the development of amd.
+
+     Note that this `am-utils' list used to be called `amd-dev' before
+     January 1st, 2004.  Please use the new name, `am-utils'.
+
+  2. The announcements mailing list, `am-utils-announce' is for
+     announcements only (mostly new releases).  To subscribe, visit
+     `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing Lists."  This list is
+     read-only: only am-utils developers may post to it.
+
+  3. We distribute nightly CVS snapshots in
+     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/snapshots/daily/'.  If you
+     like to get email notices of commits to the am-utils CVS
+     repository, subscribe to the CVS logs mailing list, `am-utils-cvs'
+     at `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing Lists."
+
+  4. The older list which was used to user discussions, `amd-workers',
+     is defunct as of January 2004.  (Its last address was <amd-workers
+     AT majordomo.glue.umd.edu>.)  Don't use `amd-workers': use the
+     newer, more active `am-utils' list.
+
+  5. For completeness, there's a developers-only closed list called
+     `am-utils-developers' (see `http://www.am-utils.org/' under
+     "Mailing Lists").
+
+
+Am-utils Book
+=============
+
+Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) wrote a book
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/amd-book/), titled Linux NFS and
+Automounter Administration, ISBN 0-7821-2739-8, (Sybex, 2001).  The
+book is full of details and examples that go beyond what this manual
+has.  The book also covers NFS in great detail.  Although the book is
+geared toward Linux users, it is general enough for any Unix
+administrator and contains specific sections for non-Linux systems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Intro,  Next: History,  Prev: AddInfo,  Up: Top
+
+Introduction
+************
+
+An "automounter" maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems
+are mounted on demand when they are first referenced, and unmounted
+after a period of inactivity.
+
+   Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter.  The choice
+of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with
+"selectors".  Selectors allow decisions of the form "hostname is THIS,"
+or "architecture is not THAT."  Selectors may be combined arbitrarily.
+Amd also supports a variety of filesystem types, including NFS, UFS and
+the novel "program" filesystem.  The combination of selectors and
+multiple filesystem types allows identical configuration files to be
+used on all machines thus reducing the administrative overhead.
+
+   Amd ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down.
+Moreover, Amd can determine when a remote server has become
+inaccessible and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they
+become available.
+
+   Amd contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to
+numerous flavors of Unix.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: History,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Intro,  Up: Top
+
+History
+*******
+
+The Amd package has been without an official maintainer since 1992.
+Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially.  Most
+notable were the `upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of Amd,
+created by me (Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk)), and
+available from `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/amd/'.  The last such
+unofficial release was `upl102'.
+
+   Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and
+more apparent that Amd was in much need of revitalizing.  Maintaining
+Amd had become a difficult task.  I took it upon myself to cleanup the
+code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new
+features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the
+never ending stream of bug reports.
+
+   I have been working on such a release of Amd on and off since
+January of 1996.  The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils"
+(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting
+the contents of the package.  In October of 1996 I had received enough
+offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list
+for this group of people.  Around the same time, Amd had become a
+necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed
+on am-utils.
+
+   Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to
+distinguish it from the last official release of Amd (5.x).  Many new
+features have been added such as a GNU `configure' system, NFS Version
+3, a run-time configuration file (`amd.conf'), many new ports, more
+scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug fixes.  Another reason
+for the new major release number was to alert users of am-utils that
+user-visible interfaces may have changed.  In order to make Amd work
+well for the next 10 years, and be easier to maintain, it was necessary
+to remove old or unused features, change various syntax files, etc.
+However, great care was taken to ensure the maximum possible backwards
+compatibility.
+
+   Am-utils version 6.1 has autofs support for Linux and Solaris 2.5+ as
+the major new feature, in addition to several other minor new features.
+The autofs support is completely transparent to the end-user, aside
+from the fact that `/bin/pwd' now always returns the correct amd-ified
+path.  The administrator can easily switch between NFS and autofs
+mounts by changing one parameter in `amd.conf'.  Autofs support and
+maintenance was developed in conjunction with Ion Badulescu <ionut AT
+badula.org>.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Supported Platforms,  Prev: History,  Up: Top
+
+1 Overview
+**********
+
+Amd maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems are
+"demand-mounted" when they are first referenced, and unmounted after a
+period of inactivity.  Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's
+automount(8) program.  It contains no proprietary source code and has
+been ported to numerous flavors of Unix.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+   Amd was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem
+layout and management.  Although Amd has many direct applications it is
+loaded with additional features which have little practical use.  At
+some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline
+the production system.
+
+   Amd supports the notion of "replicated" filesystems by evaluating
+each member of a list of possible filesystem locations one by one.  Amd
+checks that each cached mapping remains valid.  Should a mapping be
+lost - such as happens when a fileserver goes down - Amd automatically
+selects a replacement should one be available.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Fundamentals::
+* Filesystems and Volumes::
+* Volume Naming::
+* Volume Binding::
+* Operational Principles::
+* Mounting a Volume::
+* Automatic Unmounting::
+* Keep-alives::
+* Non-blocking Operation::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Fundamentals,  Next: Filesystems and Volumes,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Overview
+
+1.1 Fundamentals
+================
+
+The fundamental concept behind Amd is the ability to separate the name
+used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical
+storage location.  This allows the same files to be accessed with the
+same name regardless of where in the network the name is used.  This is
+very different from placing `/n/hostname' in front of the pathname
+since that includes location dependent information which may change if
+files are moved to another machine.
+
+   By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered
+database, filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to
+configuration files, shell scripts and so on.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystems and Volumes,  Next: Volume Naming,  Prev: Fundamentals,  Up: Overview
+
+1.2 Filesystems and Volumes
+===========================
+
+Amd views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or
+more filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more "volumes".
+Here the term "volume" is used to refer to a coherent set of files such
+as a user's home directory or a TeX distribution.
+
+   In order to access the contents of a volume, Amd must be told in
+which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem.
+By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to
+be the entire filesystem.  If a filesystem contains more than one
+volume, then a "sublink" is used to refer to the sub-directory within
+the filesystem where the volume can be found.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Naming,  Next: Volume Binding,  Prev: Filesystems and Volumes,  Up: Overview
+
+1.3 Volume Naming
+=================
+
+Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network.  A
+volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users
+of that volume.  Since this name uniquely identifies the volume
+contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject
+to administrative controls.
+
+   Volumes may be replicated or duplicated.  Replicated volumes contain
+identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in
+the network.  Each of the replicated volumes can be used
+interchangeably.  Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain
+different, though functionally identical, data.  For example,
+`/vol/tex' might be the name of a TeX distribution which varied for
+each machine architecture.
+
+   Amd provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and
+duplicated volumes.  Configuration options allow a single set of
+configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking
+advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes.
+
+   Amd can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as
+required should an active fileserver become unavailable.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Binding,  Next: Operational Principles,  Prev: Volume Naming,  Up: Overview
+
+1.4 Volume Binding
+==================
+
+Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems.  Two
+forms of binding between names and files are provided.  A "hard link"
+completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem.  A
+"soft link" delays the binding until the name is accessed.  An
+"automounter" adds a further form in which the binding of name to
+filesystem is delayed until the name is accessed.
+
+   The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem,
+sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume
+in the network.
+
+   When a target is referenced, Amd ignores the sublink element and
+determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted.  This is
+done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking
+for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place.  If such a
+filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally
+identical to the target filesystem.  By default there is a one-to-one
+mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so
+this assumption is valid.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Operational Principles,  Next: Mounting a Volume,  Prev: Volume Binding,  Up: Overview
+
+1.5 Operational Principles
+==========================
+
+Amd operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace.  These
+are called "automount" points.  The kernel sees these automount points
+as NFS filesystems being served by Amd.  Having attached itself to the
+namespace, Amd is now able to control the view the rest of the system
+has of those mount points.  RPC calls are received from the kernel one
+at a time.
+
+   When a "lookup" call is received Amd checks whether the name is
+already known.  If it is not, the required volume is mounted.  A
+symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned.  Once the
+symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests
+direct to the mounted filesystem.
+
+   If a volume is not yet mounted, Amd consults a configuration
+"mount-map" corresponding to the automount point.  Amd then makes a
+runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based on the
+information obtained from the map.
+
+   Amd does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant to
+name binding such as "lookup", "readlink" and "readdir".  Some other
+calls are also implemented but most simply return an error code; for
+example "mkdir" always returns "read-only filesystem".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mounting a Volume,  Next: Automatic Unmounting,  Prev: Operational Principles,  Up: Overview
+
+1.6 Mounting a Volume
+=====================
+
+Each automount point has a corresponding mount map.  The mount map
+contains a list of key-value pairs.  The key is the name of the volume
+to be mounted.  The value is a list of locations describing where the
+filesystem is stored in the network.  In the source for the map the
+value would look like
+
+     location1  location2  ...  locationN
+
+   Amd examines each location in turn.  Each location may contain
+"selectors" which control whether Amd can use that location.  For
+example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts.  Those
+locations which cannot be used are ignored.
+
+   Amd attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining
+location until a mount succeeds or Amd can no longer proceed.  The
+latter can occur in three ways:
+
+   * If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations
+     caused an error, then the last error is returned.
+
+   * If a location could be used but was being mounted in the
+     background then Amd marks that mount as being "in progress" and
+     continues with the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel.
+
+   * Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been "deferred".  A
+     mount is deferred if extra information is required before the
+     mount can proceed.  When the information becomes available the
+     mount will take place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to
+     the kernel.  If the mount is deferred, Amd continues to try any
+     remaining locations.
+
+   Once a volume has been mounted, Amd establishes a "volume mapping"
+which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automatic Unmounting,  Next: Keep-alives,  Prev: Mounting a Volume,  Up: Overview
+
+1.7 Automatic Unmounting
+========================
+
+To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, Amd removes
+volume mappings which have not been used recently.  A time-to-live
+interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the
+mapping is removed.  When the last reference to a filesystem is removed,
+that filesystem is unmounted.  If the unmount fails, for example the
+filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its
+time-to-live interval is extended.  The global default for this grace
+period is controlled by the `-w' command-line option (*note -w: -w
+Option.) or the amd.conf parameter `dismount_interval' (*note
+dismount_interval Parameter::).  It is also possible to set this value
+on a per-mount basis (*note opts: opts Option.).
+
+   Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the Amq command.
+*Note Run-time Administration::.  Note that on new enough systems that
+support forced unmounts, such as Linux, Amd can try to use the
+umount2(2) system call to force the unmount, if the regular umount(2)
+system call failed in a way that indicates that the mount point is hung
+or stale.  *Note forced_unmounts Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Keep-alives,  Next: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Automatic Unmounting,  Up: Overview
+
+1.8 Keep-alives
+===============
+
+Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on
+another machine.  If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to
+processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable.  However,
+to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this
+event is important.  This situation is most widely recognized when an
+NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that
+more and more processes hang.  In order to provide the possibility of
+recovery, Amd implements a "keep-alive" interval timer for some
+filesystem types.  Currently only NFS makes use of this service.
+
+   The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation
+that most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as
+manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on.  If
+one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of
+the others as a replacement.
+
+   The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers
+are up and which are down.  Amd does this by sending RPC requests to the
+servers' NFS `NullProc' and checking whether a reply is returned.
+While the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at
+three second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts
+the server is marked down.  If a reply is received the fileserver is
+marked up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another
+NFS ping is sent.  This interval is configurable and can even be turned
+off using the ping option.  *Note opts Option::.
+
+   Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every
+30 seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up.
+During this time any reference through Amd to the filesystems on that
+server fail with the error "Operation would block".  If a replacement
+volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is
+returned to the user.
+
+   Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on
+the network, or processes which do not access files via Amd or already
+have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new
+processes from hanging.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Keep-alives,  Up: Overview
+
+1.9 Non-blocking Operation
+==========================
+
+Since there is only one instance of Amd for each automount point, and
+usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it is
+always available to service kernel calls.  Amd goes to great lengths to
+ensure that it does not block in a system call.  As a last resort Amd
+will fork before it attempts a system call that may block indefinitely,
+such as mounting an NFS filesystem.  Other tasks such as obtaining
+filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a purpose
+built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with Amd's task
+scheduler.  This library is also used to implement NFS keep-alives
+(*note Keep-alives::).
+
+   Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, Amd must wait for it
+to complete before replying to the kernel.  However, this would cause
+Amd to block waiting for a reply to be constructed.  Rather than do
+this, Amd simply "drops" the call under the assumption that the kernel
+RPC mechanism will automatically retry the request.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Supported Platforms,  Next: Mount Maps,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top
+
+2 Supported Platforms
+*********************
+
+Am-utils has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating
+systems.  Am-utils's code works for little-endian and big-endian
+machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures.  Furthermore, when
+Am-utils ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is
+generally readily portable to the same Operating System on all
+platforms on which it is available.
+
+   See the `INSTALL' in the distribution for more specific details on
+building and/or configuring for some systems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mount Maps,  Next: Amd Command Line Options,  Prev: Supported Platforms,  Up: Top
+
+3 Mount Maps
+************
+
+Amd has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems.  External
+"mount-maps" are used to provide the required information.
+Specifically, Amd needs to know when and under what conditions it
+should mount filesystems.
+
+   The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of
+possible locations from which to resolve the request.  Each location
+specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for
+example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some
+information describing where to mount the filesystem (*note fs
+Option::).  A location may also contain "selectors" (*note Selectors::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Map Types::
+* Key Lookup::
+* Location Format::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Types,  Next: Key Lookup,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.1 Map Types
+=============
+
+A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to Amd.
+Maps can be implemented in many ways.  Some of the forms supported by
+Amd are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the "Hesiod" name
+server, and even the password file.
+
+   A mount-map "name" is a sequence of characters.  When an automount
+point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained.  For each map
+type configured, Amd attempts to reference the map of the appropriate
+type.  If a map is found, Amd notes the type for future use and deletes
+the reference, for example closing any open file descriptors.  The
+available maps are configured when Amd is built and can be displayed by
+running the command `amd -v'.
+
+   When using an Amd configuration file (*note Amd Configuration File::)
+and the keyword `map_type' (*note map_type Parameter::), you may force
+the map used to any type.
+
+   By default, Amd caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map.
+This is the same as specifying `cache:=mapdefault' and selects a
+suitable default cache mode depending on the map type.  The individual
+defaults are described below.  The CACHE option can be specified on
+automount points to alter the caching behavior (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following map types have been implemented, though some are not
+available on all machines.  Run the command `amd -v' to obtain a list
+of map types configured on your machine.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* File maps::
+* ndbm maps::
+* NIS maps::
+* NIS+ maps::
+* Hesiod maps::
+* Password maps::
+* Union maps::
+* LDAP maps::
+* Executable maps::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: File maps,  Next: ndbm maps,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.1 File maps
+---------------
+
+When Amd searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of the
+file and supports both comments and continuation lines.
+
+   Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character (`\') as
+the last character of a line in the file.  The backslash, newline
+character _and any leading white space on the following line_ are
+discarded.  A maximum line length of 2047 characters is enforced after
+continuation lines are read but before comments are stripped.  Each
+line must end with a newline character; that is newlines are
+terminators, not separators.  The following examples illustrate this:
+
+     key     valA   valB;   \
+               valC
+
+   specifies _three_ locations, and is identical to
+
+     key     valA   valB;   valC
+
+   However,
+
+     key     valA   valB;\
+               valC
+
+   specifies only _two_ locations, and is identical to
+
+     key     valA   valB;valC
+
+   After a complete line has been read from the file, including
+continuations, Amd determines whether there is a comment on the line.
+A comment begins with a hash ("`#'") character and continues to the end
+of the line.  There is no way to escape or change the comment lead-in
+character.
+
+   Note that continuation lines and comment support "only" apply to
+file maps, or ndbm maps built with the `mk-amd-map' program.
+
+   When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of
+`all' (*note Automount Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ndbm maps,  Next: NIS maps,  Prev: File maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.2 ndbm maps
+---------------
+
+An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map.  The
+program, `mk-amd-map', converts a normal map file into an ndbm database.
+This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that
+are provided for file maps.  Note that ndbm format files may _not_ be
+sharable across machine architectures.  The notion of speed generally
+only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block,
+is almost certainly better implemented as a file map.
+
+   ndbm maps have a default cache mode of `all' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS maps,  Next: NIS+ maps,  Prev: ndbm maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.3 NIS maps
+--------------
+
+When using NIS (formerly YP), an Amd map is implemented directly by the
+underlying NIS map.  Comments and continuation lines are _not_
+supported in the automounter and must be stripped when constructing the
+NIS server's database.
+
+   NIS maps have a default cache mode of `all' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS
+`Makefile', in this case causing the `amd.home' map to be rebuilt:
+     $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home
+         -@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \
+           awk '{  \
+              for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \
+                  if (i == NF) { \
+                  if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \
+                      printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \
+                  else \
+                      printf("%s\n", $$i); \
+                  } \
+                  else \
+                  printf("%s ", $$i); \
+              }' | \
+         $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \
+         touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \
+         echo "updated amd.home"; \
+         if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \
+             $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \
+             echo "pushed amd.home"; \
+         else \
+             : ; \
+         fi
+
+   Here `$(YPTSDIR)' contains the time stamp files, and `$(YPDBDIR)'
+contains the dbm format NIS files.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS+ maps,  Next: Hesiod maps,  Prev: NIS maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.4 NIS+ maps
+---------------
+
+NIS+ maps do not support cache mode `all' and, when caching is enabled,
+have a default cache mode of `inc'.
+
+   XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hesiod maps,  Next: Password maps,  Prev: NIS+ maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.5 Hesiod maps
+-----------------
+
+When the map name begins with the string `hesiod.' lookups are made
+using the "Hesiod" name server.  The string following the dot is used
+as a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located.  The
+entire string is then resolved in the `automount' context, or the
+amd.conf parameter `hesiod_base' (*note hesiod_base Parameter::).  For
+example, if the key is `jsp' and map name is `hesiod.homes' then
+"Hesiod" is asked to resolve `jsp.homes.automount'.
+
+   Hesiod maps do not support cache mode `all' and, when caching is
+enabled, have a default cache mode of `inc' (*note Automount
+Filesystem::).
+
+   The following is an example of a "Hesiod" map entry:
+
+     jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp"
+     njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw"
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Password maps,  Next: Union maps,  Prev: Hesiod maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.6 Password maps
+-------------------
+
+The password map support is unlike the four previous map types.  When
+the map name is the string `/etc/passwd' Amd can lookup a user name in
+the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to produce a
+usable map entry.
+
+   Amd assumes the home directory has the format
+`/anydir/dom1/../domN/login'.  It breaks this string into a map entry
+where `${rfs}' has the value `/anydir/domN', `${rhost}' has the value
+`domN.....dom1', and `${sublink}' has the value login.
+
+   Thus if the password file entry was
+
+     /home/achilles/jsp
+
+   the map entry used by Amd would be
+
+     rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp
+
+   Similarly, if the password file entry was
+
+     /home/cc/sugar/mjh
+
+   the map entry used by Amd would be
+
+     rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=mhj
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union maps,  Next: LDAP maps,  Prev: Password maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.7 Union maps
+----------------
+
+The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union
+filesystem, *note Union Filesystem::.
+
+   It is identified by the string `union:' which is followed by a colon
+separated list of directories.  The directories are read in order, and
+the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache.  Later
+directories take precedence over earlier ones.  The union filesystem
+type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all
+the directories.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: LDAP maps,  Next: Executable maps,  Prev: Union maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.8 LDAP maps
+---------------
+
+LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache
+mode `all' and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode of
+`inc'.
+
+   For example, an Amd map `amd.home' that looks as follows:
+
+     /defaults    opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
+
+     zing         -rhost:=shekel \
+                  host==shekel \
+                  host!=shekel;type:=nfs
+   when converted to LDAP (*note amd2ldif::), will result in the
+following LDAP database:
+     $ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home
+     dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS
+     cn             : amdmap timestamp
+     objectClass    : amdmapTimestamp
+     amdmapTimestamp: 873071363
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[/defaults]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   : /defaults
+     amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   :
+     amdmapValue :
+
+     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS
+     cn          : amdmap amd.home[zing]
+     objectClass : amdmap
+     amdmapName  : amd.home
+     amdmapKey   : zing
+     amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Executable maps,  Prev: LDAP maps,  Up: Map Types
+
+3.1.9 Executable maps
+---------------------
+
+An executable map is a dynamic map in which the keys and values for the
+maps are generated on the fly by a program or script.  The program is
+expected to take a single parameter argument which is the key to
+lookup.  If the key is found, the program should print on stdout the
+key-value pair that were found; if the key was not found, nothing
+should be printed out.  Below is an sample of such a map script:
+
+     #!/bin/sh
+     # executable map example
+     case "$1" in
+         "/defaults" )
+     	echo "/defaults   type:=nfs;rfs:=filer"
+     	;;
+         "a" )
+     	echo "a   type:=nfs;fs:=/tmp"
+     	;;
+         "b" )
+     	echo "b   type:=link;fs:=/usr/local"
+     	;;
+         * )  # no match, echo nothing
+     	;;
+     esac
+
+   *Note exec_map_timeout Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Key Lookup,  Next: Location Format,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.2 How keys are looked up
+==========================
+
+The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the
+automount point was first created.  In general the key is a pathname
+component.  In some circumstances this may be modified by variable
+expansion (*note Variable Expansion::) and prefixing.  If the automount
+point has a prefix, specified by the PREF option, then that is
+prepended to the search key before the map is searched.
+
+   If the map cache is a `regexp' cache then the key is treated as an
+egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is
+made.
+
+   If the key cannot be found then a "wildcard" match is attempted.
+Amd repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends `/*' and
+attempts a lookup.  Finally, Amd attempts to locate the special key `*'.
+
+   For example, the following sequence would be checked if
+`home/dylan/dk2' was being located:
+
+        home/dylan/dk2
+        home/dylan/*
+        home/*
+        *
+
+   At any point when a wildcard is found, Amd proceeds as if an exact
+match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the
+mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel.
+(*note Filesystem Types::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Location Format,  Prev: Key Lookup,  Up: Mount Maps
+
+3.3 Location Format
+===================
+
+The value field from the lookup provides the information required to
+mount a filesystem.  The information is parsed according to the syntax
+shown below.
+
+     location-list:
+                       location-selection
+                       location-list white-space || white-space location-selection
+     location-selection:
+                       location
+                       location-selection white-space location
+     location:
+                       location-info
+                       -location-info
+                       -
+     location-info:
+                       sel-or-opt
+                       location-info;sel-or-opt
+                       ;
+     sel-or-opt:
+                       selection
+                       opt-ass
+     selection:
+                       selector==value
+                       selector!=value
+     opt-ass:
+                       option:=value
+     white-space:
+                       space
+                       tab
+
+   Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location
+description.  White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where
+shown with non-terminal white-space.
+
+   A "location-selection" is a list of possible volumes with which to
+satisfy the request.  Each "location-selection" is tried sequentially,
+until either one succeeds or all fail.  This, by the way, is different
+from the historically documented behavior, which claimed (falsely, at
+least for last 3 years) that Amd would attempt to mount all
+"location-selection"s in parallel and the first one to succeed would be
+used.
+
+   "location-selection"s are optionally separated by the `||' operator.
+The effect of this operator is to prevent use of location-selections
+to its right if any of the location-selections on its left were
+selected, whether or not any of them were successfully mounted (*note
+Selectors::).
+
+   The location-selection, and singleton "location-list",
+`type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g' would inform Amd to mount a UFS filesystem
+from the block special device `/dev/xd1g'.
+
+   The "sel-or-opt" component is either the name of an option required
+by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined
+selector such as the architecture type.  The value may be quoted with
+double quotes `"', for example `type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"'.  These
+quotes are stripped when the value is parsed and there is no way to get
+a double quote into a value field.  Double quotes are used to get white
+space into a value field, which is needed for the program filesystem
+(*note Program Filesystem::).
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Map Defaults::
+* Variable Expansion::
+* Selectors::
+* Map Options::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Defaults,  Next: Variable Expansion,  Prev: Location Format,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.1 Map Defaults
+------------------
+
+A location beginning with a dash `-' is used to specify default values
+for subsequent locations.  Any previously specified defaults in the
+location-list are discarded.  The default string can be empty in which
+case no defaults apply.
+
+   The location `-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro' would set the local mount point to
+`/mnt' and cause mounts to be read-only by default.  Defaults specified
+this way are appended to, and so override, any global map defaults
+given with `/defaults').
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Variable Expansion,  Next: Selectors,  Prev: Map Defaults,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.2 Variable Expansion
+------------------------
+
+To allow generic location specifications Amd does variable expansion on
+each location and also on some of the option strings.  Any option or
+selector appearing in the form `$"var"' is replaced by the current
+value of that option or selector.  For example, if the value of
+`${key}' was `bin', `${autodir}' was `/a' and `${fs}' was
+`${autodir}/local/${key}' then after expansion `${fs}' would have the
+value `/a/local/bin'.  Any environment variable can be accessed in a
+similar way.
+
+   Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable.  If
+the variable name begins with `/' then only the last component of the
+pathname is substituted.  For example, if `${path}' was `/foo/bar' then
+`${/path}' would be expanded to `bar'.  Similarly, if the variable name
+ends with `/' then all but the last component of the pathname is
+substituted.  In the previous example, `${path/}' would be expanded to
+`/foo'.
+
+   Two domain name operators are also provided.  If the variable name
+begins with `.' then only the domain part of the name is substituted.
+For example, if `${rhost}' was `swan.doc.ic.ac.uk' then `${.rhost}'
+would be expanded to `doc.ic.ac.uk'.  Similarly, if the variable name
+ends with `.' then only the host component is substituted.  In the
+previous example, `${rhost.}' would be expanded to `swan'.
+
+   Variable expansion is a two phase process.  Before a location is
+parsed, all references to selectors, eg `${path}', are expanded.  The
+location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments
+recorded.  If there were no selections or they all succeeded the
+location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in
+the order given: SUBLINK, RFS, FS, OPTS, REMOPTS, MOUNT and UNMOUNT.
+
+   Note that expansion of option values is done after "all" assignments
+have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done
+by the shell.  This generally has the desired effect but care must be
+taken if one of the options references another, in which case the
+ordering can become significant.
+
+   There are two special cases concerning variable expansion:
+
+  1. before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received from
+     the kernel are expanded.  For example, if the request from the
+     kernel was for `${arch}.bin' and the machine architecture was
+     `vax', the value given to `${key}' would be `vax.bin'.
+
+  2. the value of `${rhost}' is expanded and normalized before the
+     other options are expanded.  The normalization process strips any
+     local sub-domain components.  For example, if `${domain}' was
+     `Berkeley.EDU' and `${rhost}' was initially `snow.Berkeley.EDU',
+     after the normalization it would simply be `snow'.  Hostname
+     normalization is currently done in a _case-dependent_ manner.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Selectors,  Next: Map Options,  Prev: Variable Expansion,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.3 Selectors
+---------------
+
+Selectors are used to control the use of a location.  It is possible to
+share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem
+location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from
+the users.  A selector of the form `arch==sun3;os==sunos4' would only
+apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x.
+
+   Selectors can be negated by using `!=' instead of `=='.  For example
+to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector `arch!=vax'
+would be used.
+
+   Selectors are evaluated left to right.  If a selector fails then that
+location is ignored.  Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the
+locations form a disjunction.  If all the locations are ignored or
+otherwise fail then Amd uses the "error" filesystem (*note Error
+Filesystem::).  This is equivalent to having a location `type:=error'
+at the end of each mount-map entry.
+
+   The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be
+overridden by an Amd command line switch or in an Amd configuration
+file.  *Note Amd Configuration File::.
+
+   The following selectors are currently implemented.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* arch Selector Variable::
+* autodir Selector Variable::
+* byte Selector Variable::
+* cluster Selector Variable::
+* domain Selector Variable::
+* dollar Selector Variable::
+* host Selector Variable::
+* hostd Selector Variable::
+* karch Selector Variable::
+* os Selector Variable::
+* osver Selector Variable::
+* full_os Selector Variable::
+* vendor Selector Variable::
+
+* key Selector Variable::
+* map Selector Variable::
+* netnumber Selector Variable::
+* network Selector Variable::
+* path Selector Variable::
+* wire Selector Variable::
+* uid Selector Variable::
+* gid Selector Variable::
+
+* exists Selector Function::
+* false Selector Function::
+* netgrp Selector Function::
+* netgrpd Selector Function::
+* in_network Selector Function::
+* true Selector Function::
+* xhost Selector Function::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Selector Variable,  Next: autodir Selector Variable,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.1 arch Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile
+time.  The architecture type can be displayed by running the command
+`amd -v'.  You can override this value also using the `-A' command line
+option.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: autodir Selector Variable,  Next: byte Selector Variable,  Prev: arch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.2 autodir Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+The default directory under which to mount filesystems.  This may be
+changed by the `-a' command line option.  *Note fs Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: byte Selector Variable,  Next: cluster Selector Variable,  Prev: autodir Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.3 byte Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The machine's byte ordering.  This is either `little', indicating
+little-endian, or `big', indicating big-endian.  One possible use is to
+share `rwho' databases (*note rwho servers::).  Another is to share
+ndbm databases, however this use can be considered a courageous
+juggling act.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Selector Variable,  Next: domain Selector Variable,  Prev: byte Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.4 cluster Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster.  This can
+be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated
+filesystems.  `${cluster}' defaults to the value of `${domain}' unless
+a different value is set with the `-C' command line option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain Selector Variable,  Next: dollar Selector Variable,  Prev: cluster Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.5 domain Selector Variable
+................................
+
+The local domain name as specified by the `-d' command line option.
+*Note host Selector Variable::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: dollar Selector Variable,  Next: host Selector Variable,  Prev: domain Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.6 dollar Selector Variable
+................................
+
+This is a special variable, whose sole purpose is to produce a literal
+dollar sign in the value of another variable.  For example, if you have
+a remote file system whose name is `/disk$s', you can mount it by
+setting the remote file system variable as follows:
+
+     rfs:=/disk${dollar}s
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: host Selector Variable,  Next: hostd Selector Variable,  Prev: dollar Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.7 host Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The local hostname as determined by gethostname(2).  If no domain name
+was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a period
+`.' then the string before the period is used as the host name, and the
+string after the period is assigned to `${domain}'.  For example, if
+the hostname is `styx.doc.ic.ac.uk' then `host' would be `styx' and
+`domain' would be `doc.ic.ac.uk'.  `hostd' would be `styx.doc.ic.ac.uk'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: hostd Selector Variable,  Next: karch Selector Variable,  Prev: host Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.8 hostd Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This resolves to the `${host}' and `${domain}' concatenated with a `.'
+inserted between them if required.  If `${domain}' is an empty string
+then `${host}' and `${hostd}' will be identical.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Selector Variable,  Next: os Selector Variable,  Prev: hostd Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.9 karch Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture.  This is used on
+SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different
+`/usr/kvm' volumes.  `${karch}' defaults to the "machine" value gotten
+from uname(2).  If the uname(2) system call is not available, the value
+of `${karch}' defaults to that of `${arch}'.  Finally, a different
+value can be set with the `-k' command line option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Selector Variable,  Next: osver Selector Variable,  Prev: karch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.10 os Selector Variable
+.............................
+
+The operating system.  Like the machine architecture, this is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
+be displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported
+Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Selector Variable,  Next: full_os Selector Variable,  Prev: os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.11 osver Selector Variable
+................................
+
+The operating system version.  Like the machine architecture, this is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
+be displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported
+Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Selector Variable,  Next: vendor Selector Variable,  Prev: osver Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.12 full_os Selector Variable
+..................................
+
+The full name of the operating system, including its version.  This
+value is automatically determined at compile time.  The full operating
+system name and version can be displayed by running the command `amd
+-v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Selector Variable,  Next: key Selector Variable,  Prev: full_os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.13 vendor Selector Variable
+.................................
+
+The name of the vendor of the operating system.  This value is
+automatically determined at compile time.  The name of the vendor can be
+displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+
+
+
+   The following selectors are also provided.  Unlike the other
+selectors, they vary for each lookup.  Note that when the name from the
+kernel is expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all
+defined as empty strings.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: key Selector Variable,  Next: map Selector Variable,  Prev: vendor Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.14 key Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The name being resolved.  For example, if `/home' is an automount
+point, then accessing `/home/foo' would set `${key}' to the string
+`foo'.  The key is prefixed by the PREF option set in the parent mount
+point.  The default prefix is an empty string.  If the prefix was
+`blah/' then `${key}' would be set to `blah/foo'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map Selector Variable,  Next: netnumber Selector Variable,  Prev: key Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.15 map Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+The name of the mount map being used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netnumber Selector Variable,  Next: network Selector Variable,  Prev: map Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.16 netnumber Selector Variable
+....................................
+
+This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
+*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
+The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of `amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: network Selector Variable,  Next: path Selector Variable,  Prev: netnumber Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.17 network Selector Variable
+..................................
+
+This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
+*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
+The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of `amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: path Selector Variable,  Next: wire Selector Variable,  Prev: network Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.18 path Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+The full pathname of the name being resolved.  For example `/home/foo'
+in the example above.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: wire Selector Variable,  Next: uid Selector Variable,  Prev: path Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.19 wire Selector Variable
+...............................
+
+This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
+*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
+number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
+The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
+output of `amd -v'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: uid Selector Variable,  Next: gid Selector Variable,  Prev: wire Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.20 uid Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+This selector provides the numeric effective user ID (UID) of the user
+which last accessed an automounted path name.  This simple example shows
+how floppy mounting can be assigned only to machine owners:
+
+     floppy  -type:=pcfs \
+             uid==2301;host==shekel;dev:=/dev/floppy \
+             uid==6712;host==titan;dev=/dev/fd0 \
+             uid==0;dev:=/dev/fd0c \
+             type:=error
+
+   The example allows two machine owners to mount floppies on their
+designated workstations, allows the root user to mount on any host, and
+otherwise forces an error.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: gid Selector Variable,  Next: exists Selector Function,  Prev: uid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.21 gid Selector Variable
+..............................
+
+This selector provides the numeric effective group ID (GID) of the user
+which last accessed an automounted path name.
+
+
+
+   The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument
+ARG.  They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to be
+compared with a value.  Each of these may be negated by prepending `!'
+to their name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: exists Selector Function,  Next: false Selector Function,  Prev: gid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.22 exists Selector Function
+.................................
+
+If the file listed by ARG exists (via lstat(2)), this function
+evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: false Selector Function,  Next: netgrp Selector Function,  Prev: exists Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.23 false Selector Function
+................................
+
+Always evaluates to false.  ARG is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrp Selector Function,  Next: netgrpd Selector Function,  Prev: false Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.24 netgrp Selector Function
+.................................
+
+The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed
+optionally by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not
+specified, it defaults to `${host}'.  If the host name (short name) is
+a member of the netgroup, this selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise
+it evaluates to false.
+
+   For example, suppose you have a netgroup `ppp-hosts', and for
+reasons of performance, these have a local `/home' partition, while all
+other clients on the faster network can access a shared home directory.
+A common map to use for both might look like the following:
+
+     home/*  netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/${key} \
+             !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/remote/${key}
+
+   A more complex example that takes advantage of the two argument
+netgrp mount selector is given in the following scenario.  Suppose one
+wants to mount the local scratch space from a each host under
+`scratch/<hostname>' and some hosts have their scratch space in a
+different path than others.  Hosts in the netgroup `apple-hosts' have
+their scratch space in the `/apple' path, where hosts in the netgroup
+`cherry-hosts' have their scratch space in the `/cherry' path.  For
+hosts that are neither in the `apple-hosts' or `cherry-hosts' netgroups
+we want to make a symlink pointing to nowhere but provide a descriptive
+error message in the link destination:
+
+     scratch/*	netgrp(apple-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
+     		    rfs:="/apple" \
+     		netgrp(cherry-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
+     		    rfs:="/cherry" \
+     		type:=link;rfs:="no local partition for ${/key}"
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrpd Selector Function,  Next: in_network Selector Function,  Prev: netgrp Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.25 netgrpd Selector Function
+..................................
+
+The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed
+optionally by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not
+specified, it defaults to `${hostd}'.  If the host name
+(fully-qualified name) is a member of the netgroup, this selector
+evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.
+
+   The `netgrpd' function uses fully-qualified host names to match
+netgroup names, while the `netgrp' function (*note netgrp Selector
+Function::) uses short host names.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: in_network Selector Function,  Next: true Selector Function,  Prev: netgrpd Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.26 in_network Selector Function
+.....................................
+
+This selector matches against any network name or number with an
+optional netmask.  First, if the current host has any network interface
+that is locally attached to the network specified in ARG (either via
+name or number), this selector evaluates to true.
+
+   Second, `in_network' supports a network/netmask syntax such as
+`128.59.16.0/255.255.255.0', `128.59.16.0/24',
+`128.59.16.0/0xffffff00', or `128.59.16.0/'.  Using the last form, Amd
+will match the specified network number against the default netmasks of
+each of the locally attached interfaces.
+
+   If the selector does not match, it evaluates to false.
+
+   For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable
+`/opt' that smaller clients can NFS mount.  The two servers are say,
+`serv1' on network `foo-net.site.com' and `serv2' on network
+`123.4.5.0'.  You can write a map to be used by all clients that will
+attempt to mount the closest one as follows:
+
+     opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \
+         in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \
+         rhost:=fallback-server
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: true Selector Function,  Next: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: in_network Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.27 true Selector Function
+...............................
+
+Always evaluates to true.  ARG is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: true Selector Function,  Up: Selectors
+
+3.3.3.28 xhost Selector Function
+................................
+
+This function compares ARG against the current hostname, similarly to
+the *Note host Selector Variable::.  However, this function will also
+match if ARG is a CNAME (DNS Canonical Name, or alias) for the current
+host's name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Options,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Location Format
+
+3.3.4 Map Options
+-----------------
+
+Options are parsed concurrently with selectors.  The difference is that
+when an option is seen the string following the `:=' is recorded for
+later use.  As a minimum the TYPE option must be specified.  Each
+filesystem type has other options which must also be specified.  *Note
+Filesystem Types::, for details on the filesystem specific options.
+
+   Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported
+as errors.
+
+   The following options apply to more than one filesystem type.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* addopts Option::
+* delay Option::
+* fs Option::
+* opts Option::
+* remopts Option::
+* sublink Option::
+* type Option::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: addopts Option,  Next: delay Option,  Prev: Map Options,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.1 addopts Option
+......................
+
+This option adds additional options to default options normally
+specified in the `/defaults' entry or the defaults of the key entry
+being processed (*note opts Option::).  Normally when you specify
+`opts' in both the `/defaults' and the map entry, the latter overrides
+the former completely.  But with `addopts' it will append the options
+and override any conflicting ones.
+
+   `addopts' also overrides the value of the `remopts' option (*note
+remopts Option::), which unless specified defaults to the value of
+`opts'.
+
+   Options which start with `no' will override those with the same name
+that do not start with `no' and vice verse.  Special handling is given
+to inverted options such as `soft' and `hard', `bg' and `fg', `ro' and
+`rw', etc.
+
+   For example, if the default options specified were
+     opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix
+
+   and the ones specified in a map entry were
+
+     addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
+
+   then the actual options used would be
+
+     wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: delay Option,  Next: fs Option,  Prev: addopts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.2 delay Option
+....................
+
+The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the
+current location.  Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles
+and so on are computed regardless of this value.
+
+   A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary
+file servers.  The secondary servers would have a delay of a few
+seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fs Option,  Next: opts Option,  Prev: delay Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.3 fs Option
+.................
+
+The local mount point.  The semantics of this option vary between
+filesystems.
+
+   For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of `${fs}' is used as the
+local mount point.  For other filesystem types it has other meanings
+which are described in the section describing the respective filesystem
+type.  It is important that this string uniquely identifies the
+filesystem being mounted.  To satisfy this requirement, it should
+contain the name of the host on which the filesystem is resident and the
+pathname of the filesystem on the local or remote host.
+
+   The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated
+filesystems are considered.  If a fileserver goes down and a
+replacement filesystem is mounted then the "local" mount point "must"
+be different from that of the filesystem which is hung.  Some encoding
+of the filesystem name is required if more than one filesystem is to be
+mounted from any given host.
+
+   If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a
+particular host will be gathered below a single directory.  If that
+server goes down then the hung mount points are less likely to be
+accidentally referenced, for example when getcwd(3) traverses the
+namespace to find the pathname of the current directory.
+
+   The `fs' option defaults to `${autodir}/${rhost}${rfs}'.  In
+addition, `rhost' defaults to the local host name (`${host}') and `rfs'
+defaults to the value of `${path}', which is the full path of the
+requested file; `/home/foo' in the example above (*note Selectors::).
+`${autodir}' defaults to `/a' but may be changed with the `-a' command
+line option.  Sun's automounter defaults to `/tmp_mnt'.  Note that
+there is no `/' between the `${rhost}' and `${rfs}' since `${rfs}'
+begins with a `/'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: opts Option,  Next: remopts Option,  Prev: fs Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.4 opts Option
+...................
+
+The options to pass to the mount system call.  A leading `-' is
+silently ignored.  The mount options supported generally correspond to
+those used by mount(8) and are listed below.  Some additional
+pseudo-options are interpreted by Amd and are also listed.
+
+   Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount
+options applies.  Any options not recognized are ignored.  If no
+options list is supplied the string `rw,defaults' is used and all the
+system default mount options apply.  Options which are not applicable
+for a particular operating system are silently ignored.  For example,
+only 4.4BSD is known to implement the `compress' and `spongy' options.
+
+`acdirmax=N'
+     Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+`acdirmin=N'
+     Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+`acregmax=N'
+     Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+`acregmin=N'
+     Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+`actimeo=N'
+     Set the overall attribute cache timeout to N.
+
+`auto'
+`ignore'
+     Ignore this mount by df(1).
+
+`cache'
+     Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
+
+`closesession'
+     For UDF mounts, close the session when unmounting.
+
+`compress'
+     Use NFS compression protocol.
+
+`defperm'
+     Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to
+     0555, UID 0, and GID 0.  Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+`dev'
+     Allow local special devices on this filesystem.
+
+`dirmask=N'
+     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for
+     directories in the file system.  See the `mask' option's
+     description for more details.  The mask value of N can be
+     specified in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.
+
+`dumbtimr'
+     Turn off the dynamic retransmit timeout estimator.  This may be
+     useful for UDP mounts that exhibit high retry rates, since it is
+     possible that the dynamically estimated timeout interval is too
+     short.
+
+`extatt'
+     Enable extended attributes in ISO-9660 file systems.
+
+`fsid'
+     Set ID of filesystem.
+
+`gens'
+     Enable generations in ISO-9660 file systems.  Generations allow
+     you to see all versions of a given file.
+
+`gmtoff=N'
+     For UDF mounts, set the time zone offset from UTC to N seconds,
+     with positive values indicating east of the Prime Meridian.  If not
+     set, the user's current time zone will be used.
+
+`group=N'
+     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the group of the files in the file
+     system to N (which can either be a group name or a GID number).
+     The default group is the group of the directory on which the file
+     system is being mounted.
+
+`grpid'
+     Use BSD directory group-id semantics.
+
+`int'
+`intr'
+     Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts.
+
+`lock'
+     Use the NFS locking protocol (default)
+
+`longname'
+     For PCFS mounts, force Win95 long names.
+
+`mask=N'
+     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for files in
+     the file system.  For example, a mask of 755 specifies that, by
+     default, the owner should have read, write, and execute
+     permissions for files, but others should only have read and
+     execute permissions.  Only the nine low-order bits of mask are
+     used.  The default mask is taken from the directory on which the
+     file system is being mounted.  The mask value of N can be
+     specified in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.
+
+`multi'
+     Perform multi-component lookup on files.
+
+`maxgroups'
+     Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount.
+
+`nfsv3'
+     Use NFS Version 3 for this mount.
+
+`noac'
+     Turn off the attribute cache.
+
+`noauto'
+     This option is used by the mount command in `/etc/fstab' or
+     `/etc/vfstab' and means not to mount this file system when mount -a
+     is used.
+
+`nocache'
+     Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.
+
+`nocasetrans'
+     Don't do case translation. Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
+     ISO-9660.
+
+`noconn'
+     Don't make a connection on datagram transports.
+
+`nocto'
+     No close-to-open consistency.
+
+`nodefperm'
+     Do not ignore the permission mode bits.  Useful for CD-ROMS
+     formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+`nodev'
+`nodevs'
+     Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem.
+
+`noexec'
+     Don't allow program execution.
+
+`noint'
+     Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount
+
+`nojoliet'
+     Turn off the Joliet extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
+     ISO-9660.
+
+`nolock'
+     Do not use the NFS locking protocol
+
+`nomnttab'
+     This option is used internally to tell Amd that a Solaris 8 system
+     using mntfs is in use.
+
+`norrip'
+     Turn off using of the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP)
+     extensions to ISO-9660.
+
+`nosub'
+     Disallow mounts beneath this mount.
+
+`nosuid'
+     Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem.
+
+`noversion'
+     Strip the extension `;#' from the version string of files recorded
+     on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM.
+
+`nowin95'
+     For PCFS mounts, completely ignore Win95 entries.
+
+`optionstr'
+     Under Solaris 8, provide the kernel a string of options to parse
+     and show as part of the special in-kernel mount file system.
+
+`overlay'
+     Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any.
+
+`pgthresh=N'
+     Set the paging threshold to N kilobytes.
+
+`port=N'
+     Set the NFS port to N.
+
+`posix'
+     Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts.
+
+`private'
+     Use local locking instead of the NLM protocol, useful for IRIX 6
+     only.
+
+`proplist'
+     Support property lists (ACLs) for this mount, useful primarily for
+     Tru64 UNIX.
+
+`proto=S'
+     Use transport protocol S for NFS (can be `"tcp"' or `"udp"').
+
+`quota'
+     Enable quota checking on this mount.
+
+`rdonly'
+`ro'
+     Mount this filesystem readonly.
+
+`resvport'
+     Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts.
+     Most systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on
+     non-reserved ports.   This causes problems when such a system
+     tries to NFS mount one that requires reserved ports.  It is
+     recommended that this option always be on.
+
+`retrans=n'
+     The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is
+     generated by a `soft' mounted filesystem, and before a `hard'
+     mounted filesystem reports `NFS server "yoyo" not responding still
+     trying'.
+
+`retry'
+     Set the NFS retry counter.
+
+`rrcaseins'
+     Enable the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) case insensitive
+     extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as ISO-9660.
+
+`rrip'
+     Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to
+     ISO-9660.
+
+`rsize=N'
+     The NFS read packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
+     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
+
+`rw'
+     Allow reads and writes on this filesystem.
+
+`sessionnr=N'
+     For multisession UDF mounts, use session number N when mounting.
+
+`shortname'
+     For PCFS mounts, force old DOS short names only.
+
+`soft'
+     Give up after "retrans" retransmissions.
+
+`spongy'
+     Like `soft' for status requests, and `hard' for data transfers.
+
+`suid'
+     Allow set-uid programs on this mount.
+
+`symttl'
+     Turn off the symbolic link cache time-to-live.
+
+`sync'
+     Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount.
+
+`tcp'
+     Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation
+     does not support TCP/IP mounts.
+
+`timeo=N'
+     The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is
+     retransmitted.
+
+`user=N'
+     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the owner of the files in the file
+     system to N (which can either be a user name or a UID number).  The
+     default owner is the owner of the directory on which the file
+     system is being mounted.
+
+`vers=N'
+     Use NFS protocol version number N (can be 2 or 3).
+
+`wsize=N'
+     The NFS write packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
+     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.
+
+
+   The following options are implemented by Amd, rather than being
+passed to the kernel.
+
+`nounmount'
+     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will never expire.
+     This is the default for non-network based filesystem types (such as
+     mounting local disks, floppies, and CD-ROMs).  See also the related
+     unmount option.
+
+`ping=N'
+     The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings.  When four
+     consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung.
+     This interval defaults to 30 seconds; if the ping interval is set
+     to zero, Amd will use the default 30-second interval.  If the
+     interval is set to -1 (or any other negative value), no pings are
+     sent and the host is assumed to be always up, which can cause
+     unmounts to hang See the softlookup option for a better
+     alternative.  Turning pings off can be useful in NFS-HA
+     (High-Availability) sites where the NFS service rarely goes down.
+     Setting the ping value to a large value can reduce the amount of
+     NFS_NULL chatter on your network considerably, especially in large
+     sites.
+
+     Note that if you have multiple Amd entries using the same file
+     server, and each entry sets a different value of N, then each time
+     Amd mounts a new entry, the ping value will be re-evaluated (and
+     updated, turned off, or turned back on as needed).  Finally, note
+     that NFS_NULL pings are sent for both UDP and TCP mounts, because
+     even a hung TCP mount can cause user processes to hang.
+
+`public'
+     Use WebNFS multi-component lookup on the public file handle
+     instead of the mount protocol to obtain NFS file handles, as
+     documented in the WebNFS Client Specification, RFC 2054.  This
+     means that Amd will not attempt to contact the remote portmapper
+     or remote mountd daemon, and will only connect to the well-known
+     NFS port 2049 or the port specified with the port mount option,
+     thus making it easier to use NFS through a firewall.
+
+`retry=N'
+     The number of times to retry the mount system call.
+
+`softlookup'
+     Configures Amd's behavior with respect to already-mounted shares
+     from NFS fileservers that are unreachable.  If softlookup is
+     specified, trying to access such a share will result in an error
+     (EIO, which is changed from the ENOENT 6.0 used to return).  If it
+     is not specified, a regular symlink is provided and the access
+     will probably hang in the NFS filesystem.
+
+     The default behavior depends on whether the mount is 'soft' or
+     'hard'; softlookup can be used to change this default. This is
+     changed from 6.0 which always behaved as if softlookup was
+     specified.
+
+`unmount'
+     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will indeed expire
+     (and thus may be automatically unmounted).  This is also the
+     default for network-based filesystem types (e.g., NFS).  This
+     option is useful for removable local media such as CD-ROMs, USB
+     drives, etc. so they can expire when not in use, and get unmounted
+     (such drives can get work out when they keep spinning).  See also
+     the related nounmount option.
+
+`utimeout=N'
+     The interval, in seconds, that looked up and mounted map entries
+     are cached.  After that period of time, Amd will attempt to unmount
+     the entries.  If, however, the unmount fails (with EBUSY), then
+     Amd will extend the mount's time-to-live by the utimeout value
+     before the next unmount attempt is made.  In fact the interval is
+     extended before the unmount is attempted, to avoid thrashing.  The
+     default value is 120 seconds (two minutes) or as set by the `-w'
+     command line option.
+
+`xlatecookie'
+     Translate directory cookies between 32-long and 64-long lengths.
+
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: remopts Option,  Next: sublink Option,  Prev: opts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.5 remopts Option
+......................
+
+This option has the same use as `${opts}' but applies only when the
+remote host is on a non-local network.  For example, when using NFS
+across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the
+data read and write sizes.  This can simply be done by specifying the
+small values in REMOPTS.  When a non-local host is accessed, the
+smaller sizes will automatically be used.
+
+   Amd determines whether a host is local by examining the network
+interface configuration at startup.  Any interface changes made after
+Amd has been started will not be noticed.  The likely effect will be
+that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local.
+
+   Unless otherwise set, the value of `${remopts}' is the same as the
+value of `${opts}'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: sublink Option,  Next: type Option,  Prev: remopts Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.6 sublink Option
+......................
+
+The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference
+should point.  This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases
+where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: type Option,  Prev: sublink Option,  Up: Map Options
+
+3.3.4.7 type Option
+...................
+
+The filesystem type to be used.  *Note Filesystem Types::, for a full
+description of each type.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Command Line Options,  Next: Filesystem Types,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Top
+
+4 Amd Command Line Options
+**************************
+
+Many of Amd's parameters can be set from the command line.  The command
+line is also used to specify automount points and maps.
+
+   The general format of a command line is
+
+     amd [options] [{ directory map-name [-map-options] } ...]
+
+   For each directory and map-name given or specified in the `amd.conf'
+file, Amd establishes an automount point.  The "map-options" may be any
+sequence of options or selectors--*note Location Format::.  The
+"map-options" apply only to Amd's mount point.
+
+   `type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=${map}' is the default value for
+the map options.  Default options for a map are read from a special
+entry in the map whose key is the string `/defaults'.  When default
+options are given they are prepended to any options specified in the
+mount-map locations as explained in *Note Map Defaults::.
+
+   The "options" are any combination of those listed below.
+
+   Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are
+mounted.  The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in
+which case they will be removed when Amd exits.  Finally, Amd
+disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and forks into the
+background.
+
+   Note: Even if Amd has been built with `-DDEBUG' (via `configure
+--enable-debug'), it will still background itself and disassociate
+itself from the controlling terminal.  To use a debugger it is
+necessary to specify `-D daemon' on the command line.  However, even
+with all of this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the background,
+and Amd will always fork before doing them.  Therefore, debugging what
+happens closely during un/mounts is more challenging.
+
+   _All_ of Amd's command options (save `-F' and `-T') can be specified
+in the `amd.conf' file. *Note Amd Configuration File::.  If Amd is
+invoked without any command line options, it will default to using the
+configuration file `/etc/amd.conf', if one exists.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* -a Option::   Automount directory.
+* -c Option::   Cache timeout interval.
+* -d Option::   Domain name.
+* -k Option::   Kernel architecture.
+* -l Option::   Log file.
+* -n Option::   Hostname normalization.
+* -o Option::   Operating system version.
+* -p Option::   Output process id.
+* -r Option::   Restart existing mounts.
+* -t Option::   Kernel RPC timeout.
+* -v Option::   Version information.
+* -w Option::   Wait interval after failed unmount.
+* -x Option::   Log options.
+* -y Option::   NIS domain.
+* -A Option::   Operating system Architecture.
+* -C Option::   Cluster name.
+* -D Option::   Debug flags.
+* -F Option::   Amd configuration file.
+* -H Option::   Show brief help.
+* -O Option::   Operating system name.
+* -S Option::   Lock executable pages in memory.
+* -T Option::   Set tag for configuration file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a Option,  Next: -c Option,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.1 `-a' DIRECTORY
+==================
+
+Specifies the default mount directory.  This option changes the variable
+`${autodir}' which otherwise defaults to `/a'.  For example, some sites
+prefer `/amd' or `/n'.
+
+     amd -a /amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -c Option,  Next: -d Option,  Prev: -a Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.2 `-c' CACHE-INTERVAL
+=======================
+
+Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by Amd.  If
+no reference is made to the volume in this period, Amd discards the
+volume name to filesystem mapping.
+
+   Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, Amd
+attempts to unmount the filesystem.  If the unmount fails the interval
+is extended by a further period as specified by the `-w' command line
+option or by the `utimeout' mount option.
+
+   The default "cache-interval" is 300 seconds (five minutes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d Option,  Next: -k Option,  Prev: -c Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.3 `-d' DOMAIN
+===============
+
+Specifies the host's domain.  This sets the internal variable
+`${domain}' and affects the `${hostd}' variable.
+
+   If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the
+local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of
+`${domain}' is `unknown.domain'.
+
+   For example, if the local domain was `doc.ic.ac.uk', Amd could be
+started as follows:
+
+     amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -k Option,  Next: -l Option,  Prev: -d Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.4 `-k' KERNEL-ARCHITECTURE
+============================
+
+Specifies the kernel architecture of the system.  This is usually the
+output of `uname -m' (the "machine" value gotten from uname(2)).  If
+the uname(2) system call is not available, the value of `${karch}'
+defaults to that of `${arch}'.
+
+   The only effect of this option is to set the variable `${karch}'.
+
+   This option would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -k `arch -k` ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -l Option,  Next: -n Option,  Prev: -k Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.5 `-l' LOG-OPTION
+===================
+
+Selects the form of logging to be made.  Several special "log-options"
+are recognized.
+
+  1. If "log-option" is the string `syslog', Amd will use the syslog(3)
+     mechanism.  If your system supports syslog facilities, then the
+     default facility used is `LOG_DAEMON'.
+
+  2. When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
+     name to the log option name, delimited by a single colon.  For
+     example, if "log-options" is the string `syslog:local7' then Amd
+     will log messages via syslog(3) using the `LOG_LOCAL7' facility.
+     If the facility name specified is not recognized, Amd will default
+     to `LOG_DAEMON'.  Note: while you can use any syslog facility
+     available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those
+     reserved for other services such as `kern', `lpr', `cron', etc.
+
+  3. If "log-option" is the string `/dev/stderr', Amd will use standard
+     error, which is also the default target for log messages.  To
+     implement this, Amd simulates the effect of the `/dev/fd' driver.
+
+   Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging.  Log
+messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new
+file is created.  The file is opened once and then held open, rather
+than being re-opened for each message.
+
+   Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a
+log file, it is impossible to "rotate" the log file and compress older
+logs on a daily basis.  The daemon needs to be told to discard (via
+close(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file.  This is done
+using `amq -l' log-option. *Note Amq -l option::.
+
+   If the `syslog' option is specified but the system does not support
+syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, Amd will use
+standard error.  Error messages generated before Amd has finished
+parsing the command line are printed on standard error.
+
+   Since Amd tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially
+if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program
+running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk
+file.  In that case Amd would be started as follows:
+
+     amd -l /var/log/amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -n Option,  Next: -o Option,  Prev: -l Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.6 `-n'
+========
+
+Normalizes the remote hostname before using it.  Normalization is done
+by replacing the value of `${rhost}' with the (generally fully
+qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup.
+
+   This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a
+single host in a mount map.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -o Option,  Next: -p Option,  Prev: -n Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.7 `-o' OP-SYS-VER
+===================
+
+Overrides the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with
+OP-SYS-VER.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
+backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in version is
+`2.5.1', you can override it to `5.5.1', and use older maps that were
+written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -p Option,  Next: -r Option,  Prev: -o Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.8 `-p'
+========
+
+Causes Amd's process id to be printed on standard output.  This can be
+redirected to a suitable file for use with kill:
+
+     amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ...
+
+   This option only has an affect if Amd is running in daemon mode.  If
+Amd is started with the `-D daemon' debug flag, this option is ignored.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -r Option,  Next: -t Option,  Prev: -p Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.9 `-r'
+========
+
+Tells Amd to restart existing mounts (*note Inheritance Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -t Option,  Next: -v Option,  Prev: -r Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.10 `-t' TIMEOUT.RETRANSMIT
+============================
+
+Specifies the RPC "timeout" interval and the "retransmit" counter used
+by the kernel to communicate to Amd.  These are used to set the `timeo'
+and `retrans' mount options, respectively.  The default timeout is 0.8
+seconds, and the default number of retransmissions is 11.
+
+   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
+retries.  The values of these parameters change the overall retry
+interval.  Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too
+short an interval causes excessive retries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v Option,  Next: -w Option,  Prev: -t Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.11 `-v'
+=========
+
+Print version information on standard error and then exit.  The output
+is of the form:
+
+     Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Erez Zadok
+     Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry
+     Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
+     Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+     am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61).
+     Built by ezk@example.com on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997.
+     cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u.
+     full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun.
+     Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error.
+     AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit,
+           ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error.
+     FS: autofs, cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, udf, ufs.
+     Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13).
+     Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14).
+     Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16).
+
+   The information includes the version number, number of times Amd was
+compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release.
+Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and
+kernel architecture as `${arch}' and `${karch}', respectively.  The
+next line lists the operating system full name, short name, version,
+and vendor.  These four values correspond to the variables
+`${full_os}', `${os}', `${osver}', and `${vendor}', respectively.
+*Note Supported Platforms::.
+
+   Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally
+supported by Amd (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS).
+Finally all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name and
+number.  They are available via the variables `${wire}' or
+`${network}', and `${netnumber}' (*note Selectors::) or the `in_network'
+selector function (*note in_network Selector Function::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -w Option,  Next: -x Option,  Prev: -v Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.12 `-w' WAIT-TIMEOUT
+======================
+
+Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the
+initial time-to-live has expired.
+
+   This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -x Option,  Next: -y Option,  Prev: -w Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.13 `-x' OPTS
+==============
+
+Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages.  "opts" is a comma
+separated list selected from the following options:
+
+`fatal'
+     Fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+
+`error'
+     Non-fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+
+`user'
+     Non-fatal user errors
+
+`warn'
+     Recoverable errors
+
+`warning'
+     Alias for `warn'
+
+`info'
+     Information messages
+
+`map'
+     Mount map usage
+
+`stats'
+     Additional statistics
+
+`all'
+     All of the above
+
+`defaults'
+     An alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info".
+
+   Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled.  This is as if
+`-x defaults' or `-x fatal,error,user,warning,info' had been selected.
+The command line is parsed and logging is controlled by the `-x'
+option.  The very first set of logging flags is saved and can not be
+subsequently disabled using Amq.  This default set of options is useful
+for general production use.
+
+   The `info' messages include details of what is mounted and unmounted
+and when filesystems have timed out.  If you want to have the default
+set of messages without the `info' messages then you simply need `-x
+noinfo'.  The messages given by `user' relate to errors in the mount
+maps, so these are useful when new maps are installed.  The following
+table lists the syslog priorities used for each of the message types.
+
+`fatal'
+     `LOG_CRIT'
+
+`error'
+     `LOG_ERR'
+
+`user'
+     `LOG_WARNING'
+
+`warning'
+     `LOG_WARNING'
+
+`info'
+     `LOG_INFO'
+
+`debug'
+     `LOG_DEBUG'
+
+`map'
+     `LOG_DEBUG'
+
+`stats'
+     `LOG_INFO'
+
+   The options can be prefixed by the string `no' to indicate that this
+option should be turned off.  For example, to obtain all but `info'
+messages the option `-x all,noinfo' would be used.
+
+   If Amd was built with debugging enabled the `debug' option is
+automatically enabled regardless of the command line options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -y Option,  Next: -A Option,  Prev: -x Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.14 `-y' NIS-DOMAIN
+====================
+
+Selects an alternate NIS domain.  This is useful for debugging and
+cross-domain shared mounting.  If this flag is specified, Amd
+immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -A Option,  Next: -C Option,  Prev: -y Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.15 `-A' ARCHITECTURE
+======================
+
+Specifies the OS architecture of the system.  The only effect of this
+option is to set the variable `${arch}'.
+
+   This option would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -A i386 ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -C Option,  Next: -D Option,  Prev: -A Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.16 `-C' CLUSTER-NAME
+======================
+
+Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a
+member.  The only effect is to set the variable `${cluster}'.  The
+"cluster-name" is will usually obtained by running another command
+which uses a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name.
+`${cluster}' can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of
+replicated data.  If this option is not given, `${cluster}' has the
+same value as `${domain}'.  This would be used as follows:
+
+     amd -C `clustername` ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D Option,  Next: -F Option,  Prev: -C Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.17 `-D' OPTS
+==============
+
+Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; "opts" is a
+comma separated list of debugging options.  The `-D' option is only
+available if Amd was compiled with `-DDEBUG', or configured with
+`configure --enable-debug'.  The memory debugging facilities (`mem')
+are only available if Amd was compiled with `-DDEBUG_MEM' (in addition
+to `-DDEBUG'), or configured with `configure --enable-debug=mem'.
+
+   The most common options to use are `-D trace' and `-D test' (which
+turns on all the useful debug options).  As usual, every option can be
+prefixed with `no' to turn it off.
+
+`all'
+     all options (excluding hrtime and mtab)
+
+`defaults'
+     "sensible" default options (all-excluding hrtime, mtab, and
+     xdrtrace)
+
+`test'
+     full debug options plus mtab,nodaemon,nofork,noamq
+
+`amq'
+     register Amd with the RPC portmapper, for Amq
+
+`daemon'
+     enter daemon mode
+
+`fork'
+     fork child worker (hlfsd only)
+
+`full'
+     program trace
+
+`hrtime'
+     print high resolution time stamps (only if syslog(3) is not used)
+
+`info'
+     info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.)  In the case of
+     hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging
+     option.
+
+`mem'
+     trace memory allocations.  Needs to be explicitly enabled at
+     compile time with -enable-debug=mem.
+
+`mtab'
+     use local mount-table file (defaults to `/tmp/mtab', *note
+     debug_mtab_file Parameter::)
+
+`readdir'
+     show readdir progress
+
+`str'
+     debug string munging
+
+`trace'
+     trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments
+
+`xdrtrace'
+     trace XDR routines
+
+   You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed
+explanation of the available options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -F Option,  Next: -H Option,  Prev: -D Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.18 `-F' CONF-FILE
+===================
+
+Specify an Amd configuration file CONF-FILE to use.  For a description
+of the format and syntax, *note Amd Configuration File::.  This
+configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing
+many of them on the command line.  The `amd.conf' file includes
+directives for every command line option Amd has, and many more that
+are only available via the configuration file facility.  The
+configuration file specified by this option is processed after all other
+options had been processed, regardless of the actual location of this
+option on the command line.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -H Option,  Next: -O Option,  Prev: -F Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.19 `-H'
+=========
+
+Print a brief help and usage string.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -O Option,  Next: -S Option,  Prev: -H Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.20 `-O' OP-SYS-NAME
+=====================
+
+Overrides the compiled-in name of the operating system, with
+OP-SYS-NAME.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
+compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in name is `sunos5',
+you can override it to the old name `sos5', and use older maps which
+were written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -S Option,  Next: -T Option,  Prev: -O Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.21 `-S'
+=========
+
+Do _not_ lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To
+improve Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or
+mlockall(2) call lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there is
+less chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
+Amd process as needed.  This tends to improve Amd's performance, at the
+cost of reserving the memory used by the Amd process (making it
+unavailable for other processes).  If this behavior is not desired, use
+the `-S' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -T Option,  Prev: -S Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options
+
+4.22 `-T' TAG
+=============
+
+Specify a tag to use with `amd.conf'.  All map entries tagged with TAG
+will be processed.  Map entries that are not tagged are always
+processed.  Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than TAG will
+not be processed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystem Types,  Next: Amd Configuration File,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Top
+
+5 Filesystem Types
+******************
+
+To mount a volume, Amd must be told the type of filesystem to be used.
+Each filesystem type typically requires additional information such as
+the fileserver name for NFS.
+
+   From the point of view of Amd, a "filesystem" is anything that can
+resolve an incoming name lookup.  An important feature is support for
+multiple filesystem types.  Some of these filesystems are implemented
+in the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst the others
+are implemented internally by Amd.
+
+   The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS.  Four other user
+accessible filesystems (`link', `program', `auto' and `direct') are
+also implemented internally by Amd and these are described below.
+There are two additional filesystem types internal to Amd which are not
+directly accessible to the user (`inherit' and `error').  Their use is
+described since they may still have an effect visible to the user.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Network Filesystem::          A single NFS filesystem.
+* Network Host Filesystem::     NFS mount a host's entire export tree.
+* Network Filesystem Group::    An atomic group of NFS filesystems.
+* Unix Filesystem::             Native disk filesystem.
+* Caching Filesystem::          Caching from remote server filesystem.
+* CD-ROM Filesystem::           ISO9660 CD ROM.
+* UDF Filesystem::              Universal Disk Format filesystem.
+* Loopback Filesystem::         Local loopback-mount filesystem.
+* Memory/RAM Filesystem::       A memory or RAM-based filesystem.
+* Null Filesystem::             4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem.
+* Floppy Filesystem::           MS-DOS Floppy filesystem.
+* Translucent Filesystem::      The directory merging filesystem.
+* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem.
+* User ID Mapping Filesystem::  4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem.
+* Program Filesystem::          Generic Program mounts.
+* Symbolic Link Filesystem::    Local link.
+* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem.
+* NFS-Link Filesystem::         Link if path exists, NFS otherwise.
+* Automount Filesystem::
+* Direct Automount Filesystem::
+* Union Filesystem::
+* Error Filesystem::
+* Top-level Filesystem::
+* Root Filesystem::
+* Inheritance Filesystem::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem,  Next: Network Host Filesystem,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.1 Network Filesystem (`nfs')
+==============================
+
+The "nfs" (`type:=nfs') filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS.
+
+The following options must be specified:
+
+`rhost'
+     the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts
+     database.  IP addresses are not accepted.  The default value is
+     taken from the local host name (`${host}') if no other value is
+     specified.
+
+`rfs'
+     the remote filesystem.  If no value is specified for this option,
+     an internal default of `${path}' is used.
+
+   NFS mounts require a two stage process.  First, the "file handle" of
+the remote file system must be obtained from the server.  Then a mount
+system call must be done on the local system.  Amd keeps a cache of
+file handles for remote file systems.  The cache entries have a
+lifetime of a few minutes.
+
+   If a required file handle is not in the cache, Amd sends a request
+to the remote server to obtain it.
+
+   Historically, this documentation has maintained that Amd will try
+all the locations in parallel and use the first one which responds with
+a valid file handle. This has not been the case for quite some time,
+however. Instead, Amd will go through each location, one by one, and
+will only skip to the next one if the previous one either fails or
+times out.
+
+An NFS entry might be:
+
+     jsp  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
+
+   The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done in a
+new task to avoid the possibility of blocking Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Host Filesystem,  Next: Network Filesystem Group,  Prev: Network Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.2 Network Host Filesystem (`host')
+====================================
+
+The "host" (`type:=host') filesystem allows access to the entire export
+tree of an NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the `nfs'
+implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.  The only option
+which needs to be specified is `rhost' which is the name of the
+fileserver to mount.
+
+   The `host' filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on the
+given fileserver to obtain its export list.  Amd then obtains
+filehandles for each of the exported filesystems.  Any errors at this
+stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored.  Finally each
+filesystem is mounted.  Again, errors are logged but ignored.  One
+common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist.
+Although Amd attempts to automatically create the mount point, it may
+be on a remote filesystem to which Amd does not have write permission.
+
+   When an attempt to unmount a `host' filesystem mount fails, Amd
+remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted.  To do
+this Amd queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of the
+export list.  Amd then tries to mount any exported filesystems which
+are not currently mounted.
+
+   Sun's automounter provides a special `-hosts' map.  To achieve the
+same effect with Amd requires two steps.  First a mount map must be
+created as follows:
+
+     *       type:=host;rhost:=${key};fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root
+
+and then start Amd with the following command
+
+     amd /net net.map
+
+where `net.map' is the name of map described above.  Note that the
+value of `${fs}' is overridden in the map.  This is done to avoid a
+clash between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted
+from the same fileserver.
+
+   If different mount options are needed for different hosts then
+additional entries can be added to the map, for example
+
+     host2       opts:=ro,nosuid,soft
+
+would soft mount `host2' read-only.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem Group,  Next: Unix Filesystem,  Prev: Network Host Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.3 Network Filesystem Group (`nfsx')
+=====================================
+
+The "nfsx" (`type:=nfsx') filesystem allows a group of filesystems to
+be mounted from a single NFS server.  The implementation is layered
+above the `nfs' implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.
+
+   _WARNING_: `nfsx' is meant to be a "last resort" kind of solution.
+It is racy and poorly supported. The authors _highly_ recommend that
+other solutions be considered before relying on it.
+
+   The options are the same as for the `nfs' filesystem with one
+difference for `rfs', as explained below.
+
+The following options should be specified:
+
+`rhost'
+     the remote fileserver.  The default value is taken from the local
+     host name (`${host}') if no other value is specified.
+
+`rfs'
+     is a list of filesystems to mount, and must be specified.  The
+     list is in the form of a comma separated strings.
+
+For example:
+
+     pub  type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\
+          rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root
+
+   The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a
+prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual
+filesystems.  The first string is _not_ used as a filesystem name.  A
+serial operation is used to determine the local mount points to ensure
+a consistent layout of a tree of mounts.
+
+   Here, the _three_ filesystems, `/public', `/public/graphics' and
+`/public/usenet', would be mounted.
+
+   A local mount point, `${fs}', _must_ be specified.  The default
+local mount point will not work correctly in the general case.  A
+suggestion is to use `fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Unix Filesystem,  Next: Caching Filesystem,  Prev: Network Filesystem Group,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.4 Unix Filesystem (`ufs', `xfs', or `efs')
+============================================
+
+The "ufs" (`type:=ufs') filesystem type provides access to the system's
+standard disk filesystem--usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast
+Filesystem.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+`dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   A UFS entry might be:
+
+     jsp   host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp
+
+   UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks
+up during the autoconfiguration phase.  Some systems have more than one
+type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS
+(Extended File System).  In those cases, you may explicitly set the file
+system type, by using entries such:
+
+     ez1   type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a
+     ez2   type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c
+
+   The UFS/XFS/EFS filesystems are never timed out by default, i.e. they
+will never be unmounted by Amd. If automatic unmounting is desired, the
+"unmount" option should be added to the mount options for the entry.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Caching Filesystem,  Next: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Prev: Unix Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.5 Caching Filesystem (`cachefs')
+==================================
+
+The "cachefs" (`type:=cachefs') filesystem caches files from one
+location onto another, presumably providing faster access.  It is
+particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS
+partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory.
+
+The following options must be specified:
+
+`cachedir'
+     the directory where the cache is stored.
+
+`rfs'
+     the path name to the "back file system" to be cached from.
+
+`fs'
+     the "front file system" mount point to the cached files, where Amd
+     will set a symbolic link pointing to.
+
+   A CacheFS entry for, say, the `/import' Amd mount point, might be:
+
+     copt  type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt
+
+   Access to the pathname `/import/copt' will follow a symbolic link to
+`/n/import/copt'.  The latter is the mount point for a caching file
+system, that caches from `/import/opt' to `/cache'.
+
+   The cachefs filesystem is never timed out by default, i.e. it will
+never be unmounted by Amd. If automatic unmounting is desired, the
+"unmount" option should be added to the mount options for the entry.
+
+   Caveats:
+  1. This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x!
+
+  2. Before being used for the first time, the cache directory must be
+     initialized with `cfsadmin -c CACHEDIR'.  See the manual page for
+     cfsadmin(1M) for more information.
+
+  3. The "back file system" mounted must be a complete file system, not
+     a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error "Invalid
+     Argument".
+
+  4. If Amd aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be
+     inconsistent, requiring running the command `fsck -F cachefs
+     CACHEDIR'.  Otherwise you will get the error "No Space Left on
+     Device".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Next: UDF Filesystem,  Prev: Caching Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.6 CD-ROM Filesystem (`cdfs')
+==============================
+
+The "cdfs" (`type:=cdfs') filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an ISO9660
+format filesystem on it.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+`dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only CDs unless the
+`ro' option is specified.  A cdfs entry might be:
+
+     cdfs      os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
+               os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: UDF Filesystem,  Next: Loopback Filesystem,  Prev: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.7 CD-ROM Filesystem (`udf')
+=============================
+
+The "udf" (`type:=udf') filesystem mounts media with a Universal Disk
+Format (UDF) filesystem on it, e.g., a video DVD.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+`dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only media unless the
+`ro' option is specified.  A udf entry might be:
+
+     udf      os==sunos4;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
+              os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Loopback Filesystem,  Next: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Prev: UDF Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.8 Loopback Filesystem (`lofs')
+================================
+
+The "lofs" (`type:=lofs') filesystem is also called the loopback
+filesystem.  It mounts a local directory on another, thus providing
+mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic links).
+
+   The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of
+a chroot-ed directory (via chroot(2)), to provide access to directories
+otherwise inaccessible.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+`rfs'
+     the pathname to be mounted on top of `${fs}'.
+
+   Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security
+reasons.  In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within
+a user's home directory, also available for public ftp.
+
+     lofs      type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Next: Null Filesystem,  Prev: Loopback Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.9 Memory/RAM Filesystem (`mfs')
+=================================
+
+The "mfs" (`type:=mfs') filesystem is available in 4.4BSD, Linux, and
+other systems.  It creates a filesystem in a portion of the system's
+memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Null Filesystem,  Next: Floppy Filesystem,  Prev: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.10 Null Filesystem (`nullfs')
+===============================
+
+The "nullfs" (`type:=nullfs') filesystem is available from 4.4BSD, and
+is very similar to the loopback filesystem, "lofs".
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Floppy Filesystem,  Next: Translucent Filesystem,  Prev: Null Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.11 Floppy Filesystem (`pcfs')
+===============================
+
+The "pcfs" (`type:=pcfs') filesystem mounts a floppy previously
+formatted for the MS-DOS format.
+
+The following option must be specified:
+
+`dev'
+     the block special device to be mounted.
+
+   A pcfs entry might be:
+
+     pcfs      os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \
+               os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Translucent Filesystem,  Next: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Prev: Floppy Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.12 Translucent Filesystem (`tfs')
+===================================
+
+The "tfs" (`type:=tfs') filesystem is an older version of the 4.4BSD
+"unionfs".
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Next: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Prev: Translucent Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.13 Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem (`tmpfs')
+============================================
+
+The "tmpfs" (`type:=tmpfs') filesystem shares memory between a the swap
+device and the rest of the system.  It is generally used to provide a
+fast access `/tmp' directory, one that uses memory that is otherwise
+unused.  This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Next: Program Filesystem,  Prev: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.14 User ID Mapping Filesystem (`umapfs')
+==========================================
+
+The "umapfs" (`type:=umapfs') filesystem maps User IDs of file
+ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD.
+
+   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Program Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Prev: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.15 Program Filesystem (`program')
+===================================
+
+The "program" (`type:=program') filesystem type allows a program to be
+run whenever a mount or unmount is required.  This allows easy addition
+of support for other filesystem types, such as MIT's Remote Virtual
+Disk (RVD) which has a programmatic interface via the commands
+`rvdmount' and `rvdunmount'.
+
+Both of the following options must be specified:
+
+`mount'
+     the program which will perform the mount.
+
+`unmount'
+
+`umount'
+     the program which will perform the unmount.  For convenience, you
+     may use either `unmount' or `umount' but not both.  If neither is
+     defined, Amd will default to `umount ${fs}' (the actual unmount
+     program pathname will be automatically determined at the time GNU
+     `configure' runs.)
+
+   The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error
+code.  As usual, exit code zero indicates success.  To execute the
+program, Amd splits the string on whitespace to create an array of
+substrings.  Single quotes `'' can be used to quote whitespace if that
+is required in an argument.  There is no way to escape or change the
+single quote character.
+
+   To run e.g. the program `rvdmount' with a host name and filesystem as
+arguments, it would be specified by
+`fs:=${autodir}${path};type:=program;mount:="/etc/rvdmount rvdmount
+fserver ${fs}";unmount:="/etc/rdvumount rvdumount ${fs}"'.
+
+   The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the
+program to execute.  The other members of the array form the argument
+vector to be passed to the program, "including argument zero".  The
+array is exactly the same as the array passed to the execv() system call
+(man execv for details).  The split string must have at least two
+elements.  The programs are directly executed by Amd, not via a shell.
+Therefore, if a script is to be used as a mount/umount program, it
+"must" begin with a `#!' interpreter specification.
+
+   Often, this program mount type is used for Samba mounts, where you
+need a double slash in pathnames.  However, Amd normalizes sequences of
+slashes into one slash.  Therefore, you must use an escaped slash,
+preceded by an escaped backslash.  So to get a double slash in the
+mount command, you need the eight character sequence `\\\/\\\/' in your
+map.  For example:
+
+   `mount="/sbin/mount mount -r -t smbfs -o-N,-Ihostname
+\\\/\\\/guest@venus/mp3"'
+
+   If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile
+adding a new filesystem type into Amd, but for most uses the program
+filesystem should suffice.
+
+   When the program is run, standard input and standard error are
+inherited from the current values used by Amd.  Standard output is a
+duplicate of standard error.  The value specified with the `-l' command
+line option has no effect on standard error.
+
+   Amd guarantees that the mountpoint will be created before calling
+the mount program, and that it will be removed after the umount program
+returns success.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Prev: Program Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.16 Symbolic Link Filesystem (`link')
+======================================
+
+Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume
+name to the physical mount point.  The `link' filesystem does the same
+without any other side effects.  This allows any part of the machines
+name space to be accessed via Amd.
+
+   One common use for the symlink filesystem is `/homes' which can be
+made to contain an entry for each user which points to their
+(auto-mounted) home directory.  Although this may seem rather expensive,
+it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility.
+
+The following option must be defined:
+
+`fs'
+     The value of FS option specifies the destination of the link, as
+     modified by the SUBLINK option.  If SUBLINK is non-null, it is
+     appended to `${fs}'`/' and the resulting string is used as the
+     target.
+
+   The `link' filesystem can be thought of as identical to the `ufs'
+filesystem but without actually mounting anything.
+
+   An example entry might be:
+
+     jsp   host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
+   which would return a symbolic link pointing to `/home/charm/jsp'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Next: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.17 Symbolic Link Filesystem II (`linkx')
+==========================================
+
+The "linkx" (`type:=linkx') filesystem type is identical to `link' with
+the exception that the target of the link must exist.  Existence is
+checked with the lstat(2) system call.
+
+   The `linkx' filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map
+entries.  In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and Amd
+will choose the first one which exists on the local machine.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Next: Automount Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.18 NFS-Link Filesystem (`nfsl')
+=================================
+
+The "nfsl" (`type:=nfsl') filesystem type is a combination of two
+others: `link' and `nfs'.  If the local host name is equal to the value
+of `${rhost}' _and_ the target pathname listed in `${fs}' exists,
+`nfsl' will behave exactly as `type:=link', and refer to the target as
+a symbolic link.  If the local host name is not equal to the value of
+`${rhost}', or if the target of the link does not exist, Amd will treat
+it as `type:=nfs', and will mount a remote pathname for it.
+
+   The `nfsl' filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand for
+the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular Amd entries.  For
+example, you can simplify all map entries that look like:
+
+     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
+             host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs} \
+             host==shekel;type:=link
+
+   or
+
+     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
+             exists(${fs});type:=link \
+             !exists(${fs});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}
+
+   into a shorter form
+
+     zing    type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}
+
+   Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids
+possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two
+entries (one for `type:=nfs' and the other for `type:=link') necessary
+to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automount Filesystem,  Next: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Prev: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.19 Automount Filesystem (`auto')
+==================================
+
+The "auto" (`type:=auto') filesystem type creates a new automount point
+below an existing automount point.  Top-level automount points appear
+as system mount points.  An automount mount point can also appear as a
+sub-directory of an existing automount point.  This allows some
+additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of
+another machine.
+
+   The following options may be specified:
+
+`cache'
+     specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be cached.
+     The default value is `none', in which case no caching is done in
+     order to conserve memory.
+
+     However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by
+     caching some or all of a mount-map.
+
+     If the cache option specifies `all', the entire map is enumerated
+     when the mount point is created.
+
+     If the cache option specifies `inc', caching is done incrementally
+     as and when data is required.  Some map types do not support cache
+     mode `all', in which case `inc' is used whenever `all' is
+     requested.
+
+     Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode `none'.
+
+     If the cache option specifies `regexp' then the entire map will be
+     enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular
+     expression.  The order in which a cached map is searched does not
+     correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular
+     expressions should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion.
+
+     Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually `inc', which
+     can be selected by specifying `mapdefault'.
+
+     The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command
+     line.  Starting Amd with the command:
+
+          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc
+
+     will cause `/homes' to be automounted using the "Hesiod" name
+     server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved
+     names.
+
+     All cached data is forgotten whenever Amd receives a `SIGHUP'
+     signal and, if cache `all' mode was selected, the cache will be
+     reloaded.  This can be used to inform Amd that a map has been
+     updated.  In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and Amd needs
+     to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined.  If the cache
+     is out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a
+     `SIGHUP' had been received.
+
+     An additional option (`sync') may be specified to force Amd to
+     check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used.
+     For example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created
+     by the following command:
+
+          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync
+
+`fs'
+     specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point.
+
+     Arguably this should have been specified with the `${rfs}' option
+     but we are now stuck with it due to historical accident.
+
+`pref'
+     alters the name that is looked up in the mount map.  If `${pref}',
+     the "prefix", is non-null then it is prepended to the name
+     requested by the kernel "before" the map is searched. The default
+     prefix is the prefix of the parent map (if any) with name of the
+     auto node appended to it. That means if you want no prefix you
+     must say so in the map: `pref:=null'.
+
+`opts'
+     Normally, `auto' style maps are not browsable even if you turn on
+     directory browsability (*note browsable_dirs Parameter::).  To
+     enable browsing entries in `auto' maps, specify `opts:=browsable'
+     or `opts:=fullybrowsable' in the description of this map.
+
+
+   The server `dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' has two user disks: `/dev/dsk/2s0'
+and `/dev/dsk/5s0'.  These are accessed as `/home/dylan/dk2' and
+`/home/dylan/dk5' respectively.  Since `/home' is already an automount
+point, this naming is achieved with the following map entries:
+
+     dylan        type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
+     dylan/dk2    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
+     dylan/dk5    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Next: Union Filesystem,  Prev: Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.20 Direct Automount Filesystem (`direct')
+===========================================
+
+The "direct" (`type:=direct') filesystem is almost identical to the
+automount filesystem.  Instead of appearing to be a directory of mount
+points, it appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem.  The
+mount is done at the time the link is accessed.  *Note Automount
+Filesystem::, for a list of required options.
+
+   Direct automount points are created by specifying the `direct'
+filesystem type on the command line:
+
+     amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct
+
+   where `auto.direct' would contain an entry such as:
+
+     usr/man    -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \
+                rhost:=man-server1  rhost:=man-server2
+
+   In this example, `man-server1' and `man-server2' are file servers
+which export copies of the manual pages.  Note that the key which is
+looked up is the name of the automount point without the leading `/'.
+
+   Note that the implementation of the traditional "direct" filesystem
+is essentially a hack (pretending that the root of an NFS filesystem is
+a symlink) and many modern operating systems get very unhappy about it.
+For example, Linux kernel 2.4+ completely disallows it, and Solaris 2.8
+fails to unmount it when Amd shuts down. Therefore, the use of the
+traditional "direct" filesystem is strongly discouraged; it is only
+semi-supported, at best.
+
+   The autofs implementations that permit direct mounts are fully
+supported, however. That currently includes all versions of Solaris.
+Linux autofs does NOT support direct mounts at all.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union Filesystem,  Next: Error Filesystem,  Prev: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.21 Union Filesystem (`union')
+===============================
+
+The "union" (`type:=union') filesystem type allows the contents of
+several directories to be merged and made visible in a single
+directory.  This can be used to overcome one of the major limitations
+of the Unix mount mechanism which only allows complete directories to
+be mounted.
+
+   For example, supposing `/tmp' and `/var/tmp' were to be merged into
+a new directory called `/mtmp', with files in `/var/tmp' taking
+precedence.  The following command could be used to achieve this effect:
+
+     amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union
+
+   Currently, the unioned directories must _not_ be automounted.  That
+would cause a deadlock.  This seriously limits the current usefulness of
+this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future
+release of Amd.
+
+   Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last
+named directory.  This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points
+to the correct directory.  The wildcard entry is visible if the union
+directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has
+priority.
+
+   The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time
+Amd is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the
+underlying directories.  Similarly, if a link is removed, for example
+with the `rm' command, it will be lost forever.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Error Filesystem,  Next: Top-level Filesystem,  Prev: Union Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.22 Error Filesystem (`error')
+===============================
+
+The "error" (`type:=error') filesystem type is used internally as a
+catch-all in the case where none of the other filesystems was selected,
+or some other error occurred.  Lookups and mounts always fail with "No
+such file or directory".  All other operations trivially succeed.
+
+   The error filesystem is not directly accessible.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top-level Filesystem,  Next: Root Filesystem,  Prev: Error Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.23 Top-level Filesystem (`toplvl')
+====================================
+
+The "toplvl" (`type:=toplvl') filesystems is derived from the `auto'
+filesystem and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes.
+Requests of this type are automatically generated from the command line
+arguments.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Root Filesystem,  Next: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Top-level Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.24 Root Filesystem (`root')
+=============================
+
+The "root" (`type:=root') filesystem type acts as an internal
+placeholder onto which Amd can pin `toplvl' mounts.  Only one node of
+this type need ever exist and one is created automatically during
+startup.  The effect of having more than one root node is undefined.
+
+   The root filesystem is not directly accessible.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Root Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types
+
+5.25 Inheritance Filesystem (`inherit')
+=======================================
+
+The "inheritance" (`type:=inherit') filesystem is not directly
+accessible.  Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are
+automatically generated when Amd is started with the `-r' option.  At
+this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems
+which are already mounted.  If any reference to these filesystems is
+made through Amd then instead of attempting to mount it, Amd simulates
+the mount and "inherits" the filesystem.  This allows a new version of
+Amd to be installed on a live system simply by killing the old daemon
+with `SIGTERM' and starting the new one.
+
+   This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is
+possible that the output from `amq -m' may list `inherit' as the
+filesystem type.  This happens when an inherit operation cannot be
+completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Configuration File,  Next: Run-time Administration,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Top
+
+6 Amd Configuration File
+************************
+
+The `amd.conf' file is the configuration file for Amd, as part of the
+am-utils suite.  This file contains runtime configuration information
+for the Amd automounter program.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* File Format::
+* The Global Section::
+* Regular Map Sections::
+* Common Parameters::
+* Global Parameters::
+* Regular Map Parameters::
+* amd.conf Examples::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: File Format,  Next: The Global Section,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.1 File Format
+===============
+
+The `amd.conf' file consists of sections and parameters.  A section
+begins with the name of the section in square brackets `[]' and
+continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is
+reached.  Sections contain parameters of the form `name = value'.
+
+   The file is line-based -- that is, each newline-terminated line
+represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.  No
+line-continuation syntax is available.
+
+   Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive.
+
+   Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.  Whitespace
+before or after the first equals sign is discarded.  Leading, trailing
+and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant.
+Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded.
+Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the
+whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in `name = "some
+value"'.
+
+   Any line beginning with a pound sign `#' is ignored, as are lines
+containing only whitespace.
+
+   The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
+string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a
+boolean, which may be given as `yes'/`no'.  Case is significant in all
+values.  Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: The Global Section,  Next: Regular Map Sections,  Prev: File Format,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.2 The Global Section
+======================
+
+The global section must be specified as `[global]'.  Parameters in this
+section either apply to Amd as a whole, or to all other regular map
+sections which follow.  There should be only one global section defined
+in one configuration file.
+
+   It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the
+configuration file.  If it is not, then regular map sections which
+precede it will not use global values defined later.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Sections,  Next: Common Parameters,  Prev: The Global Section,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.3 Regular Map Sections
+========================
+
+Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry.
+For example, if the map section `[/homes]' is defined, then all
+parameters following it will be applied to the `/homes' Amd-managed
+mount point.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Common Parameters,  Next: Global Parameters,  Prev: Regular Map Sections,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.4 Common Parameters
+=====================
+
+These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific
+section.  Entries specified in a map-specific section override the
+default value or one defined in the global section.   If such a common
+parameter is specified only in the global section, it is applicable to
+all regular map sections that follow.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* autofs_use_lofs Parameter::
+* browsable_dirs Parameter::
+* map_defaults Parameter::
+* map_options Parameter::
+* map_type Parameter::
+* mount_type Parameter::
+* search_path Parameter::
+* selectors_in_defaults Parameter::
+* sun_map_syntax Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Next: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.1 autofs_use_lofs Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`yes').  When set to `yes', Amd's autofs code
+will use lofs-type (loopback) mounts for `type:=link' mounts, as well
+as several other cases that require local references.  This has the
+advantage that Amd does not use a secondary mount point and users do
+not see external pathnames (the infamous `/bin/pwd' problem, where it
+reports a different path than the user chdir'ed into).  One of the
+disadvantages of using this option is that the autofs code is
+relatively new and the in-place mounts have not been throughly tested.
+
+   If this option is set to `no', then Amd's autofs code will use
+symlinks instead of lofs-type mounts for local references.  This has
+the advantage of using simpler (more stable) code, but at the expense
+of negating one of autofs's big advantages: the hiding of Amd's
+internal paths.  Note that symlinks are not supported in all autofs
+implementations, especially those derived from Solaris Autofs v1.
+Also, on Solaris 2.6 and newer, autofs symlinks are not cached,
+resulting in repeated up-call requests to Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Next: map_defaults Parameter,  Prev: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.2 browsable_dirs Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd's top-level mount
+points will be browsable to readdir(3) calls.  This means you could run
+for example ls(1) and see what keys are available to mount in that
+directory.  Not all entries are made visible to readdir(3): the
+`/defaults' entry, wildcard entries, and those with a `/' in them are
+not included.  If you specify `full' to this option, all but the
+`/defaults' entry will be visible.  Note that if you run a command
+which will attempt to stat(2) the entries, such as often done by `ls
+-l' or `ls -F', Amd will attempt to mount every entry in that map.
+This is often called a "mount storm".
+
+   Note that mount storms are mostly avoided by using autofs mounts
+(`mount_type = autofs').
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_defaults Parameter,  Next: map_options Parameter,  Prev: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.3 map_defaults Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to empty).  This option sets a string to be used
+as the map's `/defaults' entry, overriding any `/defaults' specified in
+the map.  This allows local users to override a given map's defaults
+without modifying maps globally (which is impossible in sites where the
+maps are managed by a different administrative group).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_options Parameter,  Next: map_type Parameter,  Prev: map_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.4 map_options Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no options).  This option is the same as
+specifying map options on the command line to Amd, such as `cache:=all'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_type Parameter,  Next: mount_type Parameter,  Prev: map_options Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.5 map_type Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default search all map types).  If specified, Amd will
+initialize the map only for the type given.  This is useful to avoid the
+default map search type used by Amd which takes longer and can have
+undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used.
+Possible values are
+
+`file'
+     plain files
+
+`hesiod'
+     Hesiod name service from MIT
+
+`ldap'
+     Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
+
+`ndbm'
+     (New) dbm style hash files
+
+`nis'
+     Network Information Services (version 2)
+
+`nisplus'
+     Network Information Services Plus (version 3)
+
+`passwd'
+     local password files
+
+`union'
+     union maps
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: mount_type Parameter,  Next: search_path Parameter,  Prev: map_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.6 mount_type Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`nfs').  All Amd mount types default to NFS.
+That is, Amd is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local
+host it is running on.  If `autofs' is specified, Amd will be an autofs
+server for those mount points.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: search_path Parameter,  Next: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Prev: mount_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.7 search_path Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no search path).  This provides a
+(colon-delimited) search path for file maps.  Using a search path,
+sites can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can
+distributed maps in several locations as needed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Next: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: search_path Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.8 selectors_in_defaults Parameter
+-------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then the `/defaults' entry of
+maps will search for and process any selectors before setting defaults
+for all other keys in that map.  Useful when you want to set different
+options for a complete map based on some parameters.  For example, you
+may want to better the NFS performance over slow slip-based networks as
+follows:
+
+     /defaults \
+         wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \
+         wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192
+
+   Deprecated form: selectors_on_default.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters
+
+6.4.9 sun_map_syntax Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will parse the map
+according to the Sun Automount syntax.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Global Parameters,  Next: Regular Map Parameters,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.5 Global Parameters
+=====================
+
+The following parameters are applicable to the `[global]' section only.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* arch Parameter::
+* auto_attrcache Parameter::
+* auto_dir Parameter::
+* cache_duration Parameter::
+* cluster Parameter::
+* debug_mtab_file Parameter::
+* debug_options Parameter::
+* dismount_interval Parameter::
+* domain_strip Parameter::
+* exec_map_timeout Parameter::
+* forced_unmounts Parameter::
+* full_os Parameter::
+* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter::
+* hesiod_base Parameter::
+* karch Parameter::
+* ldap_base Parameter::
+* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter::
+* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter::
+* ldap_hostports Parameter::
+* ldap_proto_version Parameter::
+* local_domain Parameter::
+* localhost_address Parameter::
+* log_file Parameter::
+* log_options Parameter::
+* map_reload_interval Parameter::
+* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter::
+* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter::
+* nfs_proto Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter::
+* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter::
+* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter::
+* nfs_vers Parameter::
+* nis_domain Parameter::
+* normalize_hostnames Parameter::
+* normalize_slashes Parameter::
+* os Parameter::
+* osver Parameter::
+* pid_file Parameter::
+* plock Parameter::
+* portmap_program Parameter::
+* preferred_amq_port Parameter::
+* print_pid Parameter::
+* print_version Parameter::
+* restart_mounts Parameter::
+* show_statfs_entries Parameter::
+* truncate_log Parameter::
+* unmount_on_exit Parameter::
+* use_tcpwrappers Parameter::
+* vendor Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Parameter,  Next: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.1 arch Parameter
+--------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-A' option
+to Amd.  Allows you to override the value of the arch Amd variable.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Next: auto_dir Parameter,  Prev: arch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.2 auto_attrcache Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify in seconds (or units of 0.1
+seconds, depending on the OS), what is the (kernel-side) NFS attribute
+cache timeout for Amd's own automount points.  A value of 0 is supposed
+to turn off attribute caching, meaning that Amd will be consulted via a
+kernel-RPC each time someone stat()'s the mount point (which could be
+abused as a denial-of-service attack).
+
+   _WARNING_: Amd depends on being able to turn off the NFS attribute
+cache of the client OS.  If it cannot be turned off, then users may get
+ESTALE errors or symlinks that point to the wrong places.  This is more
+likely under heavy use of Amd, for example if your system is
+experiencing frequent map changes or frequent mounts/unmounts.
+Therefore, under normal circumstances, this parameter should remain set
+to 0, to ensure that the attribute cache is indeed off.
+
+   Unfortunately, some kernels (e.g., certain BSDs) don't have a way to
+turn off the NFS attribute cache.  Setting this parameter to 0 is
+supposed to turn off attribute caching entirely, but unfortunately it
+does not; instead, the attribute cache is set to some internal
+hard-coded default (usually anywhere from 5-30 seconds).  If you
+suspect that your OS doesn't have a reliable way of turning off the
+attribute cache, then it is better to set this parameter to the
+smallest possible non-zero value (set `auto_attrcache=1' in your
+`amd.conf').  This will not eliminate the problem, but reduce the risk
+window somewhat.  The best solutions are (1) to use Amd in Autofs mode,
+if it's supported in your OS, and (2) talk to your OS vendor to support
+a true `noac' flag.  See the README.attrcache
+(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/attrcache.txt) document for more
+details.
+
+   If you are able to turn off the attribute cache on your OS, alas,
+Amd's performance may degrade (when not using Autofs) because every
+traversal of an automounter-controlled pathname will result in a lookup
+request from the kernel to Amd.  Under heavy loads, for example when
+using recursive tools like `find', `rdist', or `rsync', this
+performance degradation can be noticeable.  There are two possible
+solutions that some administrators have chosen to improve performance:
+
+  1. First, you can turn off unmounting using the `nounmount' mount
+     option.  This will ensure that no Amd symlink could ever change,
+     thereby the kernel's attribute cache and Amd will always be in
+     sync.  However, this method will cause the number of mounts to keep
+     growing, even if some are no longer in use; this has the
+     disadvantage that your system could be more susceptible to hangs
+     if even one of those accumulating mounts hangs due to a downed
+     server.
+
+  2. Second, you can turn on attribute caching carefully by setting a
+     small automounter attribute cache value (say, one second), and a
+     relatively large dismount interval (say, one hour).  (*Note
+     dismount_interval Parameter::.)  For example, you can set this in
+     your `amd.conf':
+
+          [global]
+          auto_attrcache = 1
+          dismount_interval = 3600
+
+     This has the benefit of using the kernel's attribute cache and thus
+     improving performance.  The disadvantage with this option is that
+     the window of vulnerability is not eliminated entirely: it is only
+     made smaller.
+
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_dir Parameter,  Next: cache_duration Parameter,  Prev: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.3 auto_dir Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`/a').  Same as the `-a' option to Amd.  This
+sets the private directory where Amd will create sub-directories for
+its real mount points.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cache_duration Parameter,  Next: cluster Parameter,  Prev: auto_dir Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.4 cache_duration Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=300).  Same as the `-c' option to Amd.  Sets the
+duration in seconds that looked-up or mounted map entries remain in the
+cache.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Parameter,  Next: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Prev: cache_duration Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.5 cluster Parameter
+-----------------------
+
+(type=string, default no cluster).  Same as the `-C' option to Amd.
+Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Next: debug_options Parameter,  Prev: cluster Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.6 debug_mtab_file Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default="/tmp/mtab").  Path to mtab file that is used by
+Amd to store a list of mounted file systems during debug-mtab mode.
+This option only applies to systems that store mtab information on disk.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_options Parameter,  Next: dismount_interval Parameter,  Prev: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.7 debug_options Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no debug options).  Same as the `-D' option to
+Amd.  Specify any debugging options for Amd.  Works only if am-utils
+was configured for debugging using the `--enable-debug' option.  The
+additional `mem' option can be turned on via `--enable-debug=mem'.
+Otherwise debugging options are ignored.  Options are comma delimited,
+and can be preceded by the string `no' to negate their meaning.  You
+can get the list of supported debugging and logging options by running
+`amd -H'.  Possible values those listed for the -D option.  *Note -D
+Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: dismount_interval Parameter,  Next: domain_strip Parameter,  Prev: debug_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.8 dismount_interval Parameter
+---------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=120).  Same as the `-w' option to Amd.  Specify
+in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file systems that
+have exceeded their cached times.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain_strip Parameter,  Next: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Prev: dismount_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.9 domain_strip Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`yes').  If `yes', then the domain name part
+referred to by `${rhost}' is stripped off.  This is useful to keep logs
+and smaller.  If `no', then the domain name part is left changed.  This
+is useful when using multiple domains with the same maps (as you may
+have hosts whose domain-stripped name is identical).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Next: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Prev: domain_strip Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.10 exec_map_timeout Parameter
+---------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=10).  The timeout in seconds that Amd will wait
+for an executable map program before an answer is returned from that
+program (or script).  This value should be set to as small as possible
+while still allowing normal replies to be returned before the timer
+expires, because during the time that the executable map program is
+queried, Amd is essentially waiting and is thus not responding to any
+other queries.  *Note Executable maps::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Next: full_os Parameter,  Prev: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.11 forced_unmounts Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  Sometimes, mount points are hung due to
+unrecoverable conditions, such as when NFS servers migrate, change
+their IP address, are down permanently, or due to hardware failures,
+and more.  In this case, attempting to unmount an existing mount point,
+or even just to stat(2) it, results in one of three fatal errors: EIO,
+ESTALE, or EBUSY.  At that point, Amd can do little to recover that hung
+point (in fact, the OS cannot automatically recover either).  For that
+reason, some OSs support special kinds of forced unmounts, which must
+be used very carefully: they will force an unmount immediately (or
+lazily on Linux), which could result in application data loss.
+However, that may be the only way to recover the entire host (without
+rebooting).  Once a hung mount point is forced out, Amd can then
+re-mount a replacement one (if available), bringing a mostly-hung
+system back to operation and avoiding a potentially costly reboot.
+
+   If the `forced_unmounts' option is set to `yes', and the client OS
+supports forced or lazy unmounts, then Amd will attempt to use them if
+it gets any of the three serious error conditions listed above.  Note
+that Amd will force the unmount of mount points that returned EBUSY
+only for `type:=toplvl' mounts (*note Top-level Filesystem::): that is,
+Amd's own mount points.  This is useful to recover from a previously
+hung Amd, and to ensure that an existing Amd can shutdown cleanly even
+if some processes are keeping its mount points busy (i.e., when a
+user's shell process uses `cd' to set its CWD to Amd's own mount point).
+
+   If this option is set to `no' (the default), then Amd will not
+attempt this special recovery procedure.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Parameter,  Next: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Prev: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.12 full_os Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The full name of the
+operating system, along with its version.  Allows you to override the
+compiled-in full name and version of the operating system.  Useful when
+the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, the full operating
+system name on linux comes up as `linux', but you can override it to
+`linux-2.2.5'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Next: hesiod_base Parameter,  Prev: full_os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.13 fully_qualified_hosts Parameter
+--------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`no').  If `yes', Amd will perform RPC
+authentication using fully-qualified host names.  This is necessary for
+some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting.  For
+this function to work, the Amd variable `${hostd}' is used, requiring
+that `${domain}' not be null.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: hesiod_base Parameter,  Next: karch Parameter,  Prev: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.14 hesiod_base Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`automount').  Specify the base name for hesiod
+maps.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Parameter,  Next: ldap_base Parameter,  Prev: hesiod_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.15 karch Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to karch of the system).  Same as the `-k' option
+to Amd.  Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of your system.
+Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can build one
+Amd binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want each one to
+get the correct karch variable set (for example, sun4c, sun4m, sun4u,
+etc.)  Note that if not specified, Amd will use uname(2) to figure out
+the kernel architecture of the machine.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_base Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Prev: karch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.16 ldap_base Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default not set).  Specify the base name for LDAP.  This
+often includes LDAP-specific values such as country and organization.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Prev: ldap_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.17 ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=131072).  Specify the maximum memory Amd should
+use to cache LDAP entries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Next: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.18 ldap_cache_seconds Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify the number of seconds to keep
+entries in the cache.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Next: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.19 ldap_hostports Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default not set).  Specify the LDAP host and port values.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Next: local_domain Parameter,  Prev: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.20 ldap_proto_version Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=2).  Specify the LDAP protocol version to use.
+With a value of 3 will use LDAPv3 protocol.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: local_domain Parameter,  Next: localhost_address Parameter,  Prev: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.21 local_domain Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default no sub-domain).  Same as the `-d' option to Amd.
+Specify the local domain name.  If this option is not given the domain
+name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first component
+of the fully-qualified host name.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: localhost_address Parameter,  Next: log_file Parameter,  Prev: local_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.22 localhost_address Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to localhost or 127.0.0.1).  Specify the name or
+IP address for Amd to use when connecting the sockets for the local NFS
+server and the RPC server.  This defaults to 127.0.0.1 or whatever the
+host reports as its local address.  This parameter is useful on hosts
+with multiple addresses where you want to force Amd to connect to a
+specific address.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_file Parameter,  Next: log_options Parameter,  Prev: localhost_address Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.23 log_file Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`stderr').  Same as the `-l' option to Amd.
+Specify a file name to log Amd events to.  If the string `/dev/stderr'
+is specified, Amd will send its events to the standard error file
+descriptor.
+
+   If the string `syslog' is given, Amd will record its events with the
+system logger syslogd(8).  If your system supports syslog facilities,
+then the default facility used is `LOG_DAEMON'.
+
+   When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
+name to the option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if
+it is the string `syslog:local7' then Amd will log messages via
+syslog(3) using the `LOG_LOCAL7' facility.  If the facility name
+specified is not recognized, Amd will default to `LOG_DAEMON'.  Note:
+while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it is
+generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as
+`kern', `lpr', `cron', etc.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_options Parameter,  Next: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Prev: log_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.24 log_options Parameter
+----------------------------
+
+(type=string, default="defaults").  Same as the `-x' option to Amd.
+Specify any logging options for Amd.  Options are comma delimited, and
+can be preceded by the string `no' to negate their meaning.  The
+`debug' logging option is only available if am-utils was configured
+with `--enable-debug'.  You can get the list of supported debugging
+options by running `amd -H'.  Possible values are:
+
+`all'
+     all messages
+
+`defaults'
+     an alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info"
+
+`debug'
+     debug messages
+
+`error'
+     non-fatal system errors (cannot be turned off)
+
+`fatal'
+     fatal errors (cannot be turned off)
+
+`info'
+     information
+
+`map'
+     map errors
+
+`stats'
+     additional statistical information
+
+`user'
+     non-fatal user errors
+
+`warn'
+     warnings
+
+`warning'
+     warnings
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Prev: log_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.25 map_reload_interval Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=3600).  The number of seconds that Amd will wait
+before it checks to see if any maps have changed at their source (NIS
+servers, LDAP servers, files, etc.).  Amd will reload only those maps
+that have changed.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Prev: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.26 nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter
+----------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`no').  Normally Amd accepts local NFS packets
+only from 127.0.0.1.  If this parameter is set to `yes', then amd will
+accept local NFS packets from any local interface; this is useful on
+hosts that may have multiple interfaces where the system is forced to
+send all outgoing packets (even those bound to the same host) via an
+address other than 127.0.0.1.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Next: nfs_proto Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.27 nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter
+----------------------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`no').  Normally Amd will refuse requests coming
+from unprivileged ports (i.e., ports >= 1024 on Unix systems), so that
+only privileged users and the kernel can send NFS requests to it.
+However, some kernels (certain versions of Darwin, MacOS X, and Linux)
+have bugs that cause them to use unprivileged ports in certain
+situations, which causes Amd to stop dead in its tracks.  This
+parameter allows Amd to operate normally even on such systems, at the
+expense of a slight decrease in the security of its operations.  If you
+see messages like "ignoring request from foo:1234, port not reserved"
+in your Amd log, try enabling this parameter and give it another go.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_proto Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.28 nfs_proto Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to trying version tcp then udp).  By default, Amd
+tries `tcp' and then `udp'.  This option forces the overall NFS
+protocol used to TCP or UDP.  It overrides what is in the Amd maps, and
+is useful when Amd is compiled with TCP support in NFSv2/NFSv3 that may
+not be stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of
+TCP for NFS dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use UDP
+only, until such time as TCP support is desired again.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_proto Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.29 nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the retransmit part of the `-t'
+timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the number of NFS
+retransmissions that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd using
+either UDP or TCP mounts.  *Note -t Option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.30 nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter
+-------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.31 nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter
+-------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.32 nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter
+----------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
+parameter, applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some
+systems it is useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as
+to better tune Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
+nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.33 nfs_retry_interval Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the timeout part of the `-t'
+timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the NFS timeout interval,
+in _tenths_ of seconds, between NFS/RPC retries (for UDP or TCP).  This
+is the value that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd.  *Note
+-t Option::.
+
+   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
+retries.  The values of the nfs_retransmit_counter and the
+nfs_retry_interval parameters change the overall retry interval.  Too
+long an interval gives poor interactive response; too short an interval
+causes excessive retries.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.34 nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
+Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.35 nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter
+---------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
+Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_vers Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.36 nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter
+------------------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
+applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some systems it is
+useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as to better
+tune Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
+nfs_retry_interval Parameter::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_vers Parameter,  Next: nis_domain Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.37 nfs_vers Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default to trying version 3 then 2).  By default, Amd
+tries version 3 and then version 2.  This option forces the overall NFS
+protocol used to version 3 or 2.  It overrides what is in the Amd maps,
+and is useful when Amd is compiled with NFSv3 support that may not be
+stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of NFSv3
+dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use NFSv2 only,
+until such time as NFSv3 support is desired again.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: nis_domain Parameter,  Next: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Prev: nfs_vers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.38 nis_domain Parameter
+---------------------------
+
+(type=string, default to local NIS domain name).  Same as the `-y'
+option to Amd.  Specify an alternative NIS domain from which to fetch
+the NIS maps.  The default is the system domain name.  This option is
+ignored if NIS support is not available.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Next: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Prev: nis_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.39 normalize_hostnames Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-n' option to Amd.  If
+`yes', then the name referred to by `${rhost}' is normalized relative
+to the host database before being used.  The effect is to translate
+aliases into "official" names.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Next: os Parameter,  Prev: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.40 normalize_slashes Parameter
+----------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`yes').  If `yes' then amd will condense all
+multiple `/' (slash) characters into one and remove all trailing
+slashes.  If `no', then amd will not touch strings that may contain
+repeated or trailing slashes.  The latter is sometimes useful with SMB
+mounts, which often require multiple slash characters in pathnames.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Parameter,  Next: osver Parameter,  Prev: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.41 os Parameter
+-------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-O' option
+to Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the operating
+system.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
+compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in name is `sunos5',
+you can override it to `sos5', and use older maps which were written
+with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Parameter,  Next: pid_file Parameter,  Prev: os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.42 osver Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-o' option
+to Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in version number of the
+operating system.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
+backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in version
+is `2.5.1', you can override it to `5.5.1', and use older maps that
+were written with the latter in mind.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: pid_file Parameter,  Next: plock Parameter,  Prev: osver Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.43 pid_file Parameter
+-------------------------
+
+(type=string, default=`/dev/stdout').  Specify a file to store the
+process ID of the running daemon into.  If not specified, Amd will
+print its process id onto the standard output.  Useful for killing Amd
+after it had run.  Note that the PID of a running Amd can also be
+retrieved via Amq (*note Amq -p option::).
+
+   This file is used only if the `print_pid' option is on (*note
+print_pid Parameter::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: plock Parameter,  Next: portmap_program Parameter,  Prev: pid_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.44 plock Parameter
+----------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`yes').  Same as the `-S' option to Amd.  If
+`yes', lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To
+improve Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or
+mlockall(2) call can lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there
+is less chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap
+the Amd process as needed.  This improves Amd's performance, at the
+cost of reserving the memory used by the Amd process (making it
+unavailable for other processes).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: portmap_program Parameter,  Next: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Prev: plock Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.45 portmap_program Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=300019).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC
+program number, other than the official number.  This is useful when
+running multiple Amd processes.  For example, you can run another Amd
+in "test" mode, without affecting the primary Amd process in any way.
+For safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can be specified
+must be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive.  Amq has an option `-P'
+which can be used to specify an alternate program number of an Amd to
+contact.  In this way, amq can fully control any number of Amd
+processes running on the same host.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Next: print_pid Parameter,  Prev: portmap_program Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.46 preferred_amq_port Parameter
+-----------------------------------
+
+(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC port
+number for Amd's Amq service.  This is used for both UDP and TCP.
+Setting this value to 0 (or not defining it) will cause Amd to select
+an arbitrary port number.  Setting the Amq RPC service port to a
+specific number is useful in firewalled or NAT'ed environments, where
+you need to know which port Amd will listen on.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_pid Parameter,  Next: print_version Parameter,  Prev: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.47 print_pid Parameter
+--------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-p' option to Amd.  If
+`yes', Amd will print its process ID upon starting.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_version Parameter,  Next: restart_mounts Parameter,  Prev: print_pid Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.48 print_version Parameter
+------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-v' option to Amd, but the
+version prints and Amd continues to run.  If `yes', Amd will print its
+version information string, which includes some configuration and
+compilation values.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: restart_mounts Parameter,  Next: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Prev: print_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.49 restart_mounts Parameter
+-------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-r' option to Amd.  If
+`yes' Amd will scan the mount table to determine which file systems are
+currently mounted.  Whenever one of these would have been auto-mounted,
+Amd inherits it.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Next: truncate_log Parameter,  Prev: restart_mounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.50 show_statfs_entries Parameter
+------------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default=`no').  If `yes', then all maps which are
+browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when
+df(1) runs. (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to the
+statfs(2) system call).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: truncate_log Parameter,  Next: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Prev: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.51 truncate_log Parameter
+-----------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will truncate the
+log file (if it's a regular file) on startup.  This could be useful
+when conducting extensive testing on Amd maps (or Amd itself) and you
+don't want to see log data from a previous run in the same file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Next: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Prev: truncate_log Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.52 unmount_on_exit Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will attempt to
+unmount all file systems which it knows about.  Normally it leaves all
+(esp. NFS) mounted file systems intact.  Note that Amd does not know
+about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the
+`restart_mounts' option is used (*note restart_mounts Parameter::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Next: vendor Parameter,  Prev: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.53 use_tcpwrappers Parameter
+--------------------------------
+
+(type=boolean), default=`yes').  If `yes', then amd will use the
+tcpwrappers (tcpd/librwap) library (if available) to control access to
+Amd via the `/etc/hosts.allow' and `/etc/hosts.deny' files.  Amd will
+verify that the host running Amq is authorized to connect.  The `amd'
+service name must used in the `/etc/hosts.allow' and `/etc/hosts.deny'
+files.  For example, to allow only localhost to connect to Amd, add
+this line to `/etc/hosts.allow':
+
+     amd: localhost
+
+   and this line to `/etc/hosts.deny':
+
+     amd: ALL
+
+   Consult the man pages for hosts_access(5) for more information on
+using the tcpwrappers access-control library.
+
+   Note that in particular, you should not configure your `hosts.allow'
+file to spawn a command for Amd: that will cause Amd to not be able to
+`waitpid' on the child process ID of any background un/mount that Amd
+issued, resulting in a confused Amd that does not know what happened to
+those background un/mount requests.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Parameter,  Prev: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters
+
+6.5.54 vendor Parameter
+-----------------------
+
+(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The name of the vendor of
+the operating system.  Overrides the compiled-in vendor name.  Useful
+when the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, most Intel based
+systems set the vendor name to `unknown', but you can set it to
+`redhat'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Parameters,  Next: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.6 Regular Map Parameters
+==========================
+
+The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* map_name Parameter::
+* tag Parameter::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_name Parameter,  Next: tag Parameter,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Regular Map Parameters
+
+6.6.1 map_name Parameter
+------------------------
+
+(type=string, must be specified).  Name of the map where the keys are
+located.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: tag Parameter,  Prev: map_name Parameter,  Up: Regular Map Parameters
+
+6.6.2 tag Parameter
+-------------------
+
+(type=string, default no tag).  Each map entry in the configuration file
+can be tagged.  If no tag is specified, that map section will always be
+processed by Amd.  If it is specified, then Amd will process the map if
+the `-T' option was given to Amd, and the value given to that
+command-line option matches that in the map section.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File
+
+6.7 amd.conf Examples
+=====================
+
+The following is the actual `amd.conf' file I used at the Computer
+Science Department of Columbia University.
+
+     # GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION
+     [ global ]
+     normalize_hostnames =    no
+     print_pid =              no
+     #pid_file =              /var/run/amd.pid
+     restart_mounts =         yes
+     #unmount_on_exit =       yes
+     auto_dir =               /n
+     log_file =               /var/log/amd
+     log_options =            all
+     #debug_options =         defaults
+     plock =                  no
+     selectors_in_defaults =  yes
+     # config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet
+     os =                     sos5
+     # if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it.
+     print_version =          no
+     map_type =               file
+     search_path =            /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib
+     browsable_dirs =         yes
+     fully_qualified_hosts =  no
+
+     # DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT
+     [ /u ]
+     map_name =               amd.u
+
+     [ /proj ]
+     map_name =               amd.proj
+
+     [ /src ]
+     map_name =               amd.src
+
+     [ /misc ]
+     map_name =               amd.misc
+
+     [ /import ]
+     map_name =               amd.import
+
+     [ /tftpboot/.amd ]
+     tag =                    tftpboot
+     map_name =               amd.tftpboot
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Run-time Administration,  Next: FSinfo,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Top
+
+7 Run-time Administration
+*************************
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Starting Amd::
+* Stopping Amd::
+* Restarting Amd::
+* Controlling Amd::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Starting Amd,  Next: Stopping Amd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.1 Starting Amd
+================
+
+Amd is best started from `/etc/rc.local' on BSD systems, or from the
+appropriate start-level script in `/etc/init.d' on System V systems.
+
+     if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then
+         /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console
+     fi
+
+The shell script, `ctl-amd' is used to start, stop, or restart Amd.  It
+is a relatively generic script.  All options you want to set should not
+be made in this script, but rather updated in the `amd.conf' file.
+*Note Amd Configuration File::.
+
+   If you do not wish to use an Amd configuration file, you may start
+Amd manually.  For example, getting the map entries via NIS:
+
+     amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master`
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Stopping Amd,  Next: Restarting Amd,  Prev: Starting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.2 Stopping Amd
+================
+
+Amd stops in response to two signals.
+
+`SIGTERM'
+     causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then Amd
+     to exit.  Any automounted filesystems are left mounted.  They can
+     be recovered by restarting Amd with the `-r' command line option.
+
+`SIGINT'
+     causes Amd to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has
+     automounted, in addition to the actions of `SIGTERM'.  This signal
+     is primarily used for debugging.
+
+   Actions taken for other signals are undefined.
+
+   The easiest and safest way to stop Amd, without having to find its
+process ID by hand, is to use the `ctl-amd' script, as with:
+
+     ctl-amd stop
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Restarting Amd,  Next: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Stopping Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.3 Restarting Amd
+==================
+
+Before Amd can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other Amd
+processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the previous
+process(es) have terminated cleanly.  When a terminating signal is set
+to Amd, the automounter does _not_ terminate right then.  Rather, it
+starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the background,
+and then terminates.  It usually takes a few seconds for this process
+to happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time.  If two or more
+Amd processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it usually will
+result in a system lockup.
+
+   The easiest and safest way to restart Amd, without having to find
+its process ID by hand, sending it the `SIGTERM' signal, waiting for Amd
+to die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the `ctl-amd' script, as
+with:
+
+     ctl-amd restart
+
+   The script will locate the process ID of Amd, kill it, and wait for
+it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter.
+`ctl-amd' will wait for a total of 30 seconds for Amd to die, and will
+check once every 5 seconds if it had.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Restarting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration
+
+7.4 Controlling Amd
+===================
+
+It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control
+over some of Amd's internal state.  To support this requirement, Amd
+implements an RPC interface which is used by the "Amq" program.  A
+variety of information is available.
+
+   Amq generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter
+option, to a list of mount points.  The default operation is to obtain
+statistics about each mount point.  This is similar to the output shown
+above but includes information about the number and type of accesses to
+each mount point.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Amq default::       Default command behavior.
+* Amq -f option::     Flushing the map cache.
+* Amq -h option::     Controlling a non-local host.
+* Amq -H option::     Print help message.
+* Amq -l option::     Controlling the log file.
+* Amq -m option::     Obtaining mount statistics.
+* Amq -p option::     Getting Amd's process ID.
+* Amq -P option::     Contacting alternate Amd processes.
+* Amq -q option::     Suppress synchronous unmounting errors.
+* Amq -s option::     Obtaining global statistics.
+* Amq -T option::     Use TCP transport.
+* Amq -U option::     Use UDP transport.
+* Amq -u option::     Forcing volumes to time out.
+* Amq -v option::     Version information.
+* Amq -w option::     Print Amd current working directory.
+* Other Amq options:: Three other special options.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq default,  Next: Amq -f option,  Prev: Controlling Amd,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.1 Amq default information
+-----------------------------
+
+With no arguments, "Amq" obtains a brief list of all existing mounts
+created by Amd.  This is different from the list displayed by df(1)
+since the latter only includes system mount points.
+
+The output from this option includes the following information:
+
+   * the automount point,
+
+   * the filesystem type,
+
+   * the mount map or mount information,
+
+   * the internal, or system mount point.
+
+For example:
+
+     /            root   "root"                    sky:(pid75)
+     /homes       toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes  /homes
+     /home        toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home   /home
+     /homes/jsp   nfs    charm:/home/charm         /a/charm/home/charm/jsp
+     /homes/phjk  nfs    toytown:/home/toytown     /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk
+
+If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will be
+output.  For example:
+
+     What         Uid   Getattr Lookup RdDir   RdLnk   Statfs Mounted@
+     /homes       0     1196    512    22      0       30     90/09/14 12:32:55
+     /homes/jsp   0     0       0      0       1180    0      90/10/13 12:56:58
+
+`What'
+     the volume name.
+
+`Uid'
+     ignored.
+
+`Getattr'
+     the count of NFS "getattr" requests on this node.  This should
+     only be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+`Lookup'
+     the count of NFS "lookup" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+`RdDir'
+     the count of NFS "readdir" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for directory nodes.
+
+`RdLnk'
+     the count of NFS "readlink" requests on this node.  This should be
+     zero for directory nodes.
+
+`Statfs'
+     the count of NFS "statfs" requests on this node.  This should only
+     be non-zero for top-level automount points.
+
+`Mounted@'
+     the date and time the volume name was first referenced.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -f option,  Next: Amq -h option,  Prev: Amq default,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.2 Amq `-f' option
+---------------------
+
+The `-f' option causes Amd to flush the internal mount map cache.  This
+is useful for example in Hesiod maps since Amd will not automatically
+notice when they have been updated.  The map cache can also be
+synchronized with the map source by using the `sync' option (*note
+Automount Filesystem::).
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -h option,  Next: Amq -H option,  Prev: Amq -f option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.3 Amq `-h' option
+---------------------
+
+By default the local host is used.  In an HP-UX cluster the root server
+is used since that is the only place in the cluster where Amd will be
+running.  To query Amd on another host the `-h' option should be used.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -H option,  Next: Amq -l option,  Prev: Amq -h option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.4 Amq `-H' option
+---------------------
+
+Print a brief help and usage string.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -l option,  Next: Amq -m option,  Prev: Amq -H option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.5 Amq `-l' option
+---------------------
+
+Tell Amd to use log_file as the log file name.  For security reasons,
+this _must_ be the same log file which Amd used when started.  This
+option is therefore only useful to refresh Amd's open file handle on
+the log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed via daily cron
+jobs.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -m option,  Next: Amq -p option,  Prev: Amq -l option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.6 Amq `-m' option
+---------------------
+
+The `-m' option displays similar information about mounted filesystems,
+rather than automount points.  The output includes the following
+information:
+
+   * the mount information,
+
+   * the mount point,
+
+   * the filesystem type,
+
+   * the number of references to this filesystem,
+
+   * the server hostname,
+
+   * the state of the file server,
+
+   * any error which has occurred.
+
+   For example:
+
+     "root"           truth:(pid602)     root   1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.home      /home              toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.vol       /vol               toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     hesiod.homes     /homes             toplvl 1 localhost is up
+     amy:/home/amy    /a/amy/home/amy    nfs    5 amy is up
+     swan:/home/swan  /a/swan/home/swan  nfs    0 swan is up (Permission denied)
+     ex:/home/ex      /a/ex/home/ex      nfs    0 ex is down
+
+   When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but
+the mount point and server information is still being maintained by Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -p option,  Next: Amq -P option,  Prev: Amq -m option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.7 Amq `-p' option
+---------------------
+
+Return the process ID of the remote or locally running Amd.  Useful
+when you need to send a signal to the local Amd process, and would
+rather not have to search through the process table.  This option is
+used in the `ctl-amd' script.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -P option,  Next: Amq -q option,  Prev: Amq -p option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.8 Amq `-P' option
+---------------------
+
+Contact an alternate running Amd that had registered itself on a
+different RPC PROGRAM_NUMBER and apply all other operations to that
+instance of the automounter.  This is useful when you run multiple
+copies of Amd, and need to manage each one separately.  If not
+specified, Amq will use the default program number for Amd, 300019.
+For security reasons, the only alternate program numbers Amd can use
+range from 300019 to 300029, inclusive.
+
+   For example, to kill an alternate running Amd:
+
+     kill `amq -p -P 300020`
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -q option,  Next: Amq -s option,  Prev: Amq -P option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.9 Amq `-q' option
+---------------------
+
+Suppress any error messages produced when a synchronous unmount fails.
+See *Note Amq -u option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -s option,  Next: Amq -T option,  Prev: Amq -q option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.10 Amq `-s' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-s' option displays global statistics.  If any other options are
+specified or any filesystems named then this option is ignored.  For
+example:
+
+     requests  stale     mount     mount     unmount
+     deferred  fhandles  ok        failed    failed
+     1054      1         487       290       7017
+
+`Deferred requests'
+     are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed.
+     For example, this would happen if a background mount was required.
+
+`Stale filehandles'
+     counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to
+     Amd.  Large numbers indicate problems.
+
+`Mount ok'
+     counts the number of automounts which were successful.
+
+`Mount failed'
+     counts the number of automounts which failed.
+
+`Unmount failed'
+     counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted.
+     Very large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount
+     attempts should be increased.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -T option,  Next: Amq -U option,  Prev: Amq -s option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.11 Amq `-T' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-T' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the TCP transport
+only (connection oriented).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if
+that failed, will try UDP.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -U option,  Next: Amq -u option,  Prev: Amq -T option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.12 Amq `-U' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-U' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the UDP transport
+only (connectionless).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if that
+failed, will try UDP.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -u option,  Next: Amq -v option,  Prev: Amq -U option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.13 Amq `-u' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-u' option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount
+points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt.  This is the
+only safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem.  If `-u' is
+repeated, then Amd will attempt to unmount the filesystem
+synchronously.  This makes things like
+
+     amq -uu /t/cd0d && eject cd0
+
+work as expected.  Any error messages this might produce can be
+suppressed with the `-q' option.  See *Note Amq -q option::.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -v option,  Next: Amq -w option,  Prev: Amq -u option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.14 Amq `-v' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-v' option displays the version of Amd in a similar way to Amd's
+`-v' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -w option,  Next: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -v option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.15 Amq `-w' option
+----------------------
+
+The `-w' option translates a full pathname as returned by getpwd(3)
+into a short Amd pathname that goes through its mount points.  This
+option requires that Amd is running.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -w option,  Up: Controlling Amd
+
+7.4.16 Other Amq options
+------------------------
+
+Two other operations are implemented.  These modify the state of Amd as
+a whole, rather than any particular filesystem.  The `-x' and `-D'
+options have exactly the same effect as Amd's corresponding command
+line options.
+
+   When Amd receives the `-x' flag, it disallows turning off the
+`fatal' or `error' flags.  Both are on by default.  They are mandatory
+so that Amd could report important errors, including errors relating to
+turning flags on/off.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo,  Next: Hlfsd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Top
+
+8 FSinfo
+********
+
+XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with
+fsinfo.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo Overview::                 Introduction to FSinfo.
+* Using FSinfo::                    Basic concepts.
+* FSinfo Grammar::                  Language syntax, semantics and examples.
+* FSinfo host definitions::         Defining a new host.
+* FSinfo host attributes::          Definable host attributes.
+* FSinfo filesystems::              Defining locally attached filesystems.
+* FSinfo static mounts::            Defining additional static mounts.
+* FSinfo automount definitions::
+* FSinfo Command Line Options::
+* FSinfo errors::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Overview,  Next: Using FSinfo,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.1 FSinfo overview
+===================
+
+FSinfo is a filesystem management tool.  It has been designed to work
+with Amd to help system administrators keep track of the ever
+increasing filesystem namespace under their control.
+
+   The purpose of FSinfo is to generate all the important standard
+filesystem data files from a single set of input data.  Starting with a
+single data source guarantees that all the generated files are
+self-consistent.  One of the possible output data formats is a set of
+Amd maps which can be used among the set of hosts described in the
+input data.
+
+   FSinfo implements a declarative language.  This language is
+specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical
+layouts.  The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including
+its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access
+permissions.  FSinfo reads this information and builds an internal map
+of the entire network of hosts.  Using this map, many different data
+formats can be produced including `/etc/fstab', `/etc/exports', Amd
+mount maps and `/etc/bootparams'.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Using FSinfo,  Next: FSinfo Grammar,  Prev: FSinfo Overview,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.2 Using FSinfo
+================
+
+The basic strategy when using FSinfo is to gather all the information
+about all disks on all machines into one set of declarations.  For each
+machine being managed, the following data is required:
+
+   * Hostname
+
+   * List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points.
+
+   * Names of volumes stored on each filesystem.
+
+   * NFS export information for each volume.
+
+   * The list of static filesystem mounts.
+
+   The following information can also be entered into the same
+configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place.
+
+   * List of network interfaces
+
+   * IP address of each interface
+
+   * Hardware address of each interface
+
+   * Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs
+
+   * and more ...
+
+   To generate Amd mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined
+(*note FSinfo automount definitions::).  This will have been designed at
+the time the volume names were allocated.  Some volume names will not be
+automounted, so FSinfo needs an explicit list of which volumes should
+be automounted.
+
+   Hostnames are required at several places in the FSinfo language.  It
+is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified
+names.  Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion.
+
+   Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the
+set of hosts being managed with FSinfo.  The required action is to add a
+dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required.  Since
+the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them,
+the exact values used is not critical.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Grammar,  Next: FSinfo host definitions,  Prev: Using FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.3 FSinfo grammar
+==================
+
+FSinfo has a relatively simple grammar.  Distinct syntactic constructs
+exist for each of the different types of data, though they share a
+common flavor.  Several conventions are used in the grammar fragments
+below.
+
+   The notation, list(xxx), indicates a list of zero or more xxx's.
+The notation, opt(xxx), indicates zero or one xxx.  Items in double
+quotes, eg "host", represent input tokens.  Items in angle brackets, eg
+<HOSTNAME>, represent strings in the input.  Strings need not be in
+double quotes, except to differentiate them from reserved words.
+Quoted strings may include the usual set of C "\" escape sequences with
+one exception: a backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into
+a single space character.  To defeat this feature, put a further
+backslash at the start of the second line.
+
+   At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a
+sequence of host and automount declarations.  These declarations are
+all parsed before they are analyzed.  This means they can appear in any
+order and cyclic host references are possible.
+
+     fsinfo      : list(fsinfo_attr) ;
+
+     fsinfo_attr : host | automount ;
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo host definitions::
+* FSinfo automount definitions::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host definitions,  Next: FSinfo host attributes,  Prev: FSinfo Grammar,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.4 FSinfo host definitions
+===========================
+
+A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute
+data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a
+list of additional statically mounted filesystems.
+
+     host        : "host" host_data list(filesystem) list(mount) ;
+
+   Each host must be declared in this way exactly once.  Such things as
+the hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and
+the cluster name are all specified within the "host data".
+
+   All the disks the machine has should then be described in the "list
+of filesystems".  When describing disks, you can specify what "volname"
+the disk/partition should have and all such entries are built up into a
+dictionary which can then be used for building the automounter maps.
+
+   The "list of mounts" specifies all the filesystems that should be
+statically mounted on the machine.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo host attributes::
+* FSinfo filesystems::
+* FSinfo static mounts::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host attributes,  Next: FSinfo filesystems,  Prev: FSinfo host definitions,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.5 FSinfo host attributes
+==========================
+
+The host data, "host_data", always includes the "hostname".  In
+addition, several other host attributes can be given.
+
+     host_data   : <HOSTNAME>
+                 | "{" list(host_attrs) "}" <HOSTNAME>
+                 ;
+
+     host_attrs  : host_attr "=" <STRING>
+                 | netif
+                 ;
+
+     host_attr   : "config"
+                 | "arch"
+                 | "os"
+                 | "cluster"
+                 ;
+
+   The "hostname" is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the
+machine.
+
+   Examples:
+
+     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+     host {
+         os = hpux
+         arch = hp300
+     } dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+   The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo netif Option::         FSinfo host netif.
+* FSinfo config Option::        FSinfo host config.
+* FSinfo arch Option::          FSinfo host arch.
+* FSinfo os Option::            FSinfo host os.
+* FSinfo cluster Option::       FSinfo host cluster.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo netif Option,  Next: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.1 netif Option
+------------------
+
+This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine.
+The interface attributes collected by FSinfo are the IP address, subnet
+mask and hardware address.  Multiple interfaces may be defined for
+hosts with several interfaces by an entry for each interface.  The
+values given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything
+else.
+
+     netif       : "netif" <STRING> "{" list(netif_attrs) "}" ;
+
+     netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" <STRING> ;
+
+     netif_attr  : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ;
+
+   Examples:
+
+     netif ie0 {
+         inaddr  = 129.31.81.37
+         netmask = 0xfffffe00
+         hwaddr  = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5"
+     }
+
+     netif ec0 { }
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo config Option,  Next: FSinfo arch Option,  Prev: FSinfo netif Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.2 config Option
+-------------------
+
+This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the
+startup scripts (`rc' scripts).  A simple string should immediately
+follow the keyword.
+
+   Example:
+
+     config "NFS_SERVER=true"
+     config "ZEPHYR=true"
+
+   This option is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo arch Option,  Next: FSinfo os Option,  Prev: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.3 arch Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines the architecture of the machine.  For example:
+
+     arch = hp300
+
+   This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific
+mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo os Option,  Next: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo arch Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.4 os Option
+---------------
+
+This defines the operating system type of the host.  For example:
+
+     os = hpux
+
+   This information is used when creating the `fstab' files, for
+example in choosing which format to use for the `fstab' entries within
+the file.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo os Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes
+
+8.5.5 cluster Option
+--------------------
+
+This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs.  For
+example:
+
+     cluster = "theory"
+
+   The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount
+maps, although it is currently unsupported.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo filesystems,  Next: FSinfo static mounts,  Prev: FSinfo host attributes,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.6 FSinfo filesystems
+======================
+
+The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine
+attributes.  These should define all the filesystems available from this
+machine, whether exported or not.  In addition to the device name,
+filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount
+options, and `fsck' pass number which are needed to generate `fstab'
+entries.
+
+     filesystem  : "fs" <DEVICE> "{" list(fs_data) "}" ;
+
+     fs_data     : fs_data_attr "=" <STRING>
+                 | mount
+                 ;
+
+     fs_data_attr
+                 : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno"
+                 | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log"
+                 ;
+
+   Here, <DEVICE> is the device name of the disk (for example,
+`/dev/dsk/2s0').  The device name is used for building the mount maps
+and for the `fstab' file.  The attributes that can be specified are
+shown in the following section.
+
+   The FSinfo configuration file for `dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' is listed
+below.
+
+     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
+             fstype = swap
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = rw,noquota,grpid
+             passno = 0;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount / { }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/1s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount /usr {
+                     local {
+                             exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian"
+                             volname /nfs/hp300/local
+                     }
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/2s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk2
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/3s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk3
+             }
+     }
+
+     fs /dev/dsk/5s0 {
+             fstype = hfs
+             opts = defaults
+             passno = 1;
+             freq = 1;
+             mount default {
+                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
+                     volname /home/dylan/dk5
+             }
+     }
+
+* Menu:
+
+* FSinfo fstype Option::        FSinfo filesystems fstype.
+* FSinfo opts Option::          FSinfo filesystems opts.
+* FSinfo passno Option::        FSinfo filesystems passno.
+* FSinfo freq Option::          FSinfo filesystems freq.
+* FSinfo mount Option::         FSinfo filesystems mount.
+* FSinfo dumpset Option::       FSinfo filesystems dumpset.
+* FSinfo log Option::           FSinfo filesystems log.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo fstype Option,  Next: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.1 fstype Option
+-------------------
+
+This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed
+into the `fstab' file as is.  The value of this option will be handed
+to `mount' as the filesystem type--it should have such values as `4.2',
+`nfs' or `swap'.  The value is not examined for correctness.
+
+   There is one special case.  If the filesystem type is specified as
+`export' then the filesystem information will not be added to the
+host's `fstab' information, but it will still be visible on the
+network.  This is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced
+volumes but which are not under full control of FSinfo.
+
+   Example:
+
+     fstype = swap
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo opts Option,  Next: FSinfo passno Option,  Prev: FSinfo fstype Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.2 opts Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines any options that should be given to mount(8) in the
+`fstab' file.  For example:
+
+     opts = rw,nosuid,grpid
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo passno Option,  Next: FSinfo freq Option,  Prev: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.3 passno Option
+-------------------
+
+This defines the fsck(8) pass number in which to check the filesystem.
+This value will be placed into the `fstab' file.
+
+   Example:
+
+     passno = 1
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo freq Option,  Next: FSinfo mount Option,  Prev: FSinfo passno Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.4 freq Option
+-----------------
+
+This defines the interval (in days) between dumps.  The value is placed
+as is into the `fstab' file.
+
+   Example:
+
+     freq = 3
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo mount Option,  Next: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Prev: FSinfo freq Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.5 mount Option
+------------------
+
+This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem.  If the
+mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as `default', then the
+filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume
+name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter.
+
+   Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem
+may be described.  The options that can be given here are `exportfs',
+`volname' and `sel'.
+
+   The format is:
+
+     mount       : "mount" vol_tree ;
+
+     vol_tree    : list(vol_tree_attr) ;
+
+     vol_tree_attr
+                 :  <STRING> "{" list(vol_tree_info) vol_tree "}" ;
+
+     vol_tree_info
+                 : "exportfs" <EXPORT-DATA>
+                 | "volname" <VOLNAME>
+                 | "sel" <SELECTOR-LIST>
+                 ;
+
+   Example:
+
+     mount default {
+         exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee"
+         volname /vol/andrew
+     }
+
+   In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will
+have an entry placed into the `exports' file allowing the filesystem to
+be exported to the machines `dylan', `dougal', `florence' and
+`zebedee'.  The volume name by which the filesystem will be referred to
+remotely, is `/vol/andrew'.  By declaring the mountpoint to be
+`default', the filesystem will be mounted on the local machine in the
+automounter tree, where Amd will automatically inherit the mount as
+`/vol/andrew'.
+
+`exportfs'
+     a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to.
+     This is copied, as is, into the `exports' file--no sanity checking
+     is performed on this string.
+
+`volname'
+     a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the
+     filesystem.  The string is entered into a dictionary and allows
+     you to refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume
+     name.
+
+`sel'
+     a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector
+     for the filesystem.
+
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Next: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo mount Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.6 dumpset Option
+--------------------
+
+This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and
+is not documented further here.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems
+
+8.6.7 log Option
+----------------
+
+Specifies the log device for the current filesystem. This is ignored if
+not required by the particular filesystem type.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo static mounts,  Next: FSinfo automount definitions,  Prev: FSinfo filesystems,  Up: FSinfo host definitions
+
+8.7 FSinfo static mounts
+========================
+
+Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems.  For
+example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will
+have no `fs' declarations.  In this case the `mount' declaration is
+used to determine from where its filesystems will be mounted.  In
+addition to being added to the `fstab' file, this information can also
+be used to generate a suitable `bootparams' file.
+
+     mount       : "mount" <VOLNAME> list(localinfo) ;
+
+     localinfo   : localinfo_attr <STRING> ;
+
+     localinfo_attr
+                 : "as"
+                 | "from"
+                 | "fstype"
+                 | "opts"
+                 ;
+
+   The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the
+dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts'
+definitions.
+
+   The attributes have the following semantics:
+`from MACHINE'
+     mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of
+     "machine".
+
+`as MOUNTPOINT'
+     mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is
+     different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem.
+
+`opts OPTIONS'
+     native mount(8) options.
+
+`fstype TYPE'
+     type of filesystem to be mounted.
+
+   An example:
+
+     mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local
+
+   If the mountpoint specified is either `/' or `swap', the machine
+will be considered to be booting off the net and this will be noted for
+use in generating a `bootparams' file for the host which owns the
+filesystems.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo automount definitions,  Next: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Prev: FSinfo static mounts,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.8 Defining an Amd Mount Map in FSinfo
+=======================================
+
+The maps used by Amd can be constructed from FSinfo by defining all the
+automount trees.  FSinfo takes all the definitions found and builds one
+map for each top level tree.
+
+   The automount tree is usually defined last.  A single automount
+configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain.  One
+`automount' declaration is needed for each Amd automount point.  FSinfo
+determines whether the automount point is "direct" (*note Direct
+Automount Filesystem::) or "indirect" (*note Top-level Filesystem::).
+Direct automount points are distinguished by the fact that there is no
+underlying "automount_tree".
+
+     automount   : "automount" opt(auto_opts) automount_tree ;
+
+     auto_opts   : "opts" <MOUNT-OPTIONS> ;
+
+     automount_tree
+                 : list(automount_attr)
+                 ;
+
+     automount_attr
+                 : <STRING> "=" <VOLNAME>
+                 | <STRING> "->" <SYMLINK>
+                 | <STRING> "{" automount_tree "}"
+                 ;
+
+   If <MOUNT-OPTIONS> is given, then it is the string to be placed in
+the maps for Amd for the `opts' option.
+
+   A "map" is typically a tree of filesystems, for example `home'
+normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in
+the network.
+
+   A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined
+volume name, or it can be a tree.  A tree is represented by placing
+braces after the name.  For example, to define a tree `/vol', the
+following map would be defined:
+
+     automount /vol { }
+
+   Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps.  For
+example:
+
+     automount /vol {
+         andrew { }
+         X11 { }
+     }
+
+   In this case, FSinfo will look for volumes named `/vol/andrew' and
+`/vol/X11' and a map entry will be generated for each.  If the volumes
+are defined more than once, then FSinfo will generate a series of
+alternate entries for them in the maps.
+
+   Instead of a tree, either a link (NAME `->' DESTINATION) or a
+reference can be specified (NAME `=' DESTINATION).  A link creates a
+symbolic link to the string specified, without further processing the
+entry.  A reference will examine the destination filesystem and
+optimize the reference.  For example, to create an entry for `njw' in
+the `/homes' map, either of the two forms can be used:
+
+     automount /homes {
+         njw -> /home/dylan/njw
+     }
+
+   or
+
+     automount /homes {
+         njw = /home/dylan/njw
+     }
+
+   In the first example, when `/homes/njw' is referenced from Amd, a
+link will be created leading to `/home/dylan/njw' and the automounter
+will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename.  The map
+entry would be:
+
+     njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw
+
+   In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and
+found to be in the filesystem `/home/dylan' which has previously been
+defined in the maps. Hence the map entry will look like:
+
+     njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw
+
+   Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to Amd.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Next: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo automount definitions,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.9 FSinfo Command Line Options
+===============================
+
+FSinfo is started from the command line by using the command:
+
+     fsinfo [options] files ...
+
+   The input to FSinfo is a single set of definitions of machines and
+automount maps.  If multiple files are given on the command-line, then
+the files are concatenated together to form the input source.  The files
+are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed.
+
+   Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file.  If
+the prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced.  The
+suffix used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file
+belongs, or to the type of output if only one file is produced.
+Dumpsets and the `bootparams' file are in the latter class.  To put the
+output into a subdirectory simply put a `/' at the end of the prefix,
+making sure that the directory has already been made before running
+Fsinfo.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* -a FSinfo Option::    Amd automount directory:
+* -b FSinfo Option::    Prefix for bootparams files.
+* -d FSinfo Option::    Prefix for dumpset data files.
+* -e FSinfo Option::    Prefix for exports files.
+* -f FSinfo Option::    Prefix for fstab files.
+* -h FSinfo Option::    Local hostname.
+* -m FSinfo Option::    Prefix for automount maps.
+* -q FSinfo Option::    Ultra quiet mode.
+* -v FSinfo Option::    Verbose mode.
+* -I FSinfo Option::    Define new #include directory.
+* -D-FSinfo Option::    Define macro.
+* -U FSinfo Option::    Undefine macro.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a FSinfo Option,  Next: -b FSinfo Option,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.1 `-a' AUTODIR
+------------------
+
+Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's
+mountpoints.  This defaults to `/a'.  Some sites have the autodir set
+to be `/amd', and this would be achieved by:
+
+     fsinfo -a /amd ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -b FSinfo Option,  Next: -d FSinfo Option,  Prev: -a FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.2 `-b' BOOTPARAMS
+---------------------
+
+This specifies the prefix for the `bootparams' filename.  If it is not
+given, then the file will not be generated.  The `bootparams' file will
+be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed into a
+file named `bootparams' and prefixed by this string.  The file
+generated contains a list of entries describing each diskless client
+that can boot from the destination machine.
+
+   As an example, to create a `bootparams' file in the directory
+`generic', the following would be used:
+
+     fsinfo -b generic/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d FSinfo Option,  Next: -e FSinfo Option,  Prev: -b FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.3 `-d' DUMPSETS
+-------------------
+
+This specifies the prefix for the `dumpsets' file.  If it is not
+specified, then the file will not be generated.  The file will be for
+the destination machine and will be placed into a filename `dumpsets',
+prefixed by this string.  The `dumpsets' file is for use by Imperial
+College's local backup system.
+
+   For example, to create a `dumpsets' file in the directory `generic',
+then you would use the following:
+
+     fsinfo -d generic/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -e FSinfo Option,  Next: -f FSinfo Option,  Prev: -d FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.4 `-e' EXPORTFS
+-------------------
+
+Defines the prefix for the `exports' files.  If it is not given, then
+the file will not be generated.  For each machine defined in the
+configuration files as having disks, an `exports' file is constructed
+and given a filename determined by the name of the machine, prefixed
+with this string.  If a machine is defined as diskless, then no
+`exports' file will be created for it.  The files contain entries for
+directories on the machine that may be exported to clients.
+
+   Example: To create the `exports' files for each diskfull machine and
+place them into the directory `exports':
+
+     fsinfo -e exports/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -f FSinfo Option,  Next: -h FSinfo Option,  Prev: -e FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.5 `-f' FSTAB
+----------------
+
+This defines the prefix for the `fstab' files.  The files will only be
+created if this prefix is defined.  For each machine defined in the
+configuration files, a `fstab' file is created with the filename
+determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine.  These
+files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot
+time.
+
+   Example, to create the files in the directory `fstabs':
+
+     fsinfo -f fstabs/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -h FSinfo Option,  Next: -m FSinfo Option,  Prev: -f FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.6 `-h' HOSTNAME
+-------------------
+
+Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for.  If this
+is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by
+gethostname(2).
+
+   Example:
+
+     fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -m FSinfo Option,  Next: -q FSinfo Option,  Prev: -h FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.7 `-m' MOUNT-MAPS
+---------------------
+
+Defines the prefix for the automounter files.  The maps will only be
+produced if this prefix is defined.  The mount maps suitable for the
+network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files
+with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map.
+
+   For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the
+directory `automaps':
+
+     fsinfo -m automaps/ ...
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -q FSinfo Option,  Next: -v FSinfo Option,  Prev: -m FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.8 `-q'
+----------
+
+Selects quiet mode.  FSinfo suppress the "running commentary" and only
+outputs any error messages which are generated.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v FSinfo Option,  Next: -D-FSinfo Option,  Prev: -q FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.9 `-v'
+----------
+
+Selects verbose mode.  When this is activated, the program will display
+more messages, and display all the information discovered when
+performing the semantic analysis phase.  Each verbose message is output
+to `stdout' on a line starting with a `#' character.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D-FSinfo Option,  Next: -I FSinfo Option,  Prev: -v FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.10 `-D' NAME[=defn]
+-----------------------
+
+Defines a symbol "name" for the preprocessor when reading the
+configuration files.  Equivalent to `#define' directive.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -I FSinfo Option,  Next: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -D-FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.11 `-I' DIRECTORY
+---------------------
+
+This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files.
+It specifies directories in which to find include files
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -I FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options
+
+8.9.12 `-U' NAME
+----------------
+
+Removes any initial definition of the symbol "name".  Inverse of the
+`-D' option.
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo
+
+8.10 Errors produced by FSinfo
+==============================
+
+The following table documents the errors and warnings which FSinfo may
+produce.
+
+" expected
+     Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string.
+
+ambiguous mount: VOLUME is a replicated filesystem
+     If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume
+     name, they will be considered replicated filesystems.  To mount a
+     replicated filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be
+     named, to say which particular copy to try and mount, else this
+     error will result.
+
+can't open FILENAME for writing
+     Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file.
+
+cannot determine localname since volname VOLUME is not uniquely defined
+     If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the
+     filesystem statically without specifying a local mountpoint,
+     FSinfo cannot calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname
+     would be ambiguous.
+
+DEVICE has duplicate exportfs data
+     Produced if the `exportfs' option is used multiple times within the
+     same branch of a filesystem definition. For example, if you
+     attempt to set the `exportfs' data at different levels of the
+     mountpoint directory tree.
+
+dump frequency for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
+     Occurs if DEVICE has its `fstype' declared to be `swap' or
+     `export' and the `dump' option is set to a value greater than
+     zero.  Swap devices should not be dumped.
+
+duplicate host HOSTNAME!
+     If a host has more than one definition.
+
+end of file within comment
+     A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the
+     configuration files.
+
+FILENAME: cannot open for reading
+     If a file specified on the command line as containing
+     configuration data could not be opened.
+
+FILESYSTEM has a volname but no exportfs data
+     Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the
+     string specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to
+     is missing.
+
+fs field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the
+     attributes of a host's filesystem.
+
+host field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a
+     host definition.
+
+HOST:DEVICE has more than one mount point
+     Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies
+     multiple trees at which to place the mountpoint.
+
+HOST:DEVICE has no mount point
+     Occurs if the `mount' option is not specified for a host's
+     filesystem.
+
+HOST:DEVICE needs field "FIELD-NAME"
+     Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field. FIELD-NAME
+     could be one of `fstype', `opts', `passno' or `mount'.
+
+HOST:mount field specified for swap partition
+     Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is
+     declared to be `swap'.
+
+malformed IP dotted quad: ADDRESS
+     If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified.
+     An Internet address definition is handled to inet_addr(3N) to see
+     if it can cope.  If not, then this message will be displayed.
+
+malformed netmask: NETMASK
+     If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal
+     number, then this message will be displayed.  It will typically be
+     caused by incorrect characters in the NETMASK value.
+
+mount field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same
+     field.
+
+mount tree field "FIELD-NAME" already set
+     Occurs when the FIELD-NAME is defined more than once during the
+     definition of a filesystems mountpoint.
+
+netif field FIELD-NAME already set
+     Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more
+     than once.
+
+network booting requires both root and swap areas
+     Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root
+     partition or the swap area, but not both.  You cannot define a
+     machine to only partially boot via the network.
+
+no disk mounts on HOSTNAME
+     If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for
+     a machine, this message will be displayed.
+
+no volname given for HOST:DEVICE
+     Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on `default', but
+     no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint
+     cannot be determined.
+
+not allowed '/' in a directory name
+     Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is
+     specified as the name for an automounter tree.  A tree should only
+     have one name at each level.
+
+pass number for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
+     Occurs if DEVICE has its `fstype' declared to be `swap' or
+     `export' and the fsck(8) pass number is set. Swap devices should
+     not be fsck'd.  *Note FSinfo fstype Option::.
+
+sub-directory DIRECTORY of DIRECTORY-TREE starts with '/'
+     Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element
+     DIRECTORY of the mountpoint begins with a `/' and it is not the
+     start of the tree.
+
+sub-directory of DIRECTORY-TREE is named "default"
+     `default' is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be
+     automatically calculated by FSinfo.  If you attempt to specify a
+     directory name as this, it will use the filename of `default' but
+     will produce this warning.
+
+unknown \ sequence
+     Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string.
+     Within a string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for
+     strings, such as newlines and tab characters.
+
+unknown directory attribute
+     If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a
+     host's filesystem mount option.
+
+unknown filesystem attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's
+     filesystems.
+
+unknown host attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host.
+
+unknown mount attribute
+     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list
+     of static mounts.
+
+unknown volname VOLUME automounted [ on name ]
+     Occurs if VOLUME is used in a definition of an automount map but
+     the volume name has not been declared during the host filesystem
+     definitions.
+
+volname VOLUME is unknown
+     Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name
+     which has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.
+
+volname VOLUME not exported from MACHINE
+     Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume VOLUME from a machine
+     which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem available.
+
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd,  Next: Assorted Tools,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: Top
+
+9 Hlfsd
+*******
+
+Hlfsd is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a symbolic
+link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending on the
+user which accessed that link.  It was primarily designed to redirect
+incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read from
+anywhere.  It was designed and implemented by Erez Zadok
+(http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) and Alexander Dupuy <dupuy AT
+cs.columbia.edu>, at the Computer Science Department
+(http://www.cs.columbia.edu/) of Columbia University
+(http://www.columbia.edu/).  A paper
+(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/hlfsd/hlfsd.html) on Hlfsd was
+presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993.
+
+   Hlfsd operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory
+containing linkname, which defaults to `/hlfs/home'.  Lookups within
+that directory are handled by Hlfsd, which uses the password map to
+determine how to resolve the lookup.  The directory will be created if
+it doesn't already exist.  The symbolic link will be to the accessing
+user's home directory, with subdir appended to it.  If not specified,
+subdir defaults to `.hlfsdir'.  This directory will also be created if
+it does not already exist.
+
+   A `SIGTERM' sent to Hlfsd will cause it to shutdown.  A `SIGHUP'
+will flush the internal caches, and reload the password map.  It will
+also close and reopen the log file, to enable the original log file to
+be removed or rotated.  A `SIGUSR1' will cause it to dump its internal
+table of user IDs and home directories to the file `/tmp/hlfsddump'.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Introduction to Hlfsd::
+* Background to Mail Delivery::
+* Using Hlfsd::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Next: Background to Mail Delivery,  Prev: Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd
+
+9.1 Introduction to Hlfsd
+=========================
+
+Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many
+computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over
+time, as networks proliferate and become faster.  Providing a convenient
+environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has
+become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs).
+
+   Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be
+logged into a designated "home" machine, where their mailbox files
+reside.  Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail.
+Since users have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they
+often find it convenient to run all of their other processes on that
+system as well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs.  For example,
+in our department, we have allocated and configured several
+multi-processor servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory
+applications, but these were underutilized, in large part due to the
+inconvenience of not being able to read mail on those machines.  (No
+home directories were located on these designated CPU-servers, since we
+did not want NFS service for users' home directories to have to compete
+with CPU-intensive jobs.  At the same time, we discouraged users from
+running demanding applications on their home machines.)
+
+   Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read
+their mail on any host.  However, all of these solutions fail in one or
+more of several ways:
+
+   * they introduce new single points of failure
+
+   * they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user
+     agents (UAs)
+
+   * they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e.  the solution is
+     only partially successful for a particular environment.
+
+
+   We have designed a simple filesystem, called the "Home-Link File
+System", to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home
+directories, without modification to mail-related applications. We have
+endeavored to make it as stable as possible.  Of great importance to us
+was to make sure the HLFS daemon, `hlfsd' , would not hang under any
+circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with
+problems.  Compared to alternative methods, Hlfsd is a stable, more
+general solution, and easier to install/use.  In fact, in some ways, we
+have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail
+service.
+
+   Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link
+to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named
+symbolic links to users' mailbox files.
+
+   The Hlfsd server finds out the UID of the process that is accessing
+its mount point, and resolves the pathname component `home' as a
+symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the
+UID's entry in the password file.  If the GID of the process that
+attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called HLFS_GID),
+then the server maps the name of the _next_ pathname component directly
+to the user's mailbox.  This is necessary so that access to a mailbox
+file by users other than the owner can succeed.  The server has safety
+features in case of failures such as hung filesystems or home directory
+filesystems that are inaccessible or full.
+
+   On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory
+`/var/spool/mail'. Many programs, including UAs, depend on that path.
+Hlfsd creates a directory `/mail', and mounts itself on top of that
+directory.  Hlfsd implements the path name component called `home',
+pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory.  We have made
+`/var/spool/mail' a symbolic link to `/mail/home', so that accessing
+`/var/spool/mail' actually causes access to a subdirectory within a
+user's home directory.
+
+   The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname
+`/var/mail/NAME' to `/users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME' proceeds.
+
+Resolving Component   Pathname left to resolve   Value if symbolic link
+/                     var/mail/NAME              
+var/                  mail/NAME                  
+mail@                 /mail/home/NAME            mail@ -> /mail/home
+/                     mail/home/NAME             
+mail/                 home/NAME                  
+home@                 NAME                       home@ ->
+                                                 /users/ezk/.mailspool
+/                     users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME  
+users/                ezk/.mailspool/NAME        
+ezk/                  .mailspool/NAME            
+.mailspool/           NAME                       
+NAME                                             
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Background to Mail Delivery,  Next: Using Hlfsd,  Prev: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd
+
+9.2 Background to Mail Delivery
+===============================
+
+This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods
+for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used
+by Hlfsd.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory::
+* Centralized Mail Spool Directory::
+* Distributed Mail Spool Service::
+* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?::
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Prev: Background to Mail Delivery,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.1 Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
+--------------------------------------
+
+The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a
+mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated "mail
+home" machine of the user. The greatest advantage of this method is
+that it is the default method most vendors provide with their systems,
+thus very little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part.
+All they need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on
+which the user's mailbox file is assigned.  (Otherwise, mail is
+delivered locally, and users find mailboxes on many machines.)
+
+   As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems,
+they find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing
+several tasks concurrently.  They ask to be able to read their mail on
+any host on the network, not just the one designated as their "mail
+home".
+
+
+File: am-utils.info,  Node: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Prev: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery
+
+9.2.2 Centralized Mail Spool Directory
+--------------------------------------
+
+A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have
+all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated
+"mail-server" which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the
+network.  Configuring such a system is relatively easy.  On most
+systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two
+configuration files in `/etc'.  The file-server's spool directory is
+then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network.  In small
+environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an acceptable
+solution.  In our department, with a couple of hundred active hosts and
+thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed completely
+unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems:
+
+Scalability and Performance
+     As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail
+     traffic has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server. Users like
+     to run mail-watchers, and read their mail often. The stress on the
+     shared infrastructure increases with every user and host added;
+     loads on the mail server would most certainly be high since all
+     mail delivery goes through that one machine.(1)  This leads to
+     lower reliability and performance.  To reduce the number of
+     concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some
+     SAs have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory.  But
+     this solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail
+     watchers, and many popular applications such as `trn', `emacs',
+     `csh' or `ksh' check periodically for new mail, the automounted
+     directory would be effectively permanently mounted.  If it gets
+     unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most
+     likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O
+     resources by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls.
+
+Reliability
+     The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very
+     reliable.  Worse, since the spool directory has to be
+     hard-mounted,(2) many processes which access the spool directory
+     (various shells, `login', `emacs', etc.)  would be hung as long as
+     connectivity to the mail-server